2012-12-31 09:28:16 UTC

50e14b840c138 106.207.118.241 India

LONGMANS'

/*"

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

"**-

EDITED

AND

REVISED

BY

GEOKGE
MEMBER 07
THE

J^SMITH,
BOARD THE
OF

M.A.,
DEPARTMENT

Ph.D.

EXAMINERS, CITY

OF

EDUCATION,

OP

NEW

YORK

REVISED

EDITION

NEW

IMPRESSION

LONGMANS,
FOURTH
PRAIRIE

GKEEN,
AVENUE
AVENUE

AND
STREET,
STREET,

CO.
YORK

"
"

30th
25th

NEW
CHICAGO

TOE

LENOX

AND

ITU-DEN

FOUNDATIONS
'

1918

Copyright, LONGMANS,

1901,

by

GREEN,

"

CO.

COPYBIGHT,

1916,

BY

LONGMANS,

GREEN,

"

CO.

All

Rights

Reserved

"

"

"
"
"

"

"

EDITOR'S

PREFACE

Op

the

merits

of

"Longmans'

School

Grammar,"
now

upon

is based, book the present ich r it has from its first appearance
a

little need held

an

be

said

assured

position

most

acceptable

text-book
It
was

for the

effective

teaching

difficult
the

subject.
equipped
scholarship
respect
to

written

by

David

Salmon
not

"

one

best
to

teachers

of

England,
of

only

with

spect

and
the

mastery

educational
which text-book.

theory, is
even

with

practical of
a

sense

requisite

in

the

making

good
clear

His

rk

is

characterized by
wealth

by
of

notably
illustration,

velopment,
statement.

and be

and by
a

inductive
simplicity
"complete"

Without

pretending
well

to

ammar,
treats

it yet
its

goes

beyond

the

bare
and have

essentials,

and

subject
using
a

with

such

directness

reasonableness

at

teachers

intelligent book.
English

methods

recognized

eminently
In

teaching

"Longmans'
every

Grammar,"
been there
as

now

presented,
preserve

ile

effort

has

of

course

made
has
too

to

al

excellences
may

just
properly

mentioned,
be

tever

regarded
at

excluded difficult for an

there have
to

been

mentary

Grammar,
such

and

the

same
as

time

introduced
for. These

improvements
may

appeared noted
of
new

be

led

improvements

be

under

the

ds

of changes general

in arrangement, of the
says text.

addition

material,

revision

John

Stuart

Mill

that

the

things

we

study
parts

in Grammar, of speech,

"the

distinctions

between
"

the
" "

various

1U

EDITOR'S

PREFACE

etween

the

cases

of

nouns,

the
are

functions
in

of

participles,
'

moods and distinctions

to

tenses

of verbs

in

thought,

no

rely

words.' should
not

It

ought

be

plain,
or

therefore,

tha

ammar
as

be

taught
of
the

formally
memory

dogmatically,
to
"

an

enforced
in
as

exercise

applied
the

ti di

nguage

It should words." living the expression

be, of
to

rather, thought,

study

the

teacher

ntinually thus
y

harking
making

back

from

forms
a

underlying of

meanings,

Grammar
taught,

study

"distinctious
a

ought.'

So

this
the

study

becomes of
pupil's

preeminent
written
powers

aining

not

only

in

understanding
but
clear
in the

the
own

oken

utterances

of others, of

ean-cut
correct

classification, expression. of the

notion

reasoning,

and

of

accurate

The

reign and
The

that

Grammar

should

be

set

asid

r loose

untechnical
newer
course

"language sounder in

lessons"

has is that

been
a

short lived

and

doctrine

pretty

orough-going
to
an

Grammar education.

is, after High

able all, indispensschool

the teachers

elementary
the
to

sist

that
ought

pupils know
as

they at

receive
least
the

from rudiments

elementary

hools

of
do
them

technical
not

ammar;

while,

for

the

bdys
the

and

girls who
to

contin

into

the

high
taught,

school,

usefulness
reasons

of

thi

udy,

properly

is, for the

a

already

mentioned, The
as

coming
must

less and be,

less

matter to

for question.
make

teacher's

therefore,

the

subject
as

readily

mpreheusible,

and

even

attractive,

possible.

The

oidance
the by

of needless
constant
way

particularity
to

and
the

of technical

puzzles,

approach

grammatical make aid

to

point text-book, teacher

ew

of concrete believed,
an

examples, effective

this the

confidently
to

who

sires

impart

the

essentials

of Grammar

intelligently

ccessfully.

G.

and J. S.

PREFACE

TO

THE

REVISED

EDITION

In this edition,
complete

aside
treatment

from

reclassification
topics,

of
and

adjective
the

ore

of several principal

tion addi-

of
line

some

exercises, making
any

the

changes

have
in the

been book
that

along

of

the

terminology
was

used

agree

herever
been York. method

modification

necessary) with
the
no

which

officially As

adopted
has

for

schools

of

the

City

this

involved
and
as

alteration revised
seems

of the

plan

of

the

book,

the

terminology
to

ple
why

and

in general book

acceptation,

there
meet

be

no as

son rea-

this

should

not

satisfactorily,
at

heretofo

the 'of New making

needs
York.

of

American

schools

large,

as

well

se

In

these the
on

changes

of

nomenclature of
the

have

als of

in

view

recommendations

Report
of the

th

mittee

Grammatical
Association

Nomenclature

National

cational In
this

(July, 1913).
sentences

edition,

the

in

the

several of teachers.

exercises

been

numbered,

for the

convenience

G.
York,
August,

J* S.

New

1915.

Vll

ii

CONTENTS

CLASSIFICATION

AND
PAGE

INFLECTION"

continued
PAGE

\
CONTENTS
IX

ANALYSIS

OF
PAGE

SENTENCES"

continued
PAGE

Analysis

of

Simple

tences Sen.

Noun
251

Clauses Clauses Clauses

of

259
.

Adjective
Adverbial

265 269

Interrogative
.

tences Sen.

252

Classification

ments Ele278

Imperative Long

Sentences
Simple
.

253
M 253
iscellaneous

tences Sen-

Complex
.

Sentences

280

Miscellaneous

Simple
.

Sentences

256

COMPOUND TENCES

S
...

MPLEX
Clauses

SENTENCES
....

282
.

258

Review

of

Analysis

285

SUPPLEMENT
I. Analysis
by

TO III.

PART Rules

III

Diagrams

289

of

Syntax
on and in

299

Exercises

Rules
on

of

I. Miscellaneous
for

tences SenAnalysis
.

Syntax

rectness Cor-

tions Inflec-

and

Diagramming

295

....

302

APPENDIX

les

for

Spelling,

Capitalization

and

Punctuation
.

311

ITOR'S
I. On
some

NOTES
Points
"

FOR
of

TEACHERS
Grammar
of

317
.

II. On

the

Teaching

Grammar

323

DEX

.327

EXPLANATORY

NOTE

The

attention
work
are

of

those
to to

who fact

use

this

book
sizes
extent,
type

as

basis
type

ss

is called

the

that
to
some

the

of

empl

intended
of the

indicate,

the will

relativ

ortance

matters to

treated.
omit
course.

The

therefore

ide

those

who only
page
a

wish

portions

of the plan
to

book,

in orde

pursue

shorter It in the

The here

is explained
point
out

te

21,

323.

will

suffice

tha

ragraphs by

printed
an

smaller
may,

type,

and

especially

thos

eceded

asterisk, essentials

at

the

teacher's
are

discretion,
in

itted.

The

of the
type,

subject
and

contained
will

th

ragraphs
a

printed
continuous

in large

these

be

found

ovide

exposition

of English

grammar.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

PART
PARTS
OF

I
SPEECH

NOUNS
Exercise

1*

"

a.

In

the

following

sentences

pick

out

of
1.

persons.
2

Jack

is

playing
writing.

with
3. Jones

Tom

and and

Alfred.
Kate
to
are

2.

Mary coming
Brown.

Edith

are

Howard
is

morrow.

4.
Percy

Mr.

talking
have

Miss

Miss

and

Mrs.

Griffiths

just called.
7.
tell
me

6.

King

es

ted

Queen after reigned Owen. 8. for Major

lives? 9. We
met

Elizabeth. Can
you

Captain
where

Green
Mayor

rrington
Wellington

Governor

Knox

yesterday.

defeated

Napoleon.

6.

Give
1.

the
Ten Ten

names

of

boys.
girls.
persons persons

2.

3.
4.

Ten Ten

whom about

you

know.
you

whom

have

read.

Exercise

2.

"

a.

In

the

following

sentences

pick

out

1.
2.
1 *

Of

persons.

Of places.
"Notes "Notes
for for

See
See

Teachers,"
Teachers,"

p. 323, p. 323,

Note
Note

19.
20.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

1.

Victor

lives
3.

at

Richmond.
Bosworth the

2.
has Delaware.

King

Solomon
for

reigned
Germany.

Jerusalem.

Mr.

sailed 5.
belongs
to

Washington
killed
Moses took

crossed outside
led
the

General
to

Wolfe

Quebec.
Jews along
from

6.

India
Egypt

the

English.
8.

Canaan.
and Latham. Oxford

Mrs

nes
Hyde

Minnie

Regent they
met

Street Miss

Stree 10.

Park.

9.

There

The

tch

live

in

Holland.

6. Give
1.

the
Ten Ten

names

of
in in

countries. places places

streets.
your
own

2. 3. 4.

country.

Ten Ten

which

you

have

been.

1.

When

I say

Captain

Kidd
sailor;

use

the
when

name

of

one

cular parti

sailor, not Captain

Scott

of every

but

I say In the

sailor
same means

I may

Kidd
name

or

any

other
some
as

sailor.

way,

ss

is the

of
are

lady,
truly
names

but

lady
as

any

dy.

Sailor Miss Scott they

and
are,

lady

Captain

Kidd

but

instead
of kinds

of being

names

of particular
ff

sons

are

names

of persons,
sentences

Exercise

3.

"

a.

In

the

following

pick

out

of
1. The

kinds

of

persons. is

master

kind
my

to

his

servants.
aunt,

2. and
three

The

bo

rt

his

sister.
4.
The

3.

I met
sent

uncle,

cousins

day.
was

king

for

his

wise 6. their

men.

5.
girl
teacher.

The is

cess prin

walking 7.
passed
general

with
The

her

maids.
love
That

The

nursing

baby.

scholars

8.
a

The

ntsman The

by.

9.
his

child's
to

father charge.

is

grocer.

ordered
names

soldiers

6. Give
1. 2.

the
Ten

of
of of

kinds kinds kinds

shopkeepers;

as, as,

grocer

butcher.
,

Ten Ten

relatives;
workmen;

father.
carpenter.

3.

of

as,

\"

NOUNS

Exercise

4.

"

In

the
1.

following

sentences

pick

out

all

names

Of kinds

of of

persons.

2.
1.

Of
is

kinds
in
was

places.
field;
the

The 2.

shepherd
The
"

the

his
parlor;
has

sister
the
to

is

in

th

tage.

queen

in
The the

king
his

was

his
The
at

counting citizens
sea.

house.

3.
into

lad
country.
was

gone

home.

fled A

5.

The
up

fisherman

6.

policeman
was

walking his
man

the

street.

The

workman
sent to

digging

in

garden.
was over

8.
waiting

The
at

gir

school.
son.

9.
10.

The The

old child

th

tion

for

his

fell

the

cliff.

Exercise

5.

"

a.

In

the

following

sentences

pick

out

of
1.

kinds
dog

of animals.
ran

The killed

after

the

sheep

and
cat

lambs.

2.

The

three

chickens.
The
cows are

3.

The

is

playing
Puss
were

wit caught

kittens.
mouse.

4. 6.

grazing.

5.

The
was

thrushes

and
up
worms.

blackbirds

singing.
elephant

The

bird
than and
a swans

picking

8.
can

An

ger

lion.
can

9.

Some

parrots

talk.

10.

Ducks,

se,

swim,

but

hens

cannot.

b. Give
1. 2.

the
Ten

names

of
of

kinds kinds kinds

animals

that

live

on

land.

Ten
Ten

of birds.
of fishes.

3.

Sxercise

6.

"

a.

In

the

following

sentences

pick

out

of
1.
the

things.
book

The

is
3.

on

the
The

table.

2. is

stone

was

thrown
4.

window.

bottle
Put
some

full
on

of
the has

water.

The

ow

is made
is covered The
The milk

of iron. with stood

hangs

5.
snow.

coal
tree

fire.

6.

The

of

7.
a

The

shed
grow

its leaves.
on

in
on

pan.

9.
wall.

Acorns

oaks

picture

the

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

6. Give
1. 2.

the
Ten Ten Ten Ten Ten Ten

names

of
which
are

things
things

used used

in
at

school.
home.

which

are

3.
4.
5.

flowers.

vegetables.
articles

of

dress.
are

6.

things

which

sold

by

grocer.

2.

In

grammar

all

words

used

as

names

are

calle

ns.1

3.

Snow

is white

or

has

the
a

quality

of whiteness;
shows the

stone

the

quality
an

of hardness; honest
man

just
shows

man

quality of

stice, and

the
are

quality the
names

honesty.

iteness,

hardness,

justice,honesty
therefore
nouns.

of certain

alities, Exercise

and

are

7.

"

a.

In

the

following

sentences

pick

out

of qualities.
1.

The

brightness
out

of

the 3.

sun

dazzles
smoothness

the of for

eyes.

2.

The

gives

warmth. 4.
The

The
is
was

the

ice

made

child

slip.

rose

admired
punished

its
for have

beauty his
the

and

etness.

5.

The

driver wisdom. 8.
honor.

cruelty.

Solomon
to trust

chose
me?

7.

Will

you

ness good9.

help
to

His

friendship 10.
The

must

be

kept.
for

You

their

tiger

is noted

courage,

ength,

and

ferocity. ten

6. Give

the
given.

names

of

qualities

not

named

in

the

sen-

ces

just

4.

Walking,
capture,

riding, nod,

and
wink,

shooting

are

the

names

of actions
are

zure,

burglary,

and

motion

als

of actions.
1

The

word French

noun

comes
or
non

from

the

Latin French

nomen,

name,

through

old

noun

(modern

now).

NOUNS

Exercise

8.

"

a.

In

the

following

sentences

pick

out

al

of
1.

actions.
is fond
Next will
summer

Tom 3.

of

walking.
we

2/
shall

That

man

teaches
4.
not

learn 5.

swimming.

ing. writMy

ther 6.

teach

me

rowing.
interesting.

Sailing

is

always

e.

Reading

is

7.
obeying 10.
I

Forgetting
are

is

easier

learning.
9.

8.
a

Hearing

and
walk.

different.
for

We

took

brisk
He
great
was

am

sorry

the
12.

los You

the

knife.

11.
me

found
service.

guilty 13.

of murder. His accusation

done
much

caused

uneasiness. ten

6. Give
6.

other
now names

names

of
that

actions.
nouns

We

have
The

seen

may persons

be
or

(1) (2) (3)

of

particular

places.
or

The The

names names
names

of
of of

kinds

of

persons,

places,

things.

qualities.
actions.

(4) The

Learn1

6.
Note.

A
"

noun

is

word
name

used
of

as

the

name

of something.
place,
a

It is the
not

the

thing
is
a
noun.

(or

person,

quality,
is not
a
noun,

ction) and
the

the

thing

that itself

Thus

desk

word

desk
i

is.

Exercise

9.

"

Pick

out

all

the

nouns

in

the

followin

tences.

1.

Little

Tom

Tucker

Sings What White 2.

The lion

for shall

his
he

supper.

have and
the for

td'eat?
butter.

bread

and

unicorn
the
crown.

Were
1

fighting
for

See

"Notes

Teachers,"

p.

323,

Note

21.

'i

LONGMANS*

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR
o

The

dew
a

was

falling

fast;

the "Drink,

stars

began
pretty

to

blink;

I heard

voice;

it said,

creature,

drink/*

4.

Then
These

all through

merry

Islington
play,

gambols
he
came

he
unto
so

did
the
gay.

Until
Of

Wash

Edmonton

5.

There

was

little
a

man,

And

he

had
made

little
of lead,

gun,

And

his

bullets
He

were

lead,

lead;

went

to
saw

the
a

brook, little
the

And And
he

he

duck, head, head, head.

shot

it right

through

6-

The

singing
at
can

of

the of

bird
their

is

sweet.
was

7.

The

grief

parents

the

loss be

children
only by

without study. before

A

bounds.

Painting long, but

11.
ease

mastered

long
goeth

9.

Ar

life

is short.

10.
the

Pride
truth.

tion. destrucweeping

He
my

always heart.

told

12.

little
mercy

uld

13.
of
His

The

quality is
at
a

of

is
15.
a

no

rained.

14.

thing

beauty
speech of

joy

forever.
was

l S

is golden.

16.
The The

the

dinner
makes

grea

cess.

17. 18.

thickness
fellow

this

ink

writing
was

very

fficult.

supposed

his

theft

too

cleve

detection.

19.

There

was

sound

of

And
Her

Belgium's

capital

by night, revelry had then gathered

beauty

and

her

chivalry.

20.

John

Gilpin credit and

was

citizen

Of

renown.

VERBS

VERBS
Exercise
and
x

10.
then

"

In
the

the

following
that

sentences

pick
the
person

out

firstt
or

word

tells what

thin

ed
1.

does.
burns.
fly. 5.
2. Horses

Fire

neigh.
6. Dogs
cry.

3.

Sheep

bleat

Birds

Fishes
play. 12.

swim.

bark.

7.

Lions

8. Fred

Children
learns.

9.
mew.

Babies 13.
16. Monkeys

10.
shine.
hoot.

Tom

works. 14.
Mary

Cats
watches.

Stars Owls

ds.

15.

Mother Rain

17.

Day

ns.

18.

falls.

19.

chatter.

Exercise
that
1.

11.

"

After

each

of
or

the

following
named
Flowers.

nouns

place

tells what
2. 6. 11.

the person
Lightning. Soldiers.
12.

thing
3.

does.
4.
Bees.
2

Baby.

William.

Swallows. Gas.

7.

Percy.

8.
13. ship.

9.
sun.

Rivers. 14.

Clerks.
eagle.

Singers.
16. The

The

The

nd.
The

i5.

The

17.
The

The

master.

scholars. 22. The

19.
mouse.

The

bell.
The

20. baker.

dog.
24.
mower.

21.

The

23.
carpenter.

The

tailor

The

thief.

26.
The

The

27.
The

The
parrot.

28.

The

r.

29.

plowman.

30..

Exercise
or
"

12. things

"

The do;

following
place
Walks.
a noun

words
3

may

be used

to say

what

sons

before each.
Fell. Low.

Blows.

Howls.

Plays.

Whistled.
Rang. Bloom. Dawns.

ieked.
Fight.
Mews.

Sings.
Sail.

Sing. Grows.

Sang.
Bark.

Sleeps.
Barks.
x

Slept. Cried. Shines. Cackle.

w.

s.

Laughed.
Boils.

Soar.
Gallops.

Swim. Flashed.

. 7.

Scratch.

Came.

Some
complete
1

words
sense
"

that

tell what

persons to

or

things
"

do The

may

ke

when

joined

nouns;
Note

as,

fi

See
The

Notes word
noun

for Teachers,"
the is
may
no

p. 317,

1.

2 8

part

of the

Noun.

The

have

the before

it.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

rns;99

"The
that
to

rds

wind tell of doing

Thus,
we

roars."

(See
not
some

Exercise
complete
says,
" "

10.)
sense

Other
when

do

make
one

ined

nouns.

if

"Arthur

loves,

alter

threw," 13.

ask,
a.

"Loves

whom?
sentences

Threw

what?
out

Exercise that

"

In

the

following

pick

rds
1. Tom

tell

of doing.
loves
a

Arthur broke

his

window.
walls.

sister. 4. The
6. 8.
A iron.
The

2.

Walter

threw
sweeps

stone.
room.

servant

the

Masons paint

build

girl
poet

milks
writes

the

cow.

7.
9.

ist Art

pictures.

poems.

The

ith

hammered Cows
the
eat grass.

the
12.

10.
catch

Horses mice. the the

draw 13.
groom.

carts sexton

Cats
horse

The

lled

bell.

14.

The

kicked heard
The

15.

The

cer

sells sugar.
caught

16.
the

The

baby 18.
the

parrot.

17.
the

The

unds
The
a

fox.

bird

forsook

nest

gardener

watered

flowers.

20.

Miss

Wilson

ballad.

b. Fill
a

in

each

blank

in

the

following

incomplete

sentences

th

word
Horses

that tells
K

of
.

doing.
hay.
2.
purse.

1.

The 4.

dog
....

the
.
. . .

thief

The

banker
.*"*.
. .

Edgar
Masters
. .

the

bal

The
Tailors

boy
.... ....

the
coats.

lesson.

6. lady

scholars.
9.
a

8.
wall.
a

The

....

song;
...

The

icklayer
The

....

10. dish.

The
12.
a

servant

....

girl The cook

14.

rose.

....

th

t.

13.
the

The

hunter
....

tiger.
mice.

The

farmer

ground.

15.

Cats
....

Learn 8.

A
or

verb
thing.
from
most

is

word

used

to say

something

to

or

about

son
1

Verb the

the

Latin

verbum,

a
"

word.
"

The
in

verb
a

gets

its

name

from

ng

important

word

the word

sentence.

VERBS

9.

Some
"Be

verbs
quiet,"

do

not

tell of doing
is green,"

or

ces

"Grass
they
a

In the acting. be and is do not

are

sen-

expr

doing;
to

but
or

are

verbs,
or

for
thing.

they

used

to

say

ething
10.

about

person

The

different These
been.
were

forms
some

belonging
l

to

verb
verb

are

called
is,

it

rts."
were,

are

parts
we

of "The

the

be:
are

are,

Thus

say,

soldiers

ready;"

children
In

absent."
13
sense

11.

Exercise complete

examples

were

given
to
sense

of verbs
nouns.

that

di

make

when

joined

The
so

parts

the

verb
"The

be

rarely

make
is,"

complete
was,"

when

joined
are,"

I say,

boy
ask,

"Jennie
was, are,

"The

strangers

naturally if I
say,

"Is,

what?"

The

sense
was

is complet

"The
are

boy

is

happy;"

"Jennie

afraid;"

strangers

sailors."
the
a

Note.

"

When,
sense

however,
after

verb

be is used

with
we

the hear

meaning
the

exist

es

complete

noun.
we

Thus

when
expect

words

"God

(meaning
the
was

"God

exists"),
In

do

not

any

word

to be

ish

sentence.

the

same

way

we

say,

"Can

such

things

added 6e?"

me

and

is and

shall

be."

Exercise

14.

"

a.

In

the

following

sentences

pick

out

ts

of
1.

the verb

be.

The

Those
a

prisoners birds were

6.
are a

are

guilty.
4.

2.

The

man

was

soldier
Homer

starlings. horse

Sugar

is sweet.

5.
was

poet.
stars
was

The

is dead. 9.
The Paris horses

7.
is

The
a

sun

bright.

The

beautiful.
11.

city.
too

10. old
to

ington Wash-

general.

were

enter

race.

12.

There And

was

a.

man

in

our

town

he

was

wondrous
2, p.

wise.

See

Note

317.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

6. Fill be.
1. The

in

each

of

the

following

blanks

with

part

of

th

flower
....

pretty.

2.
at

Jackson
....

our

dener.
Ethel
....

3.

The here

boys
....

school

yesterday.
....

last

week.

5.

Shakspere
in

at

poet.

6.
....

Stratford-on-Avon.
in

England.
....

Manitoba Roman 10.

general.
The Alps
....

Canada. Old
King

8. Cole

Julius
....

Capsar
a

9.

merry

ol

l.

high.

12.
to

Some
tell

part

of the

verb
The

be is often
two

used

to

help

another

of

doing.

words

together

form

one

b.
Verb

consisting

of

one

word

"

Verb

consisting

of

two

words

1.
2.

The
The The

bird
dew
stars

sings.

The The The in the

bird
dew
stars

is singing.
was were are

fell fast.
shone.
grow

falling fast.
shining. growing

3.

4.

Flowers

Flowers

in

th

garden.

garden.

Exercise

15."

Pick

out

the verbs

in

the

following
carrying

sentences.

The The

dog

carried

basket.
of

The

dog

was

basket.
of

soldier
home.

thinks

his

The

soldier home.

is thinking

The

masons

build

wall.

The

masons

are

building

wall.
Tom

The

studied fishermen
dinner.

his

lesson.
ate

Tom

was

studying
were

his

lesson

their

The

fishermen

eating

their spoke

dinner.
was

The

lecturer

of

his

The

lecturer his

speaking

adventures.
The

adventures. girls
are

girls

expect

their

aunt.

The

expecting

thei

aunt.

VERBS

13.

These

are

some

of the

parts

of the

verb

have:

have

had. Exercise

16.

"

a.

In

the

following

sentences

pick

out

bs.
1.

The
girls

baby
have

has

rattle. 4.

2.
The

Each
farmer

scholar
had

has nine

pen.

The
Those

necklaces.
have

horses.

houses

large
men

windows.
have
many

6.

Each

wife

had Frank

n a

sacks.
pony.

7.
9.

Many Little

minds. had
a

8.
pig.

Johnny

Pringle

little

6.
1.

Fill
Each
too

the

following
hand
....

blanks

with
five

parts
fingers.

of

the
2.

verb
The

have*
farmers
....

much 4.
a

rain

last
man

year.
....

3.
a

September
little
....

rty
....

days.

The

little
army.

gun. poor
....

5.

The

g
Mary
....

great
a new

6.

The

men

food
pretty

frock.
....

8.
a

The

books

rs.

9.

The

dog

bushy

tail.

14.

The

verb
verb.

have

is often

used

like the

verb

be in help ing

another
Verb

consisting

of

one

word

Verb

consisting

of

two

words

The

farmer
masters
men.

sold

his

pigs.
to

The The

farmer
masters

has

sold
have

his spoken

pigs.

The

spoke

their

their

men.

The

traveler

lost

his

way.

The

traveler

had

lost his

way.

15.

The

verb

have

is used
word

with

the
Verb

verb
consisting

be.

Verb

consisting

of

one

of

two

words

The

merchant

was

in

London.

The

merchant

has

been

London.
The
servants
were

in

the

The

servants

have

been

in

th

field.

field.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise

17.

"

Pick

out

the verbs

in

the

following
has done

sentences.

1.

The

soldier duty.

did

his

The

soldier

his

duty.

2.

The

tailor
coat.

altered

the

The

tailor

has

altered

the

coat

3.

The fox.

dogs

chased

The

dogs

have

chased

fox.

4.

The

lady
uncle.

saw

her

The

lady

had

seen

her

uncle.

5.

The
to

stranger

walked

The

stranger

had

walked

Boston.

Boston.

6*

The

sailors ship.

lost

their

The

sailors

have

lost

thei

ship.

7.

My

father Paris.

was

in

My

father

has

been

in

Paris.

8.
9.

Our
The

cousins horse

were was

here.

Our
The

cousins
horse

have

been been

here. in

in

the

had

th

stable. 10.
11. 12. The

stable.
were

girls
river

ill.

The

girls river

had
has

been
been

ill.
very

The The

is very
was

full. The

full

baby cradle.

in

the

The

baby cradle.

had

been

in

th

16.

The in

verb
helping
mowers

have

and

the

verb
as,

be

are

sometimes

use

ether

another have

verb;
been

"Mary the

has

been

"The had

cutting

hay;"

ing; read "The

cher

been

buying

sheep."

Exercise

18.

"

Pick

out

the verbs

in

the

following
farmer

sentences.

1.

The
at

wind
his
corn.

has

been

blowing. The boys

have

2.

The

has

been

king
The

3.
been

been
a

playing hedge.
has

marbles.

horse

had

standing 6.
Your

under
father

5.

The

has
you.

been

screaming.

been
setting

talking

ut

7.

The

mole-catchers

have

been

traps.

VERBS

The

men

had been

been
visiting

lor

has
been

on working his friends.

the
10.

railway.
The
young

9.

The
men

swimming.

17.

The

verb
to

be is often
some

used
or

in helping thing;
was as,

another

verb

t
was

l what
by

is done
a

person

"The with

groom
a

ked

horse;"

"The
arm

glass is

cracked "The

stone;"

poor

fellow's by
their

broken;"

good

scholars

praised

teacher."
*

In

these, the

as

in be;

other thus,

cases,

the

verb
thief
officer

have has

may

be

used

verb

"The "The

been

caught;"
blamed;"

houses

have
have

been
been

sold;" closed

had

been

The

schools

for the

day."
"

Exercise

19.

"

Pick

out

the verbs

in

the

following

sentences.

a.

1.
was

The

lawn

is

ter

written

by

watered Tom.

by 3. The

the

gardener.
was

2.

The

lion
a

shot

by
The

th

ters. spilled

4.

The

by
The

girl was baby. the

stung

by

wasp.
were

5.

in

6.
were

Two

foxes

caught

yester

7.
My

boards
are

sawed

by
master.

the

carpenter.

brothers

blamed

by
10.

the

9.

The

books painted

brought
Turner.

by

William.

Those

pictures

were

6.

11.

The

been bees. has

by the gardener. watered bear letter The has been by 13. Tom. written killed. been 14. Five have boys the stung of
The

lawn

has

been

15.

The

trees

had 17.
fire

been The

blown

down.
have
put

16.

The

ef

been

forgiven.

books
been

been
out.

brought

William.
had

18.
been pitched

The

had
day

19.

The

ses

shod by

the

before.

20.

Three

games

been

Tompkins.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

18.

The

same

thought

may

often

be

stated

in two

ways;

us,

Exercise
sentences.

20."

Change

the

form

of

statement

in

the

ing follow

a.

1.

John
hay.

broke
3.
The

the
masons

window.
have girl.

2.

The
a

mowers

are

tting
has

built
5.
The

wall.

4.

The

scratched
The
rat

the

little
eaten

dog

worried
cow

th tossed

t.

6. dog.

has
has

the
a

malt.

7.
his

The

8.

Edgar

given

ball
trees.

to

brother.
The

9.

The

rdeners their

have
corn.

pruned

the

10.

horses

have

en

6.
given

11.

The by
the

boat
sun.

was

broken
The

by
pavements

the

waves-

12. been by 16.

Light
washed

13.

have
sold

the

rain.
was

14.

Silk

and

cloth

are

merchants.
The

America
was

discovered by 18.
the

by

Columbus.

cine mediwere

prepared
the tiger.

doctor. is made

17.
by

Four

sheep

lled

by

Honey

bees.

19.

Verbs

used

in helping
that

other

verbs

are

called
with

auxiliary1 the

rbs.

Remember

auxiliaries
as one

together

prin cipa

verb

are

regarded
1

verb.
aid
or

From

the

Latin

auxilium,

help.

VERBS

20.

Shall, should,
as,

rbs;

"I1

shall

will, and would are used father to-morrow;" see my

"The
postman

in helping
"We
come
x

other

shal

turn

next
stay
sun."

week;"
at
2

will "The

soon;"

"

ould
the

home

if it rained;"

flowers

would

wither

21.
as

With

these,

be

and

have also be

(either
used;
Be
and

as

auxiliary

verbs

principal
and

verbs)
as

may

thus,
have

Be

have

auxiliary

verbs

as

principal

verbs

I shall

be working

to-morrow.

I shall

be

in be

New late.

York.

The

horse

will

be

sold

at

the

We

should

fair. We shall
have

left London
have

toWe night.

shall

have

treat

then.

The

girl doll
by

will that

found

her

The

boy

would

have

prize

time.

Exercise
1.

21.

"

Pick

out

the verbs
a

in

the
2.

following
We shall
sun

sentences.

a.

Betty I

will

write
eat

letter.
apple.

read will

tha rise

ok.

3.
5.

should shall
two

the

4.
next
mowers

The week.

ve.

We
sell

begin farms.

French

6.
should

The

lord land-

will

7.

The

finish

nset.

8.
like

The this

messenger

will 10.
Th.e been

bring glass
to
"

the

parcel. break.
12. The

9.

Fred

uld
6.

book..

would

11..

We been

shall
with

have her 14.

16.

Paris.

mother

ll

have

daughter.
We The should
girls will

13.
have
will

The

children
late.

would
15.

ve

been
have

early.
a.

been
have
some

all

prize.

skipping-

pes.

17.
be then.
/ and
are
we

This

gardener
if you

have be there.
fine

some

cherries.

18.

ould

glad

would
shall have

19.
now.

She

would

ppy
1

20.

We

days

ey
*

See

other and words like nouns with used "Notes for Teachers,"

of the

same

kind

wiU

be

dealt

with

late

verbs. p. 317,

Note

3.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

22.

It often
the

happens

that

when follow

verb

consists

of two

words
'

words

do not

one

another

immediately.

us,

Sentence

Verb

The The The

bird dew

is not
was

singing.

is

singing,

already
is sadly

falling. thinking of
his

was

falling,

soldier
home.

is thinking.

The

fisherman
leg.

has

lately

broken

his

has

broken.

The
The

merchants

have have this

just returned.
morning

have been
have

boys

returned, been playing.

playing
The horses

foot-ball. had
in

vain

been

sought.

had

been

sought.

Exercise
We

22.1

"

Pick

out

the verbs
again.

in the
2.

following
name

sentences.

1.

shall

soon

meet

Our

is

no

more

ard

there.

3.

The
come

foe

was

sullenly

firing.

4.

The

will
us.
was

certainly
6.

again.
were

5.

John

has

often

written

The

girls

then

playing
The

indoors.

7.

The

ter

seriously

injured.
jolly Jack
seen

8.

rider
soon

has
be

very

quickly

turned.
The
sea

9.

Every

will

coming
The

back.

is

clearly
12. Her

from

here.

11.
late

story
much

was

believed.
13.
nearly
The
storm

friend
were

has

of

been
14.

from

me.

The

birds

merrily The wind

singing.
was

The

work

finished.

15.

softly
captain

sighing.

is fiercely
men.

raging.
The be

17.
prisoner

The
was

is greatly

ved
The

by

his
truant

18.
will
21.
not

cruelly 20.
not

treated.
sun

punished.
boots
were

The stolen.

was

ightly
only

shining.'

The. the 24.

22.
are
now

ve

just
25.

heard

news.

23. sailors

The have

pupils

ying

their

lessons.
The

The

been
lose

joyousl
her

ncing.

servant

would

certainly
p. 323, Note

place

See

"Notes

for Teachers,"

22.

INFINITIVES

We

shall
ever

probably called
the here.
news/

sail

on

Wednesday.
The The mother

27.
was

Brown
very

ha
much

dly

28. 29.

ased
The

with

lad
wet.

will

ere

long

go

home.

weather

has

lately

been

23.

When

question

is asked,

the

words

forming

verb

often

separated.
Question

Thus,
Verb

Has

John

found
doing
cows

his his been

knife?
lessons?

has

found.

Is

William
the

is doing.
have

Have

milked?

been

milked.

Exercise
1. Is here?

23.

"

Pick

out

the verbs.
the trees?
4.
roses

the

gardener 3.
Were

pruning

2. Have

Has the

the
men

baker

the 5.

pigs

sold?
those

been

ging Had

potatoes? the
gentleman Is the poetry?

Shall

be

cut

to-day?
the the

lost
water

his

hat?

7.
9.

Was

thie

ght?

8.
their

boiling?
Has

Have

gir

rned Would

10.
be
the

the

window 12.
Has 14.

been the
crew

broken?

the

ship

wrecked?
servant

been
the

ed?

13.
15.

Should Will
the

hear?

Did

do

k?

friends

call

to-day?

Infinitives
24. In
at

the
once,"

sentences,

"I

like

to to
or

skate"
skate
assert
was
or

"They and
to be

wished
paid

paid

the

expressions

are

verbs,1
not
say

for
anyone
or

they

do

not
or

tell
anyone

anything.

They
express

skated

paid.

They
it.

show

action

doing
are

without

stating

asserting

Such

bal
1
2

expressions
again

called
8.

infinitives.2

In

each

of

th

Head
From

paragraph
Latin
in,

the

meaning
as

not,

and
are,

finitum,
to

bounded

or

limited

infinitive.

is not
in
a

limited,
general

verbs

definite

assertion,

but

esses

action

way.

llowing
expressed

sentences

there

is only
not

one

assertion,

and

that

by

the

verb,
Verb

by

the

infinitive.

Infinitive
is going
intends
hoped

Annie

to
to to to

play give
meet
a

tune.

The

teacher The The

lesson.

boy
child

his
lost.

sister.

seemed

be

25.

All the
by
to.

infinitives
But

in the
make,

sentences
see,

just
by

given

are

preced
some

after

hear,

let, dare,
to.

and

her

verbs,

the

infinitive
Verb

is rarely

preceded
Infinitive

Thus,

The

teacher
made

helped
the

me

climb
come

the ill at

tree.
once.

Edward
colonel The
will

dog

he

let the bade

soldier
the

go open

home.

lady

boy

the

door.

Exercise

24.

"

Pick

out

the

verbs

and

the

infinitives in

ollowing
a..

sentences.

1.

The trying
listen. traveler

mother
to

promised
the

to

return.

2.

The

man hunts-

is
to

catch 4. The

horse. is

3.
going
that

The
to way.

father write
a

told

hi

clerk
to

letter
sower

The

meant
sow.

return
mowers

6.
to

nt

forth

to

7.
intends
a

The
to

have
home. knight
to

begun 9.

cut

th

y.

8.
to

Robert
receive 11.
to

walk

Mary

had

ped

prize. horse

10.

The

studied(to
out.

please

king.

The
try.

oys

wished speak?
the

13.

wanted Did the Johnson

get

12.

Several

chairman

ask
Mr.
to

Mr.
Evans
see

Jones

14.
museum.

Professor

invited
girls the

isit

15.
let his
The
roar.

Were

the

pleased
nest.

them?

b. dog

16.

Tom

cousin
people

see

17.

Jack

made
19.

is

bark.
the
thunder

18.

felt

the

house
man

shake.

eard

20.

The

sick

bade

them

send

INFINITIVES

doctor.
father fear

21. made this

Nobody Richard
dog.
25.

dared

leap
keep

across

the

wild

river

His

the

promise.

23.
the

No

need
his
current.

24.
The
you

The horse

king helped
baby

watched
us

knight
against

ack

enemy.

stand
walk?

26.

Will

let

the

try

to

26.

We
the
says

have

seen

that,

whether
the
or

it
that
a

tells makes-

of

doin*
the
assertion

being,
or

verb

is always
to

word
about

something
may

person

or

thing.

of

doing

say

(1) (2)

What and

person

or

thing

does.

(See

Exercises

13.)
is
to
a

What

person

or

thing.

(Se

paragraph
The be

%done 17

and

Exercise

19.)

verb

may
l

(1) Help (2) Say

to

say

something
paragraphs
or

about
II, things
12,

person

thing.
that

(See
a

17.)
(See

person

exists.

paragraph

11,

note.)

Exercise
the
1.

25.

"

In

the

following

sentences

pick

out

the verb

infinitives.
dog

The

barks.
clock The
sews.

2.

The

horse 5.
The

rps.
mews.

4.

The

ticks. teacher

gallops. knife

3.
cuts.

The 6.

bir

The

7.
tailor 12.

writes.
sea
moans.

8.

The

pigs
11.

feed.

The

10.
tree

The

The

rive

The
roars.

waves.

13.

The

butterfly

rests.

The 15. That Annie

lion Violets

bloom

in spring.
James.

16. 18.

The

gas

burns
rang

brightly. the

fellow arrived
21.
to

struck

Mary William
corn.

bell

from miller

Rome.

20. the

conquered
22.
The

land.
ran

The father.
"Notes

ground
Horses

littl

her
1

23.

draw
317,

the
Note

plow.
4.

See

for Teachers,"

p.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

24.

Ash

is

tough.

25.

Oak

is

hard.

26.
The

Walking Cambrian
were

althful.

27.
are

Sleep
in

is

refreshing.

28.
Romans

untains

Wales.
The

29.

The
are

good

ad-makers.
was

30.
quite

sailors 32. The

in

boat.
very

31. old.

The

tter

fresh.

church

was

33.
on

There the
are

is table.

cat

in
There the

the

garden.
were

34.

There

was

sh

35.
on

twenty

people

present.

There

sheep

hill.

37.
a

The

fisherman
from

has
her his
son.

new

net.

38.
have

The

woman

ha

letter
is

39.

Cows

cloven

hoofs.

Jack 42.

having

dinner.
three
sons.

41.

The
*

farmer

had

forty

gs.

The

king

had

43.

The
was

old

man

was

sitting
The
carpet
roses

under
were

tree.

44.

The

use the
The

burning.
wind.
mower

45.
The

being
this

scattered
morning.
was

46.
was

was
a

beaten 48.
was

bitten

by
The

snake.
corn

England ground
by

nquered

by 50.
were

William.
The
eaten
cows

49.
have

th

ller.

been
52.

called
That fish by

home.
is

51.
caught

The

eeses

by
flowers

mice.
were

with

hook.

53.

The

gathered

Ellen.

54.

That

carving

is

much

admired.
had newly
was

55.

The

lady

was

arly

stunned. has

56.
risen. nearly

Snow 58.
always The

fallen. almost
Nelly
gone.

57.

The

just
is horse.

The

moon

setting. had 62.

the

Amelia
the
were

reading. week
has

60.
quickly

often

iven

61.

The
news?

lls

merrily the

ringing. been
sent

63.

Has

Bob

heard

Have

goods
told
going play

home?

65.

Fred
were

his
to

brother hear violin.

a

to

keep

the

knife. Ethel

66.
has
was

The

ople

lecture. 68.
The

67.

been

arning
return

to at

the

messenger wants

tol
a

once.

69.
has
to

The

hunter learned. mother

to

find
boy
go

fox

This
meet

lesson his

be
The

71.

The

dared
home.

father.

72.

let the

girl

VERBS

73.

The

lion Were

the unicorn and fighting for the beat the unicorn the

crown;

The

lion All

round and

about Jill went

a

town.

74.

Jack
To

up

the
water.

hill

fetch

pail

of

75.

Three Went If the My

wise
to
sea

men

of
a

Gotham

in had

bowl;

bowl

been
have

stronger

story

would

been

longer.

Words

Used

Both

As

Nouns both

and

As

Verbs

27.

Some
what
one

words

may

be words

nouns

and
given

verbs.
case

To

ide

of these

is in any

consider

it is used.

(1) If it is the
(2) If it
verb.
says

name

of anything about
or

it is
to any

noun.

something

person

or

thing

Exercise
a

26.
noun

"

Say
or
a

whether and
talk

each
give
about

of

the

words

printed

lics is
1.

verb,

the

reason.

There
talk

was

some

the
bite.

businesse
4.
The bark. well.

2. of The

Some
some

ple

too

much.

3.
their

Dogs
bite. The

bark

s
a

is

worse

than
ride.

5.

Dogs
ride

6.

gir

pleasant

7.

girls

8.

The

walk

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

very

enjoyable.
irons

9.

Old
11.

men

walk
sailor

slowly.
was

10.
in

The

undress
Mr.
14.

the has

shirt.
too
on

The irons

put

irons

Wills
A

many

in

the 15,

fire.

13. like

Bird

y.

fly

is

the

window.

We

work. Harry

Good
the

boys
nouns. a rose.

work

hard. 19.

17.
Cruel

Names drivers

are

nouns.

18.

es

whip
rose

horses. early. exercises.

scale

20.
22.

The
Tom

iver

has
a

new

whip.

21.

Tom
set

ucked

23.
a

The of

teacher

the

24.

The

pil

worked
of

set

exercises. Put

25. butter

They

high

cli

search

eggs.

26.

the

in

the

scale.

Exercise

27. using

"

Put
as
a

each
noun

of
in

the the

following
firstsentence

words

into
as a

tw

ntences,

it

and

ve

the second. Harm.

Run.
.Love. Call. Guide.

Right.

Salt.
Milk.

Blind.

Steel. Shoe.
Beat. Hate.

Steep.
Cover.

Hit

nch.

Crowd.

Drink.
Dream.

eep.

Judge.

Doubt.

d.

Report.
Act. Place.

Part.

Stroke.
Retreat.
Hurt.

Guard.
Sup.
Fear. Hope. Prey.

Change. Murder.

one.

Tread.
Plant.

Look. Wish.

rk.

Spy
Blame.

nce.

Fire.

Ruin. Watch.

Sail.

Paper.
Lean.

Butter.

rdon.

Cheat.

Pain.

Welcome.

Praise

Subject
28. 29.

and

Predicate thought

sentence

is the

statement

of

in words.

The

sentence
name

"Mary
of the

writes"
person

consists whom
we

of two
are

parts:

(1)
Mary,

The

of

speaking

and
What Every
part
we

(2)
30.

say

about

Mary

"

writes. has thing

two

sentence,

however
the
person

long,
or

such

parts.

The

denoting

spoken

about

lled
What

the

subject.
we

say

about
the

the

person

or

thing

denoted

by

th

ubject

is called

predicate.

SUBJECT

AND

PREDICATE

31.
can

As
say

the

verb

is the

part
a

of speech
person

by
or

means

of which

something
must

about be
is
a

thing,

it follows
In
many

there

always predicate in the

verb
a*

in the

predicate.

tences

the

verb

alone;
the

but

usually

there

other
32.

words
When

predicate
to

besides
the that ask,

verb.

you

wish the

find

subject
will be

of

sentence,

wa al
or

look

first for

verb;
Then

the
or

whole

of

the

predicate.
the
answer

"Who?"
the

"What?
Thus,

ore

the
John

verb;
runs.

will be

subject.

Which The

is the

verb?
is John,

"

Runs.

predicate
runs?
"

runs.

Who

Therefore Fire

the
burns.

subject

is John.

Which The
What

is the predicate

Burns. verb? is burns.

" "

burns?
the

Fire.

Therefore

subject
"

is

fire.
out

Exercise

28.

a.

Pick

thus

the

subjects and
10.
Predicate

th

dicates

of

the sentences

given

in Exercise

Sentence

Svbject

William
Birds

simgs.
fly.

William Birds

sings.

fly.

Sheep Henry

bleat. is reading.

Sheep
Henry

bleat.

reading.
_is

6.
1.

Treat
Rain
4.

similarly
is falling.

the

following
2.

sentences. has

Rain

fallen. posted.

3.
5.

Stars
The

ar

ning.

The 6.

letters

have
are

been
grazing.

lion
were

killed. 8.

Cattle

7.
were

Soldiers
set.

ching.

School

is closed.

9.

Traps

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise

29.

"

Place

subjects before the following

pred icat

1. Fly.
Are

Mew.

2.

Chatter. 8.
11.

3.

Grunt. 9.
12. Is

4.
Has

Ran.

5.

Hum.

7.

Crow.

Was
Is

writing. falling.

been

digging.

bleating.

coming.

Additional

predicates:
30.

"

Exercise

12.

Exercise
the
sentences

"

Pick

out

thus

the

subjects and
14, 19,

the 'predicate
20.
Predicate

given

in Exercises

13,

and

Sentence

Subject
loves
broke

Arthur John The

the

loves broke
lawn

his
the

sister. window.

Arthur John

his
the

sister,

window,

is

watered

by

The

lawn

is

watered gardener.

by

th

gardener.

33.

A
a

sentence

that

makes
sentence.

statement

or

assertion
"John

lled

declarative
makes
a

The

sentence

ming,"
34. is

statement.

The

sentence

"Is
a

John

coming?"
or

asks

question.

called,

therefore,

questioning

interrogative1

senten

Notice

the

difference
pairs.

between

the

two

sentences

in

eac

the

following

From

the

Latin

inter,

and

rogare,

to

ask.

SUBJECT

AND

PREDICATE

Exercise

31.

"

a.

Turn
given

into

"

interrogative
28,

sentences

th

larative

sentences

in

Exercise

6, and

the

ing. follow

I.

Baby
4:

woke.

2.

Uncle
5.

has

come.
crow.

3.

School
6.
The

has

un.

Monkeys Charlie Richard

climb.
grows.
came.

Cocks
Fishes

cats

ght.

7. 10.

8.

swim.

9.

Adders

ng.

b.

Turn

the

following

interrogative

sentences

into

tive declara-

sentences.

II.

Is

Harry

sliding?
send?
14.
snow

12.

Has

aunt

called?
wait?
Do

13.
15.
Is

Did

Brown

Will

father 17.
scholars

day

aking?
Did

16. Jane

Did

fall?

horses
learn?

neigh?

hear?

19.

Should

35.

In

order

to

find

the
turn

subject
it into

and
a

the

predicate

of

an

errogative

sentence,

declarative

sentence;

us,

Question
Statement Verb
"

"

Is
"

Fred

expected?
is expected.

Fred
expected. Fred.

is
"

Who

is expected?

"

Fred.

Subject
Exercise
sentences

32.
in

"

Pick

out

the
6,

Exercise

31,

the predicates subjects and the following. and

Did
you

1.

Are

you

attending?

2.

hear?
Had

3.
night

Was begun?

eeping?
Has

4.

Shall
come?

be

pleased?
Is

5.

spring

7.
Will

mother

returning? sing?

8.
10.

Was

san

knitting?
started?

9.

Mr.

Robinson

Has

ank

36.

In

telling
his

or

asking
we

person
say,

to

do

thing,

we

do

no

ten

mention
come."

name;
mean,
or

for
come,"

instance, "Do

"Come,"
you
come,"

We

"You

the

you

is left out,

understood.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Sometimes
is thou
or

in
ye.

poetry

and

in

old

English

the

understood

rd

sentence

expressing
*

command We
sentence state

or

request

is calle and

imperative

sentence.
an

the

subject

th

edicate

of

imperative

thus,

Sentence

Come.

You

is put

in

brackets

to

show

that

it is understood.

Exercise

33.

"

State

the

subjects

and

the

predicates

of

llowing
1.

imperative

sentences.

Go.
at

2.
once.

Listen.

3.
Remember

Obey

me.

4.

Run ready.
thou

quickly. 8.

Halt'

6.
ye

this.
waters.

7.
10.
of

Be
Do
every

lp.

9.
Come

Come

to

the

likewise.

all.

12.

Come

thou

Fount

blessing.

37.

If

"

we

say,

What
an

tall

man

he

is!"

we
or

really
an

make

statement,

but
sentence
an

it is

emphatic
with
sentence.
or

statement, strong

tion. exclama-

A called
is

uttered

feeling
an

or

emphasis

exclamatory fact

But

exclamatory
or

senten

in

declarative

interrogative "How

imperative.
rose

us, really

the

exclamatory
"

sentence

red

this

is!

declarative;

Hurry

up!"

is imperative;

and
sentences

"Are

crazy!"
an

is interrogative. mark.

Exclamatory

en

th

exclamation

Exercise

34.

"

Write

out

the

subjects and
23, 25,

the 26.

predicates

e sentences
1

found
the

in Exercises
imperare

and

From

Latin

(p.p. imperatus),

to

command.

PERSONAL

PRONOUNS

27

PERSONAL
38. It would speaking

PRONOUNS
to repeat
or

be tiresome of any
to

noun

again

and
not

again sound

person
"

thing.
bought when

It would
a

l,

for instance,
the
to

say

Edward
sister; the
to

book;.

Edward
gave

book

to

Edward's
sister,

Edward

the

Edward's
much

sister
say

thanked

Edward."
bought
her,
a

uld

sound it to gave

better
sister;

"Edward
gave

book;

his

whten

he

it to

she

thanked

.'9

Similarly,
Instead

of saying
learned
Maggie's

We

say

Maggie

has

Maggie

has

learned

her

son les

lesson. John
horse
saw

the
was

horse;
the

the horse's

John

saw

the

horse;

it

was

in

in

its stable.

stable.
Mrs. Evans
saw

the

dren. chilwere

Mrs. They

Evans
were

saw

the

children. garden;

The

children
the

in

the

in

the

garden;

children's
promised
some

their them

father
some

had fireworks.

promised

father the fireworks.

had

children

Exercise
nouns,
*

35.
and

"

Pick

out

the
noun

words
each
he in
their
to

which
is used.
looks park.
master

are

used

instead

say

for
new

what

1.

Jack

has
Tom;

watch;
met

often

at

it.

2.

Ethel

seen

she

him

the

3.
when,

Those
he

dogs

well
them.

trained;
4. from

they

obey
spoke

speaks
were

Mr.

Smith

the

boys
their but
was

as

they

turning

their
that the

playground
pony
was

with

bats.
Edward
hers.*
work.

5.

The

ildren it at
may

said
was

theirs,
that done

sai

his, play

while

Jenny they

said
have

"it

6.

The

ds

when

their

7.

The

LONGMANS'.

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

vant

has
reapers
was

gone

for

bread;
not

she their

will

be

back
they the

with

it

soon.

The
it

did

like

dinner;

complained
because

badly them

cooked.

9.

Fred

read

stories

found

interesting.

Exercise
1.

36.

"

Put
has

other
broken ball.
now.

words

for the

nouns

where
2.

possible
The

William
lost
the

William's

slate. has

boys

ve

boy's
pretty

3.

Jane 4.

dressed
has

Jane's
gone

doll

doll

looks
Francis

Francis father watch;

a
new

home
Francis.

cause The

heard

that

Francis's
the

wanted
the

watchmaker that the pencils mother

for
a

mended
watch

watchmaker

und

needed hand;

spring. pencils
are

6.

James

three

in will

James's
let when the

the

James's. in

The

mother's

children bed
the

play is

th

rden

time; call
was

the

children's
8.

ready
fell

th

ther

will

the

children.

When

jug

th

g's

handle
Mr.

broken.

9.

Mr.

Freeman's

brother

ke

Freeman.

39,
say,

If Mr.
"Mr.

Wells Wells

to speaking is looking for Mr.

were

Mr.

Brown

he

would

Wells's
umbrella;

overcoat

an

Brown

is looking
Mr. Wells Brown's

for

Mr.

Brown's

Mr.
find "I
am

Wells

pes

that
and
my

and

Mr.

Brown

will
would for

soon

Mr.

lls's

Mr.

things." and
you
are our

He

say
your

ing look

for

overcoat,
we

looking

umbrella;

hope

that

shall

soon

find

things."

Similarly,
Instead

of

saying

Mr.

Wells

would

say

There

is

Mr. Brown

Wells's; hand

There it to

is mine;
me?

will

you

hand

wilLMr.
to

it

Mr.

Wells?
is Mr.
Brown's;

And
now

here
let

And
us

here
go.

is

yours;

now

Mr.
go.

Wells

and

Mr.

Brown
1

See

"Notes

for Teachers,"

p.

323,

Note

23.

PERSONAL

PRONOUNS

40.

The

person

speaking
me.

does

not

use

his

own

name,

bu

I, my,
says
we,

mine,
our,

When
us.

speaking

of himself

and

others,

ours,

Instead
says

of the
you,

name

of the
yours.

person

to whom

he
was

is speaking,
also

your,

Formerly
speaking
say

ye

used
to

merly,

too,

the

person

used

sometimes
thy,

sa

s certain
the
person

people

sometimes
to.

now)

thou,

thine,

the

spoken

Exercise

37.^

Pick

out
or

the words

used

instead
spoken

of
to.

the

names

the persons
1. I
am

speaking
going
to

of

the persons
2. Have

school.
my

you

seen

your

brother
like
me

day?

3.

I. met

sister

in

the

town.

4.

I
gave

my

book;
ask

do
yours
see

you

like

yours?
you
a

5.

My

mother

to

give
our

ball.
soon.

6.

The We

apple
had
us

is
a

mine.

We
our

shall

parents

8.
to
your

lette
pony.

uncle.

9.
near

Our
us.

aunt

is

going do
Nathan
ye ye

send

Tom

lives begin
art

11.
week.

When 13.
Except

holidays said
unto ye
ones,

begin?

Ours

next
man."

David,
shall will

ou

the

14. How

repent,

ewise

perish.

15. 16.
book

long,
shouldst

simple
thou I
saw

simplicity?

Why
is thine.

die
thee

before
there.

th

e?

17.

The

18.

41.
"

In
James the

speaking
hurt

of James,
James;"

Mary,
"Mary

or

the

dog,

we

do

no

hurt
"James

Mary;"

"The

dog

dog."

We
"

say

instead dog
of

hurt

himself;

ry

hurt

herself;
we use

"The

hurt
names

itself."
or
nouns

Similarly,

instead

the

words

self, thyself,ourselves,
Exercise
.

yourself, yourselves,
out

themselves.1 instead
names

38.

"

Pick

the words

used

of

1.

The

boy
a

got
new

himself
dress.
for

ready

for
The
p.

school.

2. made
5.

The

gi
them-

ght

herself
1

3.

children
317,
Note

See

"Notes

Teachers,"

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

lves
treat.

late. 6. did
in in
not

4.
The

We

enjoyed
monkey
saw

ourselves. itself 8.
The in

5.
the

gave

myself

glass. dressed
have himself.

7.

The

ate

break best

itself. clothes. A

ladies should loves

selves themmore

their

9.

You

ith

yourself.

10.

selfish

person

42.
are

The

words

we

have

been

picking
There

out
are

in these

exercise

called which

personal
we

pronouns.

other

kinds

onouns,

shall

learn

about

later.

Learn
43.

pronoun

is

word

used

instead

of

noun.2

Exercise

39.

"

Pick
i

out

the pronouns.
he
was

1.

Mr.

Trask
2.
present.
some

called
Yesterday 3. algebra.
fell

and

brought

you

letter

from
so

ur

cousin. him
set
us
a

Griffith's
has has
knee.

birthday,
our

nt

The

teacher

heard

spelling
apron.

4. grazed

Ellen

mended 6.
Have

her

The
us.

horse

and

its

Our
you

parents

ve

7. 9.
about

We

deceive

ourselves.
us,

8.
we

warmed

urself?

If you himself.

prick
11.

do
Henry
says

not

bleed?
that
he

10. could

Philip

lked

said that
their

no

lp

being

late.

12.

Mary

she dinner

has

finished
the
not.

he

wing.
My

13.
son,

The

children entice

had

in
thou

garden.

if sinners
15. Suppose;
Your

thee,

consent

my

little lady, should

make
eyes

doll
you
your

break
it whole

her

head,
crying

Could Till

by
are

and

nose

red?

16.

child,
are

and

thou

lamb,
name;

We

called
lamb,

by God

his

Little
1

bless
instead
p.

thee.

Latin

pro,

meaning
for

for,

of.
317,

See

"Notes

Teachers,"

Note

6.

PERSONAL

PRONOUNS

17.

"I

wish,
He

my

old
to

Aunt her
one

Dorking,"
day,
summer

began
you

"That

wouldn't
nest upon

sit all
the in

In

your

hay."

And And
Though So

so

Tom
with
the

awoke
our

and
bags
was

we

rose
our

the

dark
to

got

and

brushes Tom
was

work;

morning
their
tears,

cold,
they

happy
fear harm.
now.

and
.

warm;

if all do
have

duty

need
to

not

If you

prepare

shed

them

You
The
'Twas

all do
first
on

know
ever

this

mantle;
put

I remember it on;

time
a

Caesar

summer's
overcame

evening
the
weep
you,

in Nervii.
when

his

tent,

That

day
souls,

he

Kind Our
Here

what,
vesture

you

but
ye

behold here,
traitors.

Caesar's

wounded?
as

Look
you
see,

is himself,

marr'd,

with

Exercise

40-

"

Put

pronouns

instead

of

nouns

where

sible.
a.

1.

The

man

cut

the the

man's

finger.

2.

The
watch
men

lady

sed

the

lady's

watch;

lady

had

left
the
a

the
poor

lady's Jones

table.
might

3.

Mr.

Jones the
poor

invited
men

that

give
the
a

dinner.
5.

4.
thief

The

chman
thief

heard behind
horse.

coachman
tree.

called.
The
the

The

hi

6.
When

gentleman Normans 8.
The
men.

mounted
got

th
to

tleman's
of the

7.
Normans

th

hill the
at

halted.
of
the

general 9.
not
men's

placed Harold

general commanded
ranks,

the

head
that

general's
men

Harold's
the
men
men

should
saw

quit

the

but the the

when

the

enemies

ing

down
after

hill, the

forgot

Harold's

command

and

hed 6.

enemies.
x

10.
now.

Alfred
11.

met

Alfred's and Edward

mother will
sentences

with
see

Edward's Alfred's

t
1

Alfred

and

Alfred

is speaking

to Edward

in all the

of this group.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

ward's
cut

fathers

in the

park. 13.

12.

Alfred

heard
must
new

that be

Edward

Edward's
long

finger.

Edward Alfred's
Alfred

very

tire
is

ter

Edward's 15. Will

hit

walk.

14.

knife

very

arp.

Edward
with Edward

lend

Edward's
bat.

grammar? Did

Alfred Edward

Alfred
when

Alfred's
fell?

17.

Edward

rt

Exercise

41.

"

Pick

out

the

pronouns

and

the

verbs

in

llowing
Note. "be":
of of the
"
"

sentences.
The
am,

following
wilt
"

are

some

more

parts

(see

par.
are

10) of t
some more

rb

be, art,
"

toast,

wert.

The

following
have of

ts

verb
"

have

hast,
four
poetry

Jiadst, wilt
parts

(see
"

par.
"

13).
rarely

These

ts

have

and

the

last
in

given in

be

are

use

modern

English,

except

and

addressing

God

in prayers.

1.

am

thy

father's

ghost. time

2. I shall

Thou

wast

the 4.

man.

If thou in
the
the

wilt
town

be

here
I

in

be

ready.
5.

If

thou

rt

should
I I

be
"

there
from

also. London. for

I

Whence

hadst
Thou

ou

book?
fellow.
thou 11.

6. 8.
wilt

had
am

it

7.
9.
letter I

foolish

sorry

thee.
a

shall home

rly,

but

be
wast

late.
young

10.

had

from

-day.

Thou
thou

then.
a

12.

shall

have

olding,

and

wilt

have

prize.

ADJECTIVES
44.
or

In
sort

the

"

sentence

John

is

good

boy,"

good

shows

th

nd

of boy.
42.
"

Exercise
person
1.
or

a.

Pick

out

the

words

which

show

the

kind

thing.
tall 2.
Tom
man

The

struck
has
a

his

head
slate.
cow

in

entering
The

the

lo

rriage.
a

large black

3.
was

friends
a

went

long

walk.

4.
loves

The
sweet

in

large apples in the

fiel

Little the

Edwin
garden.

flowers.
green
corn

6.

Ripe

grew

old

7.
kind

The father

is waving
some

gentle

eeze.

8.

The

bought
hot
sun

new

clothes the

good

children.

9.

The

will

ripen

sour

ADJECTIVES

it.

10.

Fred

made
fell

big
into wise

blots the

on

the

clean

page.

11.

The

en

bucket would
not

deep

well.

12.

The

foolish

follow

advice.

b. Put kind
other
Boy.

before
teach

of

the

following
that

nouns

word

showing

of

person

or

thing,

is, showing

size,

color,

shape,

quality.
Man.

Road. Clouds.
Pen.

Toy.

Knife.

Pig.
Fire. Father.

Slate.
Point.

Cat.

d.

Grass.
Writer.

Rose.
Ink.

Hands.
Butter. Lake.

Girl

dier.

Merchant.

lling.

Bull.

Walk.

Scene.

Sea.

Cliff.

Tree.

Exercise
or

43.
things
A

"

Pick
are

out

the

words

which

show

how

many

sons
a.

spoken
one

of.
mouth,
owns

1.

man

has
landlord 3.

two

eyes,

and
and

thirty-two
each

th.
ten

2.

The
rooms.
seven

six

houses, nine

house 4.

James
5.

bought

apples. hath for

The

caught The
ten
grocer

mice.

Thirty pounds

days
of
sugar

September.
one

sells

fourteen

dollar
years.

cents.,

7.
one

Elizabeth
furlong.

reigned

forty-five

Forty 6.

rods There

make
were

9.

few
11.

cherries
have 13.
mansions.
no

on

the

tree.

10.
The

Have

any

apples?

apples.

12.

soldier
water.

wounded
In the city

in

both
are

legs.

Most

dogs 15.
were

like
There

the
are

many

several

ps

in

the
to

harbor. Rome.

16. 18.
the

Some
Few
men

men

digging.
out.

17.
19.
are

Al

ds
no

lead

ventured 20.
Both

There

horses

in
like

stable.

doors
can

closed. it

Most

boys balls

baseball; lost.

some

boys

play

well

Several

were

Exercise
1. The

44.

"

Pick
had Give

out

the words
sense.

which
There

show
was

how

much.
corn

man

little
me

2. bread. but

much

Egypt.
money

3.

some

4.
less

Mr.

Jones
5.

ha

than

Mr.

Brown,

learning.

The

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

ief

made 7.

no

noise.
was

6.

The

mason

could in the
speed.

not

find 8.
I

an

rtar.
some

There

little More

water

well.

have

st

paper.

9.

haste,

less

Exercise
or

45.

"

Pick
a

out

the words

which

show

of what

rank

der,
1.

place

in

series.
sixth second day
the

Edward
first

is the girl
in the

boy

in
class.

the 2.

fifth

class; father

his

sist

the
the

Our 3.

returned

twenty-fifth month
verse

of
year.

January.

December
text

is

elfth ninth
the
to

of of

4.

The

preacher's of the

was

the 5.

eighth
The

chapter

first
every

Epistle

Corinthians. be
shot.

general
last

ordered time
I shall

tenth
you.

6.

This

is the

ask

45.

Some
or

words

are

used
as

with "This

nouns
man,"

to

point
"That

out
woman,"

what

rson

thing

is meant,
"Those

hese

books,"
46.

slates,"
out

"Yonder

house."

Exercise

"

Pick

the

words

which

say

what

person

thing.
1.

Will
were

you

give

me
on

that these That

trees.

hoop
pegs.

for

this

knife?

2.
man

Those

ts

hanging
cottage. grew
on

3.

The

old

live

yonder

4.
those

dog

bit this

little girl.
horse will

5.

These

ples
man.

6.

Yonder
ducks

belongs be sold.

is

7.

These

hens

and

those

46.

word

which
an

shows

what

kind

of person

or

thing

ant

is called
47.

adjective.1
shows how
many

word

which
an

persons

or

things

ar

ant

is called
A

adjective.
shows
an

48.

word

which

how

much

of

anything

we

ar

eaking
1

of is called
the Latin
comes name

adjective.
put
near
near, or

From

adjectus,
from
from

added

to to

[adjectus is
throw,
to

the

p.

adjicere, which
gets

adf

and
near

jacere,
or

put].
noun.

Th

jective

its

being

put

added

the

ADJECTIVES

49.
we

word
are

which

points

out

what
an

particular

person

ng

speaking

of is called
the

adjective.
say
to what
noun

Exercise belongs.

47.

"

Pick

out

adjectivesand

1.

Two

legs
one

sat

upon

three

legs

With

leg

in

his

lap.

2.

Old
To

Mother
get

Hubbard
poor

went
a

to

the

cupboard

her

dog

bone.

3.

Little

Polly

Flinders
the

Sat
Warming
Her

among

cinders, little toes. and

little
new

her mother

pretty
came

caught daughter clothes.

her

And For

spanked
her

her

spoiling
them

nice

4.

She

gave

some

broth

Without

any

bread. Bombay
sunshiny

5.

There

was was

fat

man
one

of

Who

smoking,

day.

6.

All

work

and
Jack in
a

no

play

Makes

dull

boy.

7.

Down
A

green

and

shady

bed

modest

violet

grew.
one

8.

Two
Began

little kittens
to

stormy

night,
to

quarrel

and

then

fight.
the

9.

"I

will

have
won't

that have

mouse/'
that
mouse,"

said

elder
the

son;

"You 10. No

said
knew;

little

one.

mate,

no

comrade
on
a

Lucy
moor.

She 11.

dwelt

wide

Mark

yon

old

mansion

frowning

through

the

trees.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

50.

The

adjectives

an

or

and

the,

are

often

calle

ticles.1

An

or

is used

when
we

we are

do

not

speak

of any
a

particular

e;

the

is used have
"I
an

when

speaking

of

particular
have
gave
a

one.

us,

"I

apple"
the

(some
apple

apple);
which Tom

"I

box"

some

box);
the

have

me;"

"

ve

box

which

I bought."

51.

An

adjective
it belongs.

does

not

always

come

before

the

noun

which

(a) The
by
are
a

adjective
part

is verb child

sometimes
be;
was has
as,

separated "Grass
happy;"
is

from
green;"

th

of

the

lets "Vio-

blue;11

"The

"The
wet"

day

will

fine;"
11.)

"The

weather

been

(Read

again

r.

(6) The
in
the My An

adjective
poetry,

sometimes
even

comes

after
sentence

the

noun,

pecially
of

when

the

contains

verb
father,

be;

as,

weary

with
as a

watching,
came

fell fast floating

asleep. by.

iceberg

tall

steeple

Gave Softest Who

The

thee

clothing

of delight,
woolly,

clothing, that
e'er

bright.

could

rare

structure

understand of a hand
fingers

With

its branching

fine
and

....

Exercise
each
a.

48.

"

Pick

out

the

adjectives

say

to

which

belongs.
The
was
are

1.

river Roses

broad red
5.
for
or

and
white.

deep.
4.
were

2. The

The

sun

was

ight. dark

3.

day dear.
7.

is

col

and
1

dreary.
"Notes

The

oranges
317,

6.

The

See

Teachers,"

p.

Note

ADJECTIVES

'3

has

been
will
be

pretty.

7.
9.

The

sea

is
was

rough. loud.

8.
10.

Your

her
were

glad.

The

noise

The

ds

young.

6.

11.

We

sat

within
windows

the

farmhouse

old,
o'er

Whose

looking

the

bay

Gave
An

to

the

sea-breeze,
entrance,
eyes, very

damp night
blue,

and day.

cold,

easy

and

12.

Shining
Opened Yellow
Hanging

very

wide;
very

curls,

stiff,

side
cheeks,

by
very

side;

Chubby
Lips

pink,

red

as

holly;

No

ears

and

only

thumbs, Dolly. round; and

lips
a

That's

Polly's
eyes,

13.

Merry
Hair

very

crimped
cherry forth and
ways to

long;

Two

little

Sending
Very
plump

song;

rather

short,

Grand Fond
of

Dolly;
of fun,

games,

full

That's

Dolly's

Polly.

14.

There

dwelt
the
was

Beside

miller, hale River Dee.

long,
was

and

bold,

15.

The The
His

wfcy

the infirm and

known
the
a

wind
and
tresses
a

was

cold,

minstrel

old;
gray

withered
to

cheek

Seemed

have
are

better
are

day.
long,

16*

The
The

days
north

cold,

nights

wind with
to
was

sings bosom
humble
corn

doleful
red, shed.
as

song.

17.

Little Welcome

bird

my

18.

0, And

green

the
were

I rode
on

on

my

way,

bright

the

dews

the

blossoms

of

May*

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

52.

An
is used

adjective
instead
"He

may

belong
a

to
as,

pronoun,
am are

since

pro-

of

noun;

"I

happy;97

"Thou "You

young;"

is unwise;" kind;"
"

"We

glad;"

are

te;"

"They

will be 49.
"

Unhappy

me!"
and
say
to

Exercise

Pick

out

the

adjectives

what

noun 1.

each
He
was

belongs.
2.

clever.

We

shall
5.

be
He

late. will
once

3.

You 6.

are

eedy. wild.
young

4.

Thou

wast
was

unkind.
pretty.

be
was

rich.

7.

She
and

8.
my

She

blooming
I left
was me

fair.
so

9.
he

When
was

mother
11.

died
It

very

ng.

10. and

And
chill.
14.

quiet.

ipping
strange.

12.

You

find
them

me

ill. be

13.
honest.

They
15.

think

We
strong.

believe 16.

to

The

made flames

her

Firm

and

calm,

he

watched

spread.

53.
as

A
an

word

which

is generally
as,

noun

may

sometimes
"A

ed

adjective;
church 50.
"

"The

morning

sun;"

silv

p;"

"The

spire."
out

Exercise

Pick

the

adjectivesand

say

to what

noun

ch

belongs.
"

1.
a

village feather bed.

4.

The

grocer

was

named
herring
guest

Jones.

2.

We

slee
on

3.

The

fishery
he

is carried
his.breast.

rmouth.

The

wedding
a

beat

5. The

ergyman in the

preached lighthouse
8.
The

funeral

sermon.

6.
the

Three

wives

sa

tower.

7.
once

Close

street

door. full

moon now

that
a

was

round

and

Is

silver

boat.

Exercise
nouns or

61.

"

a.

Say

whether

the

words

printed

in

itali

adjectives.
a

1.
The

He

was

base the

man.

2.
4.

Show
The

me

thp
was

second

base 5.

cook
was a

melted

fat.
6.

cook

fat.
savage

The

vage

cannibal.

The

tiger

is

beast.

ADJECTIVES

The

mistress 9.
Iron

ve.
common.

will be is common.
11.

cross.

8. 10.

There The

was

a
was

cross

on

th

A the
a

last

is used
13. wing. chain.

by

.sheep shoemaker.
a

o grazing 12. Tom

the

last
was

boy
from

in

class.
goose's

I like

quill

pen.

14.

The

ll

15.

Steel

is

made

from

n.

16.

That

is

steel

b.
as a

Put
noun

each

of
in

the

following

words

into
as

two
an

sentences,

usin

the

first sentence

and

adjective in

ond.
Fast.

Spring.
Tin.
Deep. Plane.

Cotton.
Oak.

Fat.

Brass.

Copper.
Straw. Blind.

Silver
Bread.
Hollow.

c.

Stone. Plain.
Sage.

Mahogany.

d.

Slate.

Dinner. Silk.
Linen.

ht.

Salt.

Cloth.

Sound.

Exercise

62.

"

a.

Say

whether

the

words

printed

in

itali

adjectivesor
1.
Pharaoh
against

verbs.
dreamt
lean of
an

of

seven

kine.
the

2.

Lazy is The

men

posts.

3.

The shirts

top

table
5.

smooth.

Laundresses
going
to

smooth thin
is his
not

with

iron. farmer
to
away.

farmer
not

turnips. clean;
to

6.
tell
your

The

is
it.

thin

The

silver

Jane time
way
was

clean

8.

You

idle;
long

it is wrong for
a

idle

9.
long.
to

The
11.

traveler

drink.
the

10.

The

seemed likely

The

rers

were

weary;

lecturer

weary

them.

6. Put
as
a

each in

of

the

following

words

into
as

two
an

sentences,

using

verb

the

first sentence

arid

adjective

in

ond.
Warm. Blind.
Better. Lame.

Dry.

Wet. Smart.
Lower.

Secure.
Steep.
Light.

Steel.
Clear.
Loose.

Salt
Hollow,

ght.

mble.

Left.

Level. Roast.

Mimic-.

en.

Shut. Sound.

Second.

Separate.
Free.

Sham.

Slow.

er.

Sour.

Steady.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

54.

When
Henry;
"

"

we

say

Henry
we

is
speak

tall,"

the

word
houses"

"tall"

scribes

and

when

of "brick
we
are men,"

th

jective
when and
men;

brick"
we

describes
"these
not
men,"

the

houses
or

thinking
the
they

say

"two

words

ese

two

do

picture

or

describe,
tell
men
us

but

limit

th
men,

that

is, they

do

not

any
are

quality

of the of.
or

simply

tell what
tell,
as

particular
we

spoken
the
or

Adjectives
or

have the

seen,

kind,
things they

the which point

number,

the

quantity

of

persons
or

ns

(or

pronouns)
persons

represent;
or

else
meant.

ou

at

particular

things

are

Learn
55.

An
to

adjective
or

is
to

word
that

used

with
the

noun
noun

(or a pro no
denotes.

describe

limit

which

Naming
56.

the

Parts
into

of

Speech

Found

in

Sentences
are

The

classes

which verbs,
In
to

words

are

divided and
up

calle

rts

of
four

speech.

Nouns,
classes.

pronouns,
to must
a

adjectiv
our

of

these
a

order
we

make
notice

minds
idea

ich

class

word
what

belongs work

what Thus,

presses

and

it does

in

sentence.

in th

ntence

John

broke

his

new

slate.1

Therefore
is

it

hn

word

used
something John

as

name.

noun,

oke

asserts

about

John

(or

tells

verb.

what

did).
of

stands describes is
a

instead
the used

John's.

pronoun,

slate.
as

an

adjective
noun.

ate

word

the

name

of

something.

See

"Notes

for Teachers,"

p.

323,

Note

24.

NAMING

PARTS

OF

SPEECH

That

window

has

blind.

Therefore

it

at

says

which word

window, used
as

an

adjective
noun.

ndow

is

the

name

of

something,

asserts

something with
name

about
noun

the

window,

verb.

is used is the

the of

blind. the
man

an

adjective
noun.

ind

what

window
blind?

has.

Is this poor

Therefore

it

helps
says

to

ask

something
man.

about

the

man.

a an

verb.

which what

adjective
noun.

says

kind
used
sort
savages

of
as
a

man. name.

an
a

adjective

is

word
what
Some

ind

says

of

man.

an

adjective

blind

their 'prisoners.

Therefore

it

me

says

how

many

savages.
as a

an
a

adjective
noun,

ages

is

word

used
something
what

name.

nd

asserts

about
they of
as

the

savages.

verb.

(or tells
stands
is
a

do),
noun

ir

instead
word used

the
a

savages.

a a

pronoun,
noun.

soners

name.

Exercise

53.

"

Say

what

part

of

speech

each

word

is in

llowing
1.

sentences.

The

fat

cook
walks.
great

sold

the 4.

fat.
My
new

2.

Our
pen

walks has

were

The

baby

been
farmer

pleasant. broken.
is

Job thin Father

had
his

patience.

6.

The

thin been

going

turnips.

7.
me a

Mary

has

visiting
The
us

her

uncle.

bought
a

fine

doll.
aunt

9.
gave

pretty
a

bird
pony.

ging
Frank

sweet

song.-

10.

Our
he

black lamb

hit

his

finger;

hurt

it.

12.

That

has

its mother.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Participles
57.

In

paragraph

24

(p"ge 17)
are

we

learned
verbs,
us

that

infinitives
they

ough

derived
or

from
state

verbs,
anything.

not

because
consider
are

assert

Let

now

verbal

pressions
they

of
are

another

kind, from

which
verbs.

also

not

verbs,

ough
In

derived

the

sentence
The
"

man

was

wearing

black

hat,

wearing
A

is,

as

we
"

know,

verb.
hat

But

in

the
"

sentence

man

wearing

black

passed to

by,

verb

is passed. but
it also
us

Wearing does
what

belongs
of

man

like of hat.

an a

ad je

something
the
man

the
to

work the

verb

cause

it shows

is doing

Similarly,

in the
The
hat

sentence
worn

by

the

man

was

black,

is the hut
a

like

subject and an adjective

of the and
two
one

was

the
also

verb,
does

while

worn

belongs

and

something

of the

work

verb.
In

each

sentences

there

is only

one
as

statement

sertion,
cannot

only
serve as

verb.

Such

words

wearing

an

verbs. and
a
worn

As
an

the

words

wearing

thus
are

partake called
they

of the

nature

adjective

and

of and

verb,

they

participles.1
are

58.

Infinitives
are

participles, verbals.
out

since

derived

om

verbs,
Exercise

called
"

64.

Pick

the

participles
each
share
or

in

the

followi

tences,
1

and
4he

tell from
Latin but

what

verb
to
to

participle
or

is derived.

From from

particip-are,

partake.
like

Participles

verbs,

they

belong

nouns

pronouns,

adjective

PARTICIPLES

1.

saw

an

old
on

man

working shore
to

in
a

his

garden.
roar.

2.

The

es

dashing
weary,

the

make

ceaseless

3.

ing

sat
you
a

down

rest.
summer,

4.

Feeling I
am was

ill, he
your

left

early
Tom.

Wishing
The
stone, upon years,

pleasant

friend
off.

back
the

of the

book,
has

being stood

broken,
for

torn

7. Built
A

house

centuries.

8. old

house

ilt

the

sands

cannot

stand.
away.

9. 10.
was

The

man, us

bent

th

slowly
caught

hobbled
an

He

found

fishing

One

fish,

hour

before,

still alive.

59.

Participles kind of

are

often
or

used thing;

as

simple
as,

ing adjectives, show"A loving

the

person

friend,"

printed
When
are

book."
so

used
to

they

stand
They
"ome

directly

before
from
other and

their

nouns,

used
the

describe.
that

differ
from

adjectives
have
meanings

ly

in

fact

they

verbs

derived

from

those

of verbs.
out

Exercise

66.

"

Pick verbs
is

the
are

participles
derived.
the

used

as

adjectiv
2.

tellfrom
1.
now

what
paper

they

This
a

white
3.
was

as

driven
not

snow.

That

forgotten 4.
The

story.

We

could

face

the

freezing

nd. The

speaker

received
eyes.

with

ringing
spun

cheers.
is very

ne.

has sick child 7. Have you

a

sunken
seen

6.

The of

silk

the

picture

the
sworn

reading

girl

What
the
two

striking

likeness! 10.
The

9.
first the

This

is the passed
11. 12.

testimony

witness.

boat
next.

the
The

winning
were

seconds
to

before
graven

Jews
tempers

rbidden
to

make
shorn

images.

God
use

the
over

nd

the

lamb. chairs

13.
are

It

is

of

no

crying wood.
out
as

ilt

milk.

14.

These
"

made

of bent

Exercise
the

66.

In

the

following
the

sentences

pick

the

adje

participles,
noun
or

and

participles
each

used

adjective
2.

tell to what
1.

pronoun had
the

belongs.
broken hill. wing.

The
sun

poor
was now

butterfly behind

The

ting

distant

3.

The

water,

ubbling
tired
soon

from

beneath
4. of

the

rock,

was

welcome
the air, the

sight
balloon

to

travelers.
out

Rising
5. from

rapidly

into

sight.
to

Discouraged
those

and knew
it does,

ashamed him.
on a

imself,
a

he

tried

hide
house,

who
as

6.

well

ill.

7.

situated is This

standing,
annoying

small

most

occurrence.

8.
My dog,

At

last,

horoughly
every

disgusted,
movement,

rose

to

go.
me

9.

watching

followed
flapping

0.

The

bat all of

came us

right

his limping trot. with into the sleeping-room,

aking

up.

ADVERBS
60.

In

the

sentence

"William
shows
the words
"

arrived
when

erb

is arrived, Exercise

and
"

yesterday Pick
out

the yesterday," William arrived. with

57.

used

verbs

to

show

hen.
1.
The
agent

called
Brown

again.
was

2.

We
our

lived

in

the

country

hen.

3. will

Mr.
come

formerly

neighbor.
went

4.

My

ister

presently.

5.
was

The

children

to'school afterwards.

mmediately.
Day
The will

6.
break sailed
The

The
soon.

fire

extinguished
carriage has
come

8.

The

already.
was

ship
11.

yesterday.
soldier he
never

10.

That

friend
12.

always often
saw

aithful.

returned.
comes
now.

im

formerly,

but
us;

ometimes

visits

seldom he is coming

13.

Mr.

Watts

to-morrow.

61.

In

the

sentence

"The

boy boy
words

stood stood.
used

here,"

stood

is the

erb,

and

here

shows
"

where
out

the
the

Exercise

68.

Pick

with

verbs

to show

here.
1.

My
for

lodged cousin little the girl

4.

there.

2.

They
her

looked
nowhere.

everywhere

but

found

3.
5.

The The

orse

is yonder.

egiment The

marched sailor
went

policeman forth. 6. We beiow.

The

looked
look

behind.
before
was

and 9.

after. Dun-

8.

There

he

safe.

ADVERBS

comes

here

to-night.

10.
come

Ye

shall

not

go

hence

except

youngest

brother

hither.

62.

In

the

sentence

"The

river

was

running shows how

swiftly,"
the

running running.

is the

verb,

and

swiftly

river

Exercise

59.

"

Pick

out

the words

used

with

verbs

to

show

.
1.
The

The

dog

barks
was

loudly. badly
boy

2.

The

birds
4.

are

flying
fire

rapidly.

soldier 5.

wounded. held
his

The

is burning

ghtly. write

The

hand

thus.

6.
The

The
storm

child
was

well.

7.
9.
soundly.

Rain
Mary

fell sings 11. the

heavily.

8.

ing

furiously. slept

beautifully. soldiers
carefully.
the

10.
fought 13.
noise
home.

The

tired

veler

The

gallantly.

The

doctor
us

dressed
14.
was

hurt

Our

uncle

ated The

kindly.

We

heard thinking
his

distinctly.
16.
Tom

wanderer

sadly

of

industriously blamed

studying

lessons.

17.

My

brother

unjustly.
few
there "He it."

63.
"

Some called

words

are

used
" "

with

verbs
the

to

show king
"I

why;

He

purposely; shall

Wherefore

ordered
ask
you

death;"
you

be

rewarded

therefor;"

said In
the

64.

sentence

"Your

teacher greatly

was

greatly
how

pleased,
much

pleased
was

is the

verb,

and

shows

the

cher
65.

pleased.
the
sentence

In

"I

thrice

presented
thrice
shows

him

kingly
many

,"

presented I presented. 60.

or
"

is the

verb,

and

how

es

Exercise
much
1.
This

Pick
many
was

out

the words

used

with

verbs

to

show

how
child

times.
little
man

hurt, almost

that

child recovered.

was

hurt

h.

2.

The

sick

has

3.

We

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

scarcely

see

in

this
5.

twilight. The
boys
was

4.

The

merchant

was

xceedingly

annoyed. 6. with The

The the

enjoyed
less

themselves
with
with

horoughly.
than

customer

pleased pleased
the hat

th

loth

alico.

7.

dress
met

inished.

8.
was

least was silk;, she is quite finished and him in High twice

th

Street.

is nearly 9. Our

indness

repaid
a

fourfold.

66.

Sometimes
speaker
will
will

word

is used

with

verb

to

show
"

how

ully

the

believes
come.

what

the
The
The

verl? tells;
speaker speaker speaker

thus,

John John John

certainly
not
come.

believes

firmly.

disbelieves.
is doubtful.

will

perhaps

come.

The

Exercise fully the

1.

61.

"

Pick

out

the words
the
the

used

with

the verbs to sho

ow

speaker
surely

believes
know

statement. truth. 2.
true.

She

must

Her

story

was

ndeed
am

strange,

but

it is

undoubtedly
correct.

3.

I
he

say

tha

unquestionably

4.

Truly

knows.

Truly
your

he

knows uncle tell

me.

not.
can

6.
tell

Thou
you.

shalt
8.
He

surely

die.

7*

ably Prob-

certainly clever.

will

no

be

able

to

9.

The

boy

is undeniably

10.

will

correct

it, assuredly.

67.

A
how,

word
why,

which

is used
much,

with
or

verb
many

to

show

when,

where,

how

how

times,

is calle

adverb.1
68.
to

word
show

which how

is used
the

with

verb

or

with the

ment state

fully

speaker

believes

statement

is called
69.

an

adverb.
which show

Adverbs

how

much
other

or

how

many
as

times, well
The
as

used
1

with
Latin
the

adjectives
ad,
to.

and

with

adverbs
equals
twerb.

wit

Ad-verb
and the

therefore

relati

between

ad-verb
the
noun.

verb

is

much

like

that

between

ad-jective and

ADVERBS

bs;

indeed,
or

some

of them,
thus,

as

"very,"

are

used

only

with

ectives

adverbs;

Tom

is

a a a

brave
very

boy. brave boy.

brave
true. true.

Tom Tom

is is

thoroughly

boy.

The

story

is quite
is hardly

The

story

Adverb

Adverb

Mary Mary Mary, Mary

speaks

loudly.
too
very

loudly
too
very

speaks speaks
speaks

loudly. loudly.
enough.

loudly loudly loudly

loudly

enough

70.

Adverbs
sometimes
1. 2.

showing used
strong, my

when, with
I I
am
am

where,

how,

or

how

certainly,

also

adjectives;
now
sore

thus,

Once
After

decidedly
everywhere.

weak.

fall

3.
4.

Her I
saw

face

is sweetly

calm.
men.

perhaps

six

Exercise

62.

"

Pick

out

the adverbs

used

(a)

with

adjectives.
other
is
an

(6) with
a.

adverbs.
very

1.

Jane
has
to

clever

girl.
dog.

2.

I 4.

felt
He

sadly
seemed
for
a

weary.

Tom

exceedingly
work.

large

fully
rather

entive

his

5.
sun was

The

friends terribly
is

went

walk.

6.
the

The

hot. heavier 10.

Are

7.

Nearly than

al

s
Too

like

water.

8.
spoil
very

Lead
the

much

cork.

many
man

cooks

broth.
sense.

you
corn

so

glad?

The 13.

had
How

little
it
not

12.
14. The

The

is
must

quite

e.

beautiful

is!

fellow careful.

be

erly

bad.

15.

You

are

sufficiently

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

6.

18.
20.

know

him child

very

slightly.
much
more

19.

James

left
now.

rather
21.

te.
too

The

is
to

happy
to

much
clearly.
too

pleased
22. We
you

be

able
very

express

my

pleasure

ite

felt

much

obliged.
much
more

23.

You

ite The

quickly;
class
now

should
not

write
so

slowly. We

should
heard

sing
news.

loudly.

25.

have far

ly

just
to

the much
me

26.
conceited
soon.

The

boy
to

is
take

to

zy

work,

and waked

too

advice.

You

have

too

28.

How

loudly

you

lk! 71.

Yes,

yea,

ay,

no,

and
or

nay,

though
are

never

used

with

pressed

verbs,

adjectives

adverbs,

generally

calle

verbs.1
72.

Some

adverbs

are

used

to

ask

questions.

These

ar

lled

interrogative

adverbs.
Interrogative
will
you
you you

Examples
1. 2. When

of
Where
How How Why Wherein

Adverbs

return? go? travel?

did
did sick

3.
4.

is the he
stay

child?
at

5. 6.

did

home?
wrong?

have*

I done it be

7. 73.
or

Wherewith

shall
or

salted?

Since

adverbs

change
they
are

modify
with,

the
we

meanings
may

of th make

ords

statements

used

th

llowing

definition. Learn

74.

An

adverb

is

word

used

to

modify
or

verb

(or

rbal
*

2), an
"Notes have

adjective, another
for

adverb,
318,

statement.

See
We

Teachers," learned

p.

Note

8.

already

to include

under

this

term

participles

an

finitives.

(See

par.

58.)

ADVERBS

49

Exercise
they
1.

63.

"

a.

Pick

out

the

adverbs,

and

state

what

ds

modify.
rose

Up
we

old
him
away.

Barbara

Frietchie
3.

then.
not, my

2.

Slowly child; and

and
chase

ly
thy Let
root

laid
fears
us

down.
4.

Grieve obey blade

will The

willingly
springs,

gladly.

go

hence.

6.

upward,
come

and

strikes
you

downward.
shall

7.
know
Never The air

He
more.

will

certainly

again.
ye

Hereafter
you

9.

The

poor

have

always.

10.

despair.
is piercingly
Everywhere

11.

The

workmen

paid

weekly. imprisoned by
of he it
trees.

12.

cold.
the

13.
lanes 16.
be I
here

They

unjustly.
15.
The

14. ball
Your then

are
never

dered

fell sister
he

yonder.
cannot

ught First
The

before.

17.
and

yet.

consented
was

would 20.

not

consent.

weather wise. is 21.

most

unusually is probably

cold.

That

advice
22.
That

ly

He

disappointed.
I
am

foolish.
strong

23.
very

now

much

better;
mother fine.
very
was

to

be

quite

soon.

24.

The

ribly
very

unhappy.
much

25.

The
to

day
your
once

was

extremely how

26.

obliged
may

father;
too

kind

27.

You

do

that

often.

28.

Rain, Come
The
man

rain, again in

go

away.

another the
too
moon
soon.

day.

29.

Came
But
we we

down

30.

steadfastly
bitterly

gazed
thought

on

the the
I

face
morrow.

that

was

dead,

And I

of

31.

do

remember there I
am.

well

where

should

be,

And

6.

Make

sentences

containing
Hither.

the

following adverbs.
Often.
Before.

Here.

There.

Lately.

Once.
Very.

Soon.
Truly.

Seldom.
Certainly.

Little.

Scarcely.
Thrice.

Much.
Surely.

Quickly.

vely.

Softly.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise

64.

"

Say

what

part

of speech

each

word

is in

llowing

sentences;

thus.
Day

will break

soon.

I
is

Therefore

it

ay

word
what

used
the

as

name,

noun,

ll

break

tells

day day

will

do,
break. 2.
quite Thou That

verb, adverb.

on

shows
1.

when
come

the

will

an

My

sister
faithful.

will

presently. he
was

friend
safe.

was

lways

3.

There

4.

Too

any

cooks

spoil
was

the
very

broth. little
Little

5.
hurt. white

shalt

surely has
very
an

di

This

child
large

7.

Tom

e c

dog.

8.

lily smells

sweet.

PREPOSITIONS
75.
1.

I I I I

see
see see see see

the the

book
book

in
on

the
the

desk.

2.

desk.
the the

3. 4.

the
the the the

book book book book

under

desk.
desk.
desk.

beside behind
near

5.
6.

I
I

the the

see

desk.

Here
shows
76.

each the
Mr. Mr. Mr. Mr.

of the

words

in,

on,

under,

beside, behind,

an

ar

relation
Brown Brown
Brown

between
has

some

book
in

and

the

desk.

1.

traveled traveled traveled traveled

across,

Spain. Germany.
Europe.

2.

has
has has

through
across
over

3. 4.

Brown

India.

Here

the between

words
the

in, through,
traveling

and

over

show

the

r l

and

Spain,

Germany,

Europe,

nd

India.
77.
1.

Sheffield
Oxford
The

is famous
is proud

for cutlery.
of
its university.
to

2. 3.

fruit

is pleasant

the

eye.

Here

the

word

for

shows

the

relation

between

famou

PREPOSITIONS

51

cutlery;

of

shows

the

relation

between

proud

and

versity;
78. In

and
the

to shows

the

relation

between

pleasant

and

eye.

first set
a a an

of examples
noun

each
a noun

word
;

showing the
the

tion rela

stands

between between

and

in

second third
set

se

stands

verb

and

noun;
a

in

nds word

between before

adjective
a
noun, a

and
a

noun.
or
an

Thus,

whether

it be

verb,

adjective,
be

the

d
79.

following
Words
as,

it is

noun.

showing

relation

may

also

followed

by

ouns;

1.

The His I
was

man

behind arrived

me

is asleep.
with

2. 3.

father
sorry

him.

for them.
examples
showing

80.
or

Here

are

further

of words
the

standing between

before

pronouns,
persons

and named by
a

relation else
or

th

ngs

or

and
noun,

something
a

(this something
an

being
1
.

expressed
Whittington
The
postman

verb,

adjective).
of London.

became Is
with
ran

Lord
the
at

Mayor

2.

at

door.
noon.

3. 4. 5. 6.

I shall
The

be

you

dog boy sword

after the off the

beggar.

The The
John

fell

bridge.
was

7. 8.

of the soldier is tall for his age.

at

by

his

side.

He

is good

football.

Exercise

66.

"

Pick
relation
the

out
as

the in

words

placed
"

before

nouns

nouns
1.

to show

the examples
2.

just
children
tree
was

given.
stayed

Mother
during
4.

is in
the

house.

The
The

ghton

holidays.
was
moon.

3.
absent 6.
you.
was

struck

htning.

The
over

pupil
the

without
The dish

leave.
ran

5.

The

jumped
spoon.

away

with walked

7.
field.

Look

behind

8.

The

horse

nd

the

9.

The

band

playing

opposite

th

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAE

ndow.
the

10.
mountain
my
was

Germany
is wishes.

is beyond

the

ocean.

11.
He will

The
not

top

above 13.
I

the

ainst He
mill

12. clouds. brought these

ac

flowers The
empty

for
owner

you.

unsuccessful

in
the

business.
door with

15.
an

is

standing 16.
Are

near

sack

hand. the

you

fond
went.

of

oranges?

17.

Over

th

ll to

poorhouse

she in the
near

18.

And

churchyard
them

cottage my

Dwell

with

mother.

Learn
81.

preposition
to

is

word

placed

before
the

noun or

(or
in

ronoun)

show

the is

relation

between by
some

person

thing

med

and

what

denoted

other

word

th

ntence.2

82.

The

noun

or

pronoun

placed
the the

(usually)

after

prepositi

is called

the

objectof
out

preposition.

Exercise
65.

66.

"

Pick

objects of

the

prepositions

ercise

Exercise
Pick

67.
out

"

a.

Pick
words

out
to

the prepositions
which
the

and

their
the

objec

the by

.6.
are

objects of

prepositions

related
was

the prepositions.3
an

1.

There
went
a

owl
the

lived

in

an

oak.
A
up

2.

Old

Mother

bbard
on

to

cupboard.

3.

little

cock-sparrow

tree.

4.

Jack

and

Jill went
placed
ponere,

the

hill.
the

5.
Latin

Here

xThe

word and

means

something

before, from
to

prae

fore,
2

posit-us,

placed

(p.p. of
p.

place).
9.
to

See
To

"Notes

for

Teachers,"

318,
a

Note

find
or

these Does

words
what?
in

it is often before
a

good

way

ask
its

question,

suc

What?

the

preposition

and
is its

object;

thus,

first sentence, in
an

is

preposition

and
In

oak

object.

Ask

"Did

at

oak?"

Answer,

lived.

shows

the

relation

between

lived.

PREPOSITIONS

go

round

the

mulberry into What

bush.
France.

6. 7.

He

made
ran

them

dance down
leather?

of

Scotland
8.

Tom

crying

street.

shoes the path

the

are

made
the 11. shall We

without village.
have
stay

We

walked stands

along
among

toward
trees.

10. been till

The

rch

hington Adown

since the glen

Christmas,
rode
sat

and
men.

Easter.

armdd
upon

13.

Two With

legs
one

three his
lap.

legs

leg of

in
your

14.

The

spirit
start

fathers
every
wave.

Shall
15.
The

from
that him land,

flame
round
sea,
on

lit the
o'er

battled
the

wreck

Shone
16.

dead.
our

On

we a

had
spot.

colors,

sir,

To

keep

without
as

17.

They
As

sleep others
the

well

beneath
turf.

the

purple

tide

under mountain, rushy

go

18.

Up

airy
the

Down

glen,

We

daren't
For fear

a-hunting

of

little
white

men.

19.

Old
Does

John,
laugh

with
away

hair,

care,

Sitting
Among

under
the may

the

oak,

old

folk.

83.

Some

words
thus,

be

used

either

as

adverbs

or

positions;
As

adverbs

As

prepositions

Jack
Mary The

fell down.

Jack
in.
was

fej

down

the

hill.

walked
servant

Mary

walked
servant

in
was

the

garden.

standing

The

standing

behind.

behind

me. on

Come

on.

Come

deck.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAB

84.

Note:1
when

(1) That
some

such

word
the
the the the the
a

is used
examples
verb verb

as

an

adverb
.

it always

difies

verb.2
down in behind
on

In

just given
fell;
walked;
was

modifies modifies

modifies
modifies

verb verb

standing;

come.

(2) That
has
a

when
noun

such
or a

word

is used

as

ways

pronoun

following

preposition it. In the

ex a

just

given
down in is followed is followed
is followed

by by
by

the
the the the

noun noun

hill;
garden;
me;

behind
on

pronoun
noun

is followed

by

deck.

(3)
one

That
part

an

adverb

can

generally
to

be

moved

by

itse

om

of the
only

sentence

another,

but

preposition Thus

be
say,

moved

with
He

its

object
to to

following

it.

1
.

often
comes

comes

London.
London.

2. 3.
4.

He
He

often
to
comes

comes

London
to

often.
London.

Often
we

he

if

we

move

to
1.

must
to

move

London
comes

with

it;

thus,

He
To

London he
comes

often.
comes.

2.

London often

often
to

3.

He
a.

London.

Exercise

68.
an

"

Say
or a

of

each

word

printed

in

itali

ether
1.

it is
The

adverb

preposition.
in.
2.

child
Tom

peeped
lagged

The The
25.
or

child
garden

was

in
is

th

ld.
1

3.

behind.
p.

4.
Note

behind

See
The
as

"Notes

for Teachers,"

324,

adverbs prepositions.

which

go

with

adjectives

other

adverbs

are

no

CONJUNCTIONS

house.
above.
not
to

5.

The

spire
He the

is above
me

the
to

house.
walk
on.

6.

The
He and

spir

nts

7.
on

told
grass.

8.
up

tol

walk
up

9.

We

went
across.

and
The

down

the

walked 11. street. rowed

across

We

down.

The the

boatman

ed
The

12.

boatman 14..
went

harbor.
road.

ship

glides Three
Puss

along.

They

went
a

along
to

the

15.

mice passed

into and

hole

spin;
in.

by

puss
on

looked
the

16.

Three

children
a
summer's

sliding

ice

Upon
As

day,
all fell in;
ran

it fell out

they

The

rest

they ships

away.

17.

I
On

saw

three Christmas

come

sailing
the

by

day

in

morning.
a

b.

Use
and

each then

of
as

the
a

following words

in

sentence

firstas

verb

preposition.
By.

Behind.

Off.
Through.

Along.

Before.

Round. Beyond.

Beside.

out.

On.
Beneath.

Up. Above.

Since.
Near.

After.

ross.

Under.

CONJUNCTIONS
85. Certain words
words;
and
man

are

used

to

join

(1) Other
John
The Poor

bs,

William.
or

the

woman.

but

honest.
as,

(2)

Groups
In

of words;
house
or on

the
sea

and shore.
as,

in

the

garden.

On

(3)

Statements;
Pierre

is French is clever

and
but

Karl
her

is German.
is
a

Annie

brother

dunce.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Such

words

as

and,

or,

but,

being

used

to

join,

are

calle

onjunctions.1
Learn
86.

conjunction
to

is

word
or

used

to

join

word

or

group

words
87.

another

word
seen

group

of words.
may

We
or

have
a

that

conjunctions
to
a

join
Thus,

words
but in

rds,

group
a

of
group

words

group
to
a

of words; word.

the

also

join
"He

of
was

words
he
was

th

ntence,

left because
"he

tired,"
to

"because"
word
go,"

joi

group

of words "John

tired",
that

the

"left."
the

the

sentence

said
group

he of

would

tion conjunc
go"

"that" word

joins

the

words

"he

would

"said."2

Examples

of Conjunctions

Joining

Statements

to

Words

Con-junction,
"to

joining together;
a

from

the

Latin

con,

together,

junctio (Gen. junctionals), join").

shall
2

"joining"
that

(from junct-us,
(see

p.p.

otjung
417)

We

find

in

Part

II

some

adverbs
used
to

par.

an

pronouns

(see
other

par.

230)
at

are

likewise
same

join,

but

those

part

speech
322,

do
Note

work

the

time

(see "Notes

for Teachers,"

16).

CONJUNCTIONS

Exercise
1.

69.
child
will

"

Pick
was

out

the

conjunctions.
sleepy.

The

tired
you
a

and visit.

2.
man

The
was

brother contented 5.
You

sister

pay

3.

The
tea

gh boy
the
may

poor.

4.
the

Will class

you

have

or

coffee? 6. is
.true

The

rd

in

is

clever

but

careless.
story

wil

prize
not

if you believe

deserve it.

it.

7.

The
was

though because
for

8.

Tom Mr.

disliked

h I 11.
saw

bad 10.

tempered.
You

9.
will
never are

I know

Jones
unless

callqd,
you
man

succeed
wrong.

try.

certain
he
was

that deaf.

you

12.

The

did

not

hear,

Exercise
1. You Tell Here

70.
are

"

Fill the blanks

a

urith
....

conjunctions.
a

piece haste

of

cake
....

bottle
to

of

wine.

would
Edward

make
....

you
*.
.
. .

wanted
their ill
...

be

early.
wants

Percy think The

....

father
.

m.

4. pale.

she

must

be

she

looks

5. it.
_

dog

licked
the

its

master

he
... ....
i

had

ten

6.

Close
will
....

window punished it is
seven

carefully
you

you

ak
Do

it.
you

7.

You

be

work

harder.

known

o'clock?

88.

Conjunctions
1. 2.

sometimes
both
has
our

go

in pairs;
and
or

as,

We
The He

expect

uncle

our

aunt.

butcher has
neither
go

either
nor

beef
veal.
come

mutton.

3.
4.

pork
you

I shall

whether
out
nor

or

not.

Exercise
1.

71.

"

Pick

the
his

conjunctions.
sister
was nor

Neither
2. The
man

James
can

at

school

this
The
same

morning.

neither

read
or

write.
4.

3.
The
was

fellow

surely both and

not

be rider in
care

either

deaf
horse.

stupid.

shot

led

and mind.
whether

5.
You

The
must

king

weak
obey it.
or

both

body
I

6.
you

either
or

go

do

like

it

dislike
or

8.

The

ldier

did

his

duty,

whether

it

was

pleasant

unpleasant.

58

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

89.

Wfcen

statement
statement,

is

joined by
statement

conjunction to
before

word

in another
comes

the

conjunction

is often placed

is, strictly speaking, first; thus,

the

th which second, but

First Statement

First

Second

Statement

First

Exercise
second
1.
2.

72.

"

Rearrange

the

following
the

sentences,

placing

those statements
As the weather horse the the

beforewhich
was

conjunction comes.
did
not
go

wet

the

children

out

Because
Although

3.
the

wind
we

boy
away

is

sorry

master old its unkind fair the ship did not sail. was him. 5. That will forgive
was
man's

i shot 4. Sinc I

have

taken
you

this
sow

old
you

daughter
expect

is
to

most
reap.

true.

6.

do

not

cannot

7.

Though

CONJUNCTIONS

has
As
put

often
you
are
on

been

told
you

of

his

faults
to out.

he

does

not

reform. 9.

trying
the

deserve
go

succeed.

Unless

coal

fire it will

Exercise

73.

"

Pick

out

the

conjunctions,

and

tell what

the

in.
1.

One
are

man

wers

cut go

and spoke but they are

because
ask
can

three
not

men

listened.
dead. 4.
that

2.

The

yet

3.
Your
you

The

horse

ld

not
come

farther
you

it 5.

was

tired.
see

brother
are

if 6.

him.

We

unwi

Who

tell whether
nor

Jack
parents.

is coming?

7.
ran or

ther Nei-

this

man

sinned
he missed 10. I

his

8.
William it

He

to

th

tion be
or

but
there.
on

the

train.
whether
ye

9.

his
on

siste

forget
11.

happened
ye
come

Tuesday

Friday.
12.

Except
not

repent

shall
to

all

wise like

perish.
Troy
was

Love

sleep

lest

thou

poverty.

taken
for hot

though
they
nor

Hector

defended
obtain

it.
mercy.

14.

Blessed
It

the

merciful
too

shall
too

15.
Hear

ha

neither

cold
thou

to-day.
mayst

16. be

counsel

receive

instruction

that

wise.

17.

Little
And
But For

Bo-Peep

fell fast
she awoke
were

asleep,
them

dreamt
when

heard
she

bleating, it
a

she

found

joke,

still they
them left

a-fleeting,
but it made
her

18.

She

found
For

indeed, their
how

heart

bleed,

they

tails behind

them.

19.

I do Or
But

not

know
you

old

you

are

whether
you may at

can

speak, all night seek.

twinkle

long

And
For

play I have
nor

hide

and wit

20.

neither
utterance,

nor
nor

words
the
power

nor

worth,
of speech
v

Action To

stir

men's

blood.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise

74.

"

Say
Jane

what
cried

part
because

of speech
she

each

word

is;

thus

fell down.
Therefore
it

ne

is the
tells

name

of

person.

a a

noun,

ied

what

she

did. "she

verb,

cause

joins the
"

statement,

fell/'

to

the

tion conj unc-

verb

cried."
for

stands
tells
.

the
she

noun

Jane.

a a an

pronoun,

ll

what

did.
fell.

verb,

wn

shows
Now

how

she

adverb.

1.

there

came

both

mist cold.
princes,
to

and,

snow

And 2.
The
But

it grew
trees
soon are

wondrous Indian
turn

they'll

ghosts.

3.
4.

The
The But

boy boat
I
nor

returned,
came

for

his
to

father the

wanted

him.

closer

ship,
nor

neither]

spoke

stirred.
nest

5.

Two

robin-redbreasts
a

built
tree.

their

Within

hollow

6.

Then And
we

we

kissed
spoke

the
in

little

maiden

better

cheer.

INTERJECTIONS
90.
to
say

Certain
show
"

words different
!"

which

have

no

very

clear
Thus
sorrow

meaning
to

ar

ed

kinds
"Huzza!";

of feelings.
to

show
we

Hurrah

show
to

say

h!"

"Alas!" "Hey!" form

they
no

"Well-a-day!"; "Ho!"
part

call

attention similar
sentences

"Hello!"

These
structure

and

words

ally

of

the

of

the

ich

occur.

REVIEW

61

Exercise
1.
Alas!

76.
he

"

Pick
is

out

the words
dead. is
Hey!
our
a

which
2.
too

show

some

feeling
tell
Tut,
me

already
it

Tush!
true.

never

t.

3. is

Well-a-day!
all
nonsense.

but

4.

tutL for

5. 7.
Hurrah!

come

here. has and

won.

6.

0! 8.

coner's
was

voice. well

side

Bravo!

done.
11.

9. Oh!
waiting.

Fie!
what

soldier,
beautiful

afraid!
12.

10.

Ah!

cowards.
I
am

flowers.
poor

Heigh-

tired
14.

of

13.

Alas!

Yorick!

Hush! We

hush!
smell
a

mee-ow!
rat

mee-ow!
by.
keep for

close

15.

Alack!
I'll give

and thee
say

I must
money

the thy

fair!
mare.

Oh,"
Money

ho!

you

so?

makes
a

the field

mare

to

go.

Hurrah,
war!

hurrah!

single

has

turned

the

chance

Hurrah,

hurrah!

for

Ivry

and

Henry

of

Navarre!

Learn

91.

An

interjection
some

is

word

thrown

into

sentence

express

feeling.

REVIEW

Learn

again the
to
name

92.
93.
a

A A

noun

is
is
or

word
a

used

as

of something.

verb

word

used

say

something

to

or

ut
1

person
the
to

thing.
from inter-jectus(p.p. of inter-jicere),
inter, between,

From

Latin
throw.

jaceref

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

94.

sentence

is the

statement

of

thought

in words.

95.

Every

sentence

has

subject and
or a

predicate.

96.

The

predicate
the

is

verb,

verb

and

other

words,

ed

in making
97.
or

statement.

The thing The

the

subject
spoken

is the

word

or

words

denoting

the

son per

about.
is

98.

subject
predicate.

found

by

asking

Who?

or

What?

fore

99.
or

declarative
assertion.

sentence

is

one

that

makes

ment state

100.

An

interrogative

sentence

is

one

that

asks

estion.

101.

An
or

imperative
an

sentence

is

one

that

expresses

mmand
Any

entreaty.
three

of these feeling
or

kinds

of sentences become
an

may,

if uttered

wit

rong

emphasis,

exclamatory

sentence.

102.

pronoun

is

word

used

instead

of

noun.

103.
to

An

adjective is
or

word
that

used which

with the

noun noun

(or a pro no
denotes.

describe

to

limit

104.

Infinitives
they
are

and

participles from
verbs.

are

called

verbals,

cause

derived

105.
an

An

adverb

is

word

used
adverb,

to modify
or

verb

(ora verba

adjective,
A
to

another

statement.

106.

preposition
show
the

is

word

placed between

before
the

noun,
or

or

onoun,

relation

person

thin

REVIEW

63

ed

and

what

is

denoted

by

some

other

word

in

the

ence.

107.

conjunction
to

is

word
or

used
group

to

join

word

or

of words
An
some

another

word

of words.

108.

interjection is
feeling.

word

thrown

into

sentence

to

ress

Exercise

76.

"

Say

what

part

of speech

each

word

printed

in

lics is.
1.

Farmers 3. in
a

Stay

ground. 4. till Sunday.

place.
taxes.

till

the

2.
Look

The
in the king

miller
the

the ground 5. Mary till.

on

es

beautiful
pay

6.

Place
The

candle
taxes

the the

table.
people.

The

people

8.
small. the ring.

The The
Mary

laborer's ship has

15.
can a

pay

is

10.
storm.

The

weather

is
the

fine.

weather
pretty

12.
There

Ring

bell.
the

14.

is 16.

fly
is
gave

on

dow.

Swallows
runs

fly

very

far. The

Bob

fast
three boy
22.

y.

17.

Bob
The

fast.
cheers
can

18.
his

soldiers

ers.

19.

father
21.
comes

little boy. the

The The
stormy

20.

The

little hurt.
the
man

Who
a
waves.

calm

sea?
calm. still.

er

storm
can
are

calm.

23.
25.

day
waves

was are

24.

still the

26.

waves

still raging. made

a

27.
snow

Whiskey
man.

is made 29.
There

in
is

still.
snow

The

children
mountain.
water

the

30.
flocks.

The

mountain

air is keen.
give
water

31.
to

herds Sheptheir

their
All

32.

Shepherds
him.
to

cks.

33.

the

people

praise

34.

All

the

people

him

praise.

35.

John door.
The
on.

tried 38.

better

himself.
is shut.

36.
39.
41.
to
came

John
Tom He
on

better.

37.

Shut-the 40.
to

The

door

ged
me

behind.
not

walk

garden 42.
came
me.

is behind
He

the
me

house.
not

told
first;

walk

grass.

43.
came

William

James brother
stay

after
stay

William
come.

after
46.
My

45.

My

cannot

l you

brother

cannot

till Sunday.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise

77.

"

Say

what

part

of speech

each

word

is in

llowing

sentences;
The

thus,
wedding-guest he heard

Here beat his breast,

bassoon.

For

the loud

Therefore

it is

points

out

wedding-guest.

an

adjectiv

(an
see
a an

article
par.

50)

noun.

adverb.

verb.

pronoun.

a a

noun.

conjunction.

pronoun.

verb.

an

adjectiv (article),
adjective,

ud

shows is the

the
name

kind
of

of
a

bassoon,
musical

an

ssoon

strument. in- a noun.

1.

lost
are

my

poor

little
3.
The
now

doll.
kitten
wants
on

2.

The

days
upon go

are

cold

nights My

long. white
corn

sleeps
to*

the
out.

hearth.

little
was

kitten
as

5.

Oh

een

the

rode
moon.

my

way.

6.
were

The

clouds

scudding

across

the
rose

7.

We

crowded
then.

cabin.
coffin

8.

Up

old his
Three

Barbara breast.

Frietchie

9. sadly they

eless

enclosed

10. mice,

Slowly
see

and how

id

him

down.

11.

blind

run*

EEVIEW

The
Now I pray For
The

dew
see

was

falling
mounted
put

fast,
once

the

stars

began

to

blink.

him

again.
port,

thee
a

into

yonder

I fear

hurricane,
is failing,
are

warm

sun

the

bleak the

wind

The

bare Dr.

boughs

sighing,
to

pale

is wailing, flowers dying. are

actresses,

16.
he

Johnson
Mrs.

pretended

despise
great
not

actors

and

treated
on

Siddons his
see,

with

politeness.

17.
find
a

She

led
her.

him,

and "You

servant

could

readily
the

chair

18.
go
no

Madam," be
"t

said

doctor,

"where-

you

seats

can

got.'

19.

A
a

Cambridge
book. if the
use

student

sent

to my

another
books
come

student
out," to
my

row
"but
may

20.

"I

never

lend

sai
rooms

gentleman

chooses
21.

to

them
to

there." other
my

A
to

few

days
a

after"

the of

book-

sent

the

student
bellows
to
come

borrow
was

pair

bellows. "but
may

"I

never

lend

out,"

the
rooms

answer,

the

gentleman

chooses

to

my

he

use

there,"

part CLASSIFICATION
NOUNS
Proper AND

n
INFLECTION

Nouns
2.

Work
109.

again
A word

Exercises

1 and
is the

which
thing,
when

name a

of
proper
or

a
1

particular
noun.

person,

imal,
A
a

place,
proper

or

is called
written

noun

printed

should

always

ve

capital

letter.

Exercise
1.

78.

"

Pick

out

the proper
was

nouns.

King
was

Arthur's
the
town

sword god
of

chief
in

the

called Romans.
4. We

Excalibur.
3.
get

2.

J p

Melbourne
from

largest

Australia. 5.
My

gold

forn Cali
Mary's

and is

Victoria.

dog
The

is called
farmer the

Spot,
has
a

and
horse

called

Snowy.
The
ship
was

6.

calle

iler.

7.

named Northern
over

Thunderer.

8.

The

Star
the

Sailed
Bound

bar,

to

the

Baltic

Sea. landed
to
near

9.

William
won

sailed
battle

from
at

Normandy, marched John

ings Hast

Senlac, 10.
Captain

London, landed

an

nquered

England. Virginia.
the

Smith

mestown,
1

From
noun

French
own

propre,
name

from of
a

the thing.

Latin

proprius,

one's

own.

oper

is the

66

COMMON

NOUNS

67

Common
Work
110. again

Nouns1
6.
person
or same
*
"

Exercises
that

3, 4, 5, and
name

A
to
a

word
a

is the
persons

of each
things

thing kind

belon

class
2

of
noun.

or

of

the

led

common

Exercise
1.

79.

"

Pick

out

the

common

nouns.

Once,
he the
a

when

Rubens
a

the
convent.

famous

artist The

was

traveling took the

Spain,
over

visited buildings.

2.

monks

him
chapel

3.

Above 4.
"Who

the

altar

in

saw

beautiful
he asked.
he that
were

picture. "A lay

a

painted
answered

that

masterpiece?"

brother,"

the

abbot.
"let
me

"Then

is
I may
too

great

painter,"
so."

said

Rubens;
words

him

tell him
much for

7.
poor

Such
man;
s

from took
a

such

judge

the
at

he

few

forward

and

fell dead
on our

Rubens' feet
we

feet.

8.

Our
With
To

buskins mittened guard

cut
our

drew;
caps

hands,
necks and

and
ears

drawn

low,

from'snow,

We

the

solid

whiteness

through.

'

Collective
111.
to

Nouns
not

We
groups
a

may

give
persons
an
a
a

names or a

only

to

persons
a

or

things
of
men

of

things.

Thus
a

group

be

crowd, be

army,

jury,
a

congress.

group

mals

may

herd,
score,

a a

troop,

flock.
the

group
names

of things of groups

be

dozen,

lot.
are

Being

collections,
Exercise
1.

these

nouns

called

collective
nouns.

nouns.

80.

"

Pick
had

out
great
many

the collective
flocks

Abraham
was

and

herds.

2.

When

th

y
1

defeated

regiments
p.

suffered
10.

severely,

See

"Notes

for Teachers,"

318,

Note

Common
belonging

(from
to

the
more

Latin
than

communis,
one.

shared

by

several,

common)

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

some

companies
a

were

almost
to up

destroyed.
the

3.
matter.

Congress
4. each police

pointed

committee
was

consider
of of twelve

The

wish

nation

made
a

tribes 5.
often

and The
at
war.

trib

made
the

up

of

number

families.
were

per dis

mob.
the the
was a

6.

The

clans guilty.

7.
herd

The

ry

found
o'er

prisoner
lea.
great

8.

The
of

lowing
the
streets.
crew

winds

owly
There

9.

Several
in

deserted.
11. Tom his

crowd The
a

the

the
The

fifth

class.

12.
was

shepherd
member
of

is watching
the council.

flock

postmaster

Abstract

Nouns
8.

Work
112.

again
This

Exercises
paper

7 and

is smooth

and and

white; whiteness.

in other The
the

words
ness smooth-

the

qualities whiteness

of smoothness
cannot
we
can

and
our
own

be think

separated
of them

from
as

paper,

bu

minds
running from
the

something

apart.
cannot

Again,

is

an

action,

but

the

running
our own

parated
can

runner. as

It is only
apart.

in

minds

tha

think slavery

of it
is
a

something
or

So

state

condition
can

that

cannot

be separated
as

om

the

slave,

but

that

be

thought

of

something

art.

This

drawing
has

away

with action the

our

minds from
the

the

quality which

from does

th

ing

which

it, the

thing

the

condition
x

from

thing

which

is in it, is called

s a

113.

word
an

used

as

the
noun.

name

of

quality,

action,

ate

is called
114.

abstract
about helps
peace,

Thinking
greatly
nouns, as

the
us

way

in
know

which
them.
are

abstract

nouns some

formed

to

(But
derived

stract other
1

color,

joy,

not

from

part dbs,

of speech.)
away

Latin

from,

and

tract-us,

drawn

(p.p. of

trah-ere,

raw).

ABSTRACT

NOUNS

(1) An

adjective
therefore
as,

is

the

part

of
nouns

speech
are

which

shows from

lity,

many

abstract

formed

jectives;

(2) A

verb
many

is the abstract

part
nouns

of

speech
are

which

tells from

of

action,
as,

refore

formed

verbs;

(3) Abstract

nouns

are

also

formed

from

common

nouns;

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise
1.
Long.

81"

"

a.

Form

abstract

nouns

from

The

following adjectives.
Regular.
Wide. Just.

Round.
True.

Bright.
Dear.

Righteous.
Curious. Blue.

Foolish. Rapid.

ld.

Strong.

upid. 2.
Occupy.

Prudent.

Simple.

Pure.

The

following
Relieve.

verbs.
Believe.

Deceive. Sing.

Elect.
Erase.

Prove.

vise.

Please.

Invert.

Conceal.

3.
Knave.

The

following

nouns.

Rogue. Regent.

Slave.
Duke.
parts

Boy.
Master.

Man.

Friend. Primate.
nouns

Child.

ent.

Infant,
are

b.

From

what

of

speech

the abstract

give

Exercise
Exercise
1.

7 derived

82.
room

"

Pick

out

the abstract
feet

nouns.

The
most

is twenty

in

length.
was

2.

Lazy
of he
a

people

ke

trouble.
as

3.
was

The
no

prisoner proof

accused his guilt,

cruelty.

serious
was

ime,

but

there The
scene

of

liberty.
of is

4.

driver
gave

behaved
us

with

5.

The

auty

the
a

much

pleasure.

6.
weeping

litt would

arning
my

dangerous

thing.
The

7.
of

little
mercy

heart.
was

8.
darkness

quality
over

is

not

strained. is
the

There

all.

10.

Honesty

bes
own

licy.

11.

The

sun

gives
covers

warmth.
a

12.

Virtue
of

is its
14.

ward.

13.
is better

Charity
than

multitude

sins.

dom Wis

strength.
thing
of

15.

A
Its

beauty

is

joy for
it will

ever;
never

loveliness into

increases;

Pass

nothingness.
out

Exercise
say

83.

"

Pick

the

nouns

in

the

following

sen ten

of each

whether
reason

it is proper,

common,

collective,

stract,

and

give the

for

your

opinion.

NUMBER

1.

The
of
a

jury brought
Judge
crime;
may

in

verdict
And War I

of
say

guilty,
to
no

much

to

th

prise

Blake.

2.

this

assembly,

is

the
cry

Crimean
"Peace,

had

justification
there
no

Gentlemen
4.
Mr.

peace!"
enter
upon

but

is

ce.

President,

shall

encomium

Massachusetts. Yes,
He

honor
puts

calls.

With
by;

strength

like

steel,

the

vision

Let An And

dusky

Indians lad

whine
must

and die.

kneel:

English the the

the

widows idols might

are

of Asshur broke

are

loud
temple
unsmote

in their
of

wail,

And
And Hath

in

the

Baal; by
the

of

the
snow

Gentile,
in
the
grave
wave.

melted Barbara of freedom

like

glance

of the

sword, Lord.

Over
Flag

Frietchie's
and union

Additional

sentences."

Exercise

9.

Number
115.

Notice

the

difference
the

in form

between
noun

each

noun

first column

and

corresponding

in

the

second

lumn.

It will be

seen

thatthe

forms of.

of these
The

nouns

change

wit

number

of

things

spoken

form

used

when

72

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

are

speaking
1

of

one

thing
the

"

single
when
2

thing
we

"

is

called
speaking

th

singular

number;
one

form
the

used
plural
is
as,

are

ore

than
116.

is called
plural

number.
most

The
s

number
singular;

now

commonly

formed

by

adding

to

the

Exercise
Cat.

84.
Desk.

"

a.

Give

the plural
Picture. Garden.
_

of
Board.
Tree.

Bottle.
House.

Fire.
Horse. Letter. Fig.
Metal.

Rug.

Poker.

Wall.
"

Gate.
Basket.

Door.

Window. Bud.
Hoop. Eye.

Flower. Egg.

Rose. Crow.

Grocer. Bird.
Beast. Frame.

Rock.

Marble.
Hand.

Ring.

Friend.

Servant.
nouns

6. Give

twenty
s

other

which

form

their plurals

by

th

ddition
117.

of
The by

to the singular. plural

number
es

was

once

most

commonly
is still

ormed
nouns

adding in

to
x,

the
ch,

singular.

Es
as,

added

ending

s,

z,

and

sh;

Exercise
Moss.

86.

"

Give

the plural

of
Miss. Latch.
single, from than
one,

Mass.

Pass.

Guess.
Batch.

Glass.
Leech.
one

Class.
Breach.
by
one.

mnibus.
1
1

Patch.
from from

Peach.
the Latin

Singular
Plural

singular^*,

singuli, from

the

Latin

jduralris, more

plus

(genitiv

har-is), more.

NUMBER

ch.

Hitch.

Watch.
Dish.

Hutch. Mesh,

Brooch.
Blush.
Tax.

Coach.
Buzz.

Bench.

h.

Wish.

"118.1

When
the
a

the
plural
vowel

singular is formed the

es;
as,

number by is

ends adding
s;

in

following
y

vowel,2 follow
i and

if the
changing

does

plural

formed

by

th

nto

adding

Exercise
Ally.

86.
Alley.

"

Give

the plural
Baby.

of
Berry.
Essay.

Abbey.
Donkey. Toy.

Beauty. Dairy.

Chim
Jockey
Ferry,

Body.
Day.

Copy.
Journey.
Monkey.

Eddy.

Kidney. Pulley. Gallery.

the

key.

Jury. Pony. Some

plural
many

Gipsy.

Lily.
Ruby.

Puppyt

ny.
"119.

Poppy.

Reply.
in
as

Joy.

nouns

ending
in
ves,

or

fe

change

into

the
a

ends

half, halves;
s

knife,

knives;
as

great

simply

add

to

the

singular,

ree

efs.
Exercise
Calf.

87.
Wife.

"

Give
Shelf. Scarf.

the plural
Elf.

of
Leaf. Loaf.
Hoof.

Thief.

Staff
Dwarf.

e.

Proof. Cliff. Some

es.

Chief.

Roof.

arf.
*120.

nouns

ending
most
cases

in

add

in

the

plural

an which

add be
1

In

custom

alone

decides

all

added.
"Notes

See
That

for Teachers,"
e,

p. 323,

Note

21

(last sentence).

is,

a,

i,

o,

or

u.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

The

following
Flamingo. Volcano.

add

es:

Bravo.
Motto.

Buffalo. Negro.

Calico.
Potato.

Cargo.

o.

Hero.

mat To-

The

following

add

s:

Canto.
Tyro.

Rondo.

Solo.
Folio.

Domino.
Portfolio.

avo.
121.
es

Quarto.
A
or

Grotto.

Oratorio.

few
s,

nouns

-form

their
ways

plural
once more

numbers,
common

not

ing

but

in

other

than

122.

Collective
as,
as,

nouns

(see Exercise
crew,

80)

may

be

Singular;

army,
,

score
,

group.
,

Plural;
*123.

armies
nouns
as,

crews

scores
,

groups.

Some

have

the

same

form
grouse;

for

singular and,

plural;

deer,

sheep, pair;
have

swine,
as,

fish,2
dozen

afte

merals,
*124.

score,

dozen,
nouns

"ten

eggs."
as,

Some
riches,
wages,

no

singular;

alms,

banns,

llows,

scissors, premises,
the

shears,

snuffers,
victuals.

spectacles,

trousers,

s,
1

odds,
Brothers

vespers,

is
the

now

When

word

for brother (in a family). plural it signifies individuals kinds. or fishes is used regular

NUMBER

*125.
or

Some
always
means,

words,
used politics,
nouns

though
as

plural

in
as,

form,
news,

are
summons,

gen era

singulars;

asses,
*126.

mathematics,

billiards,

etc.

Some
as,

have brethren;

two

plurals,
peas,
pease

with

different

nings; dice

brothers,

(collective
shots,

s,

(for

gaming);

indexes,

indices;

sho

ollective).
Exercise
1.

88.
hatter

"

a.

Say

what

is the number
2.

of
are

each

noun.

The

sold
of
4.

nine

caps.

There

thirty

days

the

month

September.
Foxes

3. have

Quick
and

believers the

need birds

ad air

shoulders. have 5. The

The
nests.

holes,

days
north clouds A

are

cold,

the
a

nights doleful
across

are

long,

wind
are

sings scudding
is
on

song.

6.

The

the

moon,

misty wind

light in the

the

sea;

The
And

shrouds is flying

has free.

wintry

tune,

the

foam

b. Give
Board.

the plural
Horse.

of
German. Valley.
Leaf.

Gas.
Lady.
Half.

Grass.
Army.

Ditch.
Daisy.
Hoof.

Hiss Baby.

ch.

Bush.

Tax.

key.
Hero.

Chimney.
Motto.

Wife.

Clif

o.

Canto.

Grotto.

Englishman.

Foot.

Deer.
c.

Sheep.

Give

the singular
Spoons.
Topazes.

of
Mats.

Cups.

Meadows.
Brooches.

Gates.
Watches.
Elves.

Boxes.

hes.

Foxes.

Alleys.
Loaves. Mos-

ies.

Journeys.
Dwarfs.

Gipsies.
Buffaloes. Teeth.

Shelves.

fs.

Cargoes.
Mice.

Oratorios.
Brethren.

tos.

Geese.
Fish.

Children.

ne.
*127.

Shears.
*

Bellows.
is
taken keeps
Note

Trousers.

Oats.
change
from

When
language,
"Notes

noun

without its
21, and

eign
1

it

generally
p. 323,

foreign
p. 324,

plural
Note
26.

fo

See

for Teachers,"

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

time,

but

after
English

the
it

word
often latter Examples

comes

to

be
plural

looked
in
the

upon

roughly

forms
are

its

English dogmas,

Examples
encomiums.

of

the

cherubs,

geniuses, that

gmas,

of

nouns

still

have

eign

plurals

are:

larva

(pi. larva),
memorandum

radius,

(pi. radii

memoranda), (pi. phenomena), (pi. axes), basis (pi. bases nomenon axis (pi. genera), beau (pi. beaux), cherub (pi. crises), genus sis

mulus

(pi.

stimuli),

(pi.

i. cherubim).
Monsieur,
in

the

singular
is Mrs.
not
or

of
used

Messieurs in
is

(usually
Mr. used

written
is

srs. the

English),
So
Mesdames

English.
generally

used

singular. while

Miss

in

th

gular,

is used

in

the

plural.

Gender
128.

All

beings

may

be

divided
male

into
sex.
sex.

three

classes:

(1) Creatures (2) Creatures

of the of the without

female
animal

(3) Things
Exercise 89.
"

life. here
animal

Say

of
the

each

is

of
Man.

the male

sex,

of

of female

the beings
sex, or

named

whether

without

life.
Father.

Woman.
Mother.
Horse.
Mare.

Pen.

Boy.

Girl.
Tree.

Book.
Uncle.
Milk.

dow.

Brother. Meadow.

Sister.
Bull.

Aunt.

n.

Cow.

He-

t.

She-goat.
Duck.
Lion.

Man-servant.
Pond. Lioness.

Maid-servant. Goose.
Desert.

Stable.

ke.

Gander.
Den.

Table.

Iron

ne.

129.

All
to

nouns

may

be

divided
into

into which

three

classes

correspond

the

three
are

classes

all beings

may

ided.

They

(1)
(3)

Names

of beings of beings

of the

male

sex. sex.

(2) Names
Names

of the without

female

of things

animal

life.

GENDER

130.
of

In
names

the

English
forms
a

of the
gender.1 male

present

time

each

of

thes

sses
Names
2

of beings

of the

sex

are

nouns

of the

masculine

gender.
Names
3

of beings

of the

female

sex

are

nouns

of the

feminine

gender. Names of things without

animal

life

are

nouns

of

th

er4

gender.
4

131.

There

are

some

nouns

which
or

do

not
as,

tell

us

whether
,

being

named
bird.

is

male

female;
are

parent
to

relative
common

end,

cousin,

Such

nouns

said

be

of

der.
Exercise

90.

"

a.

Give

the gender
mother, in
a

of

each

noun.

1.

The

man

left

father,
to

brothers,
far

sisters, 2.

and

other
come

relatives,
out to

travel

land.

Boys

and

ls

play.

As

the

husband

is, the

wife

is;

thou

art

mated

with

clown, And
the
grossness

of

his

nature

shall

have

weight

to

drag

thee

down.

So
The

we

made
oars

the

women

with
and

their
yet

children again,
ship

go;

ply
inch

back
by

again,

Whilst,

inch,

the
men.

drowning

sank

low,

Still under
1 *

steadfast
for Teachers,"

See

"Notes

p.

324,

Note

27.

Masculine

from

the

Latin

masculinus,

lengthened

from

mascidus,

.
8

Feminine

from

the

Latin

femininus,

womanly,

from

femina,

Neuter

is

pure

Latin
nor

neither
no

masculine

meaning word, feminine. In

neither.

Neuter

gender

origin

the

word

femal

connection

with

the

word

male.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

0
To

woman!
temper

lovely
man;

woman! had we
we

Nature
been brutes

made

you you.

without heaven,

There's
Amazing

in

you

all that

believe
and
love.

of

brightness,

purity,

truth,

Eternal
Eye.v

joy, and
Doctor.
Niece.

everlasting
Master. Farm.

Mistress.
Fowl.

House.

Animal. Guardian.
Teacher.

phew.

Carpenter.
Attendant.

gar.

Spice.
Root-

Nurse.

Servant.
Mustard.

by.

Plant.
Hand.
nouns:"

Colt.

Ox.

Songstress.

amstress.

Ar,m.

Heart.

Additional
b. Give
I.

Exercise

80.
pronouns.
Thee.
Its. Me.

the genders
We.
His. Theirs.

of the following
She.
Them. It. Hers. Her.

Thou.
My.

Thy

ine.

He.

Our.

You

ey.
132.

Him.
Notice

carefully feminines:
1

the

following

masculines

and

rresponding

It should the

be

remarked
noun

that is not the

name

where the feminine of the

the

two

words
of the

are

from

differen
noun. name

ts

feminine

feminine
of

masculine
is the

her,

for instance, and

hand,
*

is not

father; father
of the

male,

mother

is the

corresponding
noun
4

female. lion.

On

er

the

noun

lioness

is the

feminine

GENDER

133.

It

will
the

be

seen
name

(1) That
different

of
from

the the
noun

female
name

is of
the

sometimes
male.

an

enti

word
the

(2) That
masculine

feminine
a

is

sometimes

formed

from

by
a or noun

termination.

(3) That

of

common

gender

is sometimes
or

made feminine

uline

feminine

by

having

masculine

placed
134.

before

it.

I.

Examples

of different words

for

masculine

and

inine.

*135.

II.

Examples

of feminines
way

formed
the

by

terminations.
from be

The

only

living

of only

forming
way

feminine would

the

culine

(that
is by

is, the the

which
as,

used

with

words)

addition

of -ess;

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Sometimes
to
a

the

feminine

noun

is made
of the

by

the

addition
noun;
as,

of

ess

somewhat

altered

form

masculine

*136.

Some

nouns

have
-ess

the

termination
as,

-er

or

-or

in

masculine,

and

in the

feminine;

*187.

few

masculines

are

formed

from

the

feminine;

Feminine

Masculine

bride
widow

bride-groom
widow-er

NOMINATIVE

CASE

81

*138.

Foreign

or

old

English

terminations

are

found

few

words;

as,

*189.

HI.

Examples
common noun.

of

masculine

or

feminine

word

ed

before

Masculine

Feminine

he-bear he-goat
man-servant

she-bear

she-goat
woman-servant
or

servan maid-

Exercise
Bachelor.

91.

"

Give

the

feminities
Earl.

corresponding
Duke.
Marquis.
Hunter.

to

Buck.

Steer. Count.

Friar. Emperor.

t.

Sire.

Wizard.

Elector.

degroom.

Widower.

Executor.

Sultan.

Nominative

Case
32.

Read
140.

again

pars.
means

28,

30,

and
use

Case
to

the
in

of

noun

or

pronoun

with

ect

other The

words

the

sentence.

141.
to

subject
in the
Latin

of

verb,

when
case.1

noun

or

pronoun,

aid
From

be

nominative

the
case

nominatus,
case

p.p.

of

nominare,

to

name.
names

The

native which

is the

of

the

subject, and

the

subject

tha

the

predicate

tells.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise
are

92. in

"

What

nouns

or

pronouns

in the followi

ntences
a.

the nominative
is
warm.

case?
2.
I

1.

The

d"y
to-day.

broke
be

the there.

chair. 5. You

3.

The
may

is

blue

4.

We house

shall
was

ke

the

book.

6.

The

burned. down

7.
houses. ill.

Winds

ar

metimes

destructive.
the

8. 10.

They

blow has

9.
He

Sh

brought
tb

milk.
Latin.

John

been

11.

was

ying 6.
Are too? Do

learn
Is
you

12.

the

book

new? 15.
for

13.

Is

this
is

flower
he?

fragrant? 16.
May
sweet?

going?
Are
grow

How

strong

17.
figs

they
on

me?

18.

Are she
nouns,

these

apples now?
as

trees?

20.

Is

walking

142.
a

Adjectives
is
a noun

are

used
some

with

and does
the

the the

subje
work

verb

(or

word
which

which

noun),
may

adjectives (or
be

words
the

do
noun.

work Thus,

of

tive adje
noun

used
work"

with
may,

subject

the

senten

"Boys

by

additions

to

the

subject

ys,

become
These boys boys boys good
are

work. work.
work.

Good
My The

boys

of the village
with

work.
as

143.

Adverbs
is

used
a

verbs,
adverbs

arid

the

predicate
which

ways

(or contains)
of

verb, be

(or words
part

work the

adverbs)

may

made

of the

predicate.
to

us,

sentence

"Boys

work"

may,

by

additions

th

rb,

become
Boys Boys work work
work work

diligently.
in
to

school.
please their
in

Boys
Boys

teacher. school
to

diligently

please

their

teacher.

144.

As though

the

words
the

used
work

with
of

the

subject
are

noun

or

nou pro

doing

adjectives,

not

always

NOMINATIVE

CASE

jectives, it
words
are

is convenient
with

to

call

them

modifiers;; doing
the

and
work
to

used
not

the

verb,

though it is

erbs,
also
145.

always

adverbs,

convenient

cal

modifiers.
"

The
the

subject
complete

noun

(or pronoun)
simply

with
the

its modifiers

called

subject, or

subject

of

th

ence.

146.

The
is

verb called

with the

the

parts

of the

sentence
or

going simply

with

verb

complete

predicate,

th

icate
Exercise

of the

sentence.
"

93.

In

the

following
and

sentences

pick

out

th

ject

noun

(or pronoun)
thus,

its

modifiers, and

the verb

and

modifiers;
Sentence

My

sister

arrived

yesterday.

The
on

book
the

is lying

table.
of
went

The

soldiers

London
to
a.

Brentford.
4.

Tom's
was

brother
looking

will
off

come

to-morrow.

5.

The
at

careless

girl

her

book.

6. in
my

She

was

once

ded.
corn

7.

Pretty
was

flowers waving in tall

grow

garden.
The
great

8.

The

en

the
trees

sun.
are

9.

bell

ing
I
am

slowly. going
Is
you

10.
to

The

shaking

in

the

wind.

Chicago little
child

next

week.

b.

12.
to

the

sleeping?
14.

13.
the

Did

your

father closed Have

yesterday? 15.
Have
you

Was

garden

gate

now?

been

waiting

long?

16.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

ose

new

houses

been

let

already?

17.

Has

your

garden

en

thoroughly

weeded?
carefully.
me

c.

18.

Listen
for

19.

Attend
21.

to

your

teacher.
at
once.

Wait

down-stairs.

Go

to

bed

Speak

softly.

23.

Run

to

school.

147.

Parsing
a

means

telling
its relation

the
to

facts the

about
other

the

form
in

an

ass

of

word,

and

words

ntence.
In

parsing kind
why of

noun

that
it

is

in

the

nominative and
Thus

case,

sa

at

noun

is,

of

what

number
case.

gender
the

it
noun

it in
a

is

in

the 4

nominative
of
noun,

other

sentence
common

Exercise singular
of

93

would number,

be

parsed:

other,

masculine
come.

nder,

nominative
case

case,

subject

the

verb

will
upon to
a

The
to

of

noun
"

(or pronoun)
usually
to
a

depends
verb
or

its

tio rel
or

other

words

verbal
the

preposition.
of

Stating
The
word
"

this
syntax

relation
of other
nouns

is called
part

giving of
speech

tax syn

the

noun.

any

is t

lation

of the

to

the

words and
case.

in

the

sentence.

Exercise
93

94.
are

Parse

the

the pronouns

in Exer cise

that

in

the nominative

Repeat
148.
Thus,

the parts The

in

of
be

the verb has the

"I

be.

verb
the
case,

same

case

after
man,"

it

as

before
is in

sentence,

am

the
man

minative nominative Parse

"man"

subject
case.
as

of

am;

is

therefore

also

the

predicate
case

nominative

after

am.

Exercise
1.

95.

"

Give
said
was

the
unto
a

of

the words
"Thon old

printed
art

in
the

itali
man"

Nathan
"ing

David,
merry

Old
a

soul.
of the

3.

The

Hudson

be?

iful

,Cole
rwer.

4.

I'm

to

be

queen

May.

5.

Th

NOMINATIVE

CASE

will

be

useful
7.
thou
I

present.

6.
I

We shall

have
be

been
a

friends
some

fo

years.

hope

that traitor
severe

scholar thou

8.

Art

that A
man

angel? he
was.

9.

Art

he

that

uld

come?

10.

149.
a

Sometimes
pronoun
to

noun
more

is placed

after
who the
to
or

another

noun

er

show

clearly
"Brown

what
grocer"

is meant;
"I

"William
The
noun

the
noun

Conqueror"
so

your

her"
other
150.
as

placed
pronoun.

is said

be

in

apposition

or

to the

Nouns
the
noun

or
or

pronouns pronoun

in

apposition
modify;

have
as,

the

same

they

"Hob

th

wman

is returning;"

"I,

George

Washington,

President

the
In

United

States,

issue

this

proclamation."
is in the

the of

first
is
case

sentence

Hob and

nominative is
therefore

case,

bject
In

returning, also.
sentence

plowman

in

th

minative
the

second
the

is

in

the

nominative

case,

bject
are,

of

verb

issue,

and
with

George
J, both

Washington
in the

and

ident Pres-

by

apposition

nominative

also.

Exercise

96.

"

Parse

the
Emperor

nouns

in

apposition.
sent

1.

Napoleon
the

the

was came

to

St.

Helena. 3. Tom,
Bruin,
comes.

William
the piper's

Conqueror

from
the
morn.

Normandy.
4. Tom,

Itft^
son,

the
stole

herald
a

of

pig.
queen

5.

The

hunters
great

killed

bear.

6. the
This My

Highest

of^tate,
his
leg/"

Juno

Frank,

jockey,

broke

8.

gentleman,
very

the hath

prince's
got

near

ally,
hurt.

friend,

his

mortal

9.

But

He,

our
our

gracious

Master,
remembers

kind
we

as

jy*?t,

Knowing

frame,

are'-ast.

86

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

151.
noun

When
or

person

(or thing) is spoken

is said
me,

to

or

addressed,
"O

the

pronoun
as,

used
to

to ye

be

in the

nominative

address;1

"Come sting?"
97.
"

children;"

death

where

is thy

Exercise

Parse

the

nouns

and

pronouns

which

are

the nominative
1. fair O
Romeo,

of address.
wherefore
I I
pray
am

art

thou 3.
to

Romeo? O
grave,
me

2.
where

In

truth,

Montague,

too
you, ye

fond.
sire,
are
on

is th

victory? 5. O night
ye^proud

4.

let

have
strong.

the

honor.

and

darkness,

wondrous
thy

6.

Exult,

patricians.

7.

Put

strength,
to

Zion!

152.

noun

(or pronoun)
being
case

is said

be in the

nominative

absolute

when, its
as,

followed is not
sea

by

participle
any
we

expressed
word
for
a

understood,
the "He
peak
sentence;

"The
we

by affected being calm,

down;"

other
went

sail;

being above
Exercise
1.

tired,
peak" 98.
"

sat

"The

mountains

rose,

(that
Pick

is, peak

being

above

peak).

out

the nominative
ready,
was we

absolute.
started. 3. The
4.

Everything
been the

being
there

2.
storm

Napojieo
having

having
abated,
country,

defeated, ships
was

peace. to

ventured
made

William
were sorrow.

sail. king. 5. 6.
man

James
baby lay

leaving
being

th

The

the

children
with

very

quiet.

Bruce

down, his
face the

asleep his heart

heavy
anger. went

7.
king

The

listened, victorious,

red

wit

8.
forth

The
to
noun

returning

citizen

meet

him.
may

153.

be

used

merely
"William!
a

as

an

exclamation, does

"Goodness!

how
"

tired I am;"
a noun

what

he know

about
Other
"Mercy!
1

it?

Such

is called

nominative
never

of exclamation. of.the

examples:
what

"Hartlepool!
shall I do?"
of address

I "Ink!

heard

place!"

what

do I want
to

with
the

ink?"

The

in Greek

nominative Latin. or

in English

corresponds

vocative

OBJECTIVE

CASE

Objective

Case
Exercise tells what
to what

Read
154.

again When
the

par.

7, and verb

work
in
a

again
sentence

13.

the

person
or

ng

does,
action

sentence

often

shows

person

thing

is done. obeys tells

Thus,
what

in the

sentence

"Mary

obeys

he

ther/'
she

Mary

does,

and

mother lost
his

shows

obeys;
Tom

and did

in the

sentence,

"Tom
what

slate,

t tells what
155.
an

and

slate shows
the
name

he

lost.

In

such

sentence,
to

of the

person

or

thing

action
the

is done

is called

the

object

of the

verb

tha

resses

action.

Examples
Sentence

of Objects

Parents

love
obey

children.
parents.

Children
Cats catch
fear

mice.
cats.

Mice By

noticing
can

these be

sentences

it asking

will
"

be

seen
"

that
"

th

ject

always

found

by

Whom?

or

What?

ter the

verb.

Exercise
as

99.
par.

"

Take
155.

apart

or

analyze

the

following

senten

in

1.

Soldiers
the

fight

battles.
4.

2.

Tom

missed

Fred.

3.
5.

Mary ham Abra-

minding had

baby.

Job

showed

patience.
meekness.

faith.

6.

Moses

possessed

7. 9.

Ravens Romulus

Elijah.
Rome.

8.

Solomon 10. Caesar

obtained
invaded

wisdom.
Britain.

nded

156.

As

the

object,
the

like

the

subject,
noun),

is

noun

(or some

which

does

work

of

adjectives'(or words

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

ch with
'

do

the

work

of

adjectives)
Thus
to

may

be

used
"Boys

the
may,

subject.
by
learn

the

sentence

it with learn

ju

so le

additions
their home

the

object,

become

1.
2.

Boys
Boys

lessons. lessons.

learn
learn learn

3.
4.

Boys

difficultlessons.
lessons their
noun

Boys
Boys

about

verbs.

5.

learn

difficult home

lessons

about

verbs.

157.

The
the

object
complete
100.
"

called

(or pronoun) object.

apart
or

with

its modifiers

Exercise
thus9

Take

analyze

the

following

senten

OBJECTIVE

CASE

I.

The

servant
tons tunes

dusted
of
water

every
on

room

carefully.
fire.
Nellie
our

2.

The

emen

threw
several
at

the 4.
saw

3.. Tom's
met

parrot
young

stles

correctly. 5. We

her

sin

the

station.
park. A

neighbor's
stole the
the

three

ldren
horse. The

in

the

6.

Some

thief caught
ripe

farmer's

7.

clever

policeman
the

artful 9.

thief

heavy
grows

rains

beat
crops

barley 10.

down.

The

dener

fine
heads

of potatoes.

The

tall

poppies

ted

their

gay

proudly.

Exercise^
or

101.

"

In

the

following

sentences

supply

objec

without
We 3.
is have
The

modifiers.
lost
woodman
....

1.

our

2.
....

The 4.

dog
The making

has

kille

felled
5. The

....

old
....

gar den

watering is

cook 7. James
The
.

is

William The
The

expecting sailor
took

dislikes
....

....

brave

saved
....

9.
....

sun

gives

....

children

158.

Every that

predicate

has
an

subject,
If the gives

but

it is not
"

every

dicate
"What?"
no

contains

object.
the

question
no

Whom?"
the

asked

after

verb

answer

ver

object.
102.
"

Exercise
1.

Pick
reading
The

out

the verbs
a

which
2.

have
The

objects.
window
4.

William
broken.
a

is

story.
was

ha

3.

child 5.

sleeping.
fire
the is
arm.

The

cook

de The

nice

pudding.
was

The

burning

brightly.
The
cap.

soldier
her

wounded 8.
the I
am

in

7.
my

girl* ha

nd
her

father.
at

looking
10. been
The Mr.
torn.

for

9.
in

Sh

friend
new

fair. had

Jones
12.

lives
The

Lenox.

Jane's
a

dress

carpenter

de We

wheelbarrow. should
love
our

13.

wind
15.
my

is
I

blowing
have
no

fiercely

enemies.
paper

writing 17.

er.

16. is owned

No by

writing
Mr.

is in
18.

possession. Elkins

No

Elkins.

Mr.

possesses

d.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

159.
no

The

same

verb another;

may

have

an

object

in

one

sentence

object

in

thus,

James
Is
No

is writing.
answer;

writing

what?

therefore
a

no

object.

James
Is
A

is writing letter;

letter.

writing

what?

an

^therefore

object, letter.
"

Exercise
1. 2. Tom The
was

103.

"

Pick

out

the sentences
Crusoe." against

which

contain
Tom

object

is reading rain
was

"Robinson beating
his

is reading.

the

window.

The

ver

beating
waves

horse.
on

The

broke

the

shore.

The

poor

man

broke

.3.
arm.

4.

Wasps
Doctors freely.

sting

some

people.

Wasps their

sting.
The

5.

formerly

bled

patients.

wound

d 6.

Mary

is playing

with

her

doll.

Mary

is playing

th

no.

7.

The

wet

ground

is

drying.

The

sun

is

drying

th

ground.

8.

The

fire

was

burning

brightly.

The

fire

was

burning

carpet.

9.

That

clock

strikes

the

hours.

That

clock

strikes

dly.
10.
a

The

workmen

are

digging.

The

workmen

are

gin dig

ditch.

160.

The
case.1

object

noun

or

pronoun

is

said

to

be

in

th

jective
In

parsing
case,

say

that of

the. the

noun

or

the

pronoun

is in

th

jective
Exercise

object
104.
"

verb.
nouns

Parse
103.
for

the

in

the

objective case
11.

rcises

99,
1

13,
See

and
"Notes

Teachers,"

p.

319,

Note

OBJECTIVE

CASE

Read
161.

again

pars.

79

to 82.

Prepositions
The

as
case

well is

as

verbs

govern

the

objecti
"Whom?"

objective
after

found

by
thus,
father.
Her

asking

"What?"

the
Ellen

preposition;
is with
her

Preposition,
the

with.
case,

With

whom? of the

father.
with.
a

Father

objective
Every
the

object

preposition

162.

preposition

must

always with

have

noun

or

nou pro

in
the

objective
the
mean

case

going

it, such
we

word speak

being

led
"the
The

object of
we

preposition. the

(When
Of the
have
man."

simply

object,"
object
as,

object
may
a

verb.)
modifiers

of

preposition
shoe of

of

"This

is the

large

163.

preposition what

with
a

its

object (and

the

modifiers,

y)
In

forms

is called
65 and 67

prepositional

phrase.

Exercises

pick
an

out

the prepositional

phrases.

164.

Many

verbs
on

express
concerns

action another

which,
person
as,

besides
or

th

ject
may
a

acted be
knife."
the

directly,
to

thing

said

be

acted

on

indirectly;

"Alfred

len

Here

action
on

of Fred.

lending

bears

directly

on

the

knife

indirectly

165.
as we

The have the

name

of the

person

or

thing

acted

on

directly

learned,
name

called of the

the

object
or

(or

the

direct
on

ob je

and

person

thing

acted

rect indi

is called
1

the
are

indirect

object.1
will
put
m

Those

who
to

learning

Latin

see

that
the

the

object
case,

English
and the

responds

the

direct

object
to

accusative

th

irect
as,

object
*'

corresponds

the

indirect

object
dat."

put

in

dativ

e;

Pater

hbrum

[Ace] filio [Dat.]

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Examples
Sentence

of

Indirect

Objects
Direct

Object

Indirect

Obje

teacher
gave

promised
his Mr. sister
Low
a

him
an

prize.

a an a

prize

him his
Mr.

ank

apple.

apple
question

sister
Low

asked 166.

question.

Each

of

these
the

sentences

can

be
thus,

written

with

eposition
teacher prize.
gave

before

indirect
him
a

object;
The

promised

teacher

promised

priz

[to] him.
his sister
an

ank

apple.

Frank

gave

an

apple

[to] h

sister.

asked

Mr.

Low

question.

She

asked
Low.

question

[of] Mr

It will thus

be

seen
can

that

the

"indirect before of the

object"
it)
verb.
case

(with th
In

eposition

which
phrase

be
and
a

placed modifier

is practically

epositional
that the the

parsing,

indirect

object

is in the

objective
in

governed
call

understood

preposition; its preposition

*

and
a

analyzing,

th

direct

object

and
"

modifier

of the

verb.1

Exercise b. Pick

105.
out

a.

Pick

out

the

(direct)objects,
and supply
the

the

indirect

objects

prepositions

understood.
1. His the My
a

uncle
money

left
3.
sent
me

him
The
a

thousand
lent 5. The

dollars. his
man

2.
a

Offe

master

horse.

mother

letter.
them
a

teacher

gave

hi

ys

lesson*
he

he

taught
them

French.
7. The
myself
11.

6. The

They

did

that

promised
her

holiday.
"

doctor
a

crushed
9.

finger. I had

8.

child
a

girl showed brought th

gar
The

penny.

bought truth.

pair

of

boots.

child beautiful
*See

told

us

the

The
man

gardener
owes

sold
his

me

roses.

12.
for

That
p.

grocer

"Notes

Teachers,"

322,

Note

17.

OBJECTIVE

CASE

93

dollars;

he

has
us

just
his
me

paid

him

one

dollar. I
will

13.
show

The
you

leman
to
parse.

offered 15.

carriage.
that book.

14.

Get

167.

noun

in apposition
case

with
in
the

noun

or

pronoun
case.

that

objective Thus, 150.)

the

the

is also
met

the

objective
children

(See
live

"I

Hob

plowman;11
"The

"I
love

in

don,
Mr.

capital

of England;"

their

le,
168.

Holmes11 Nouns of time,

space,

and

measurement

are

often

in
or

the

objective, case,
"Tom
1 1

without
as,

being "We

governed lived
ten

by
years

any

expressed

preposition; walked

in

nce;"

twenty
nouns

miles;11
answer

"The

cloth

res

six yards.

Such
long?

adverbial How

questions,

How

far?

How

How

much?

often?

and

therefore
Exercise
space, The

called
106.
or
"

adverbial Pick
out

objectives.
the adverbial the

objectives (nouns
2. My

e,
1.

measurement,
was

in

objectivecase).
running
old
man

hare
.

caught
weeks.
measures

/after
o7

mile,y
lived

end

stayed
4.
a

two

The
fifty

ninety

s.

The

field
an

acres.

5.

The

snail
that

wled

yard
7.
I

hour. waited
a

6.

The

lawyers
day. The
a

smiled 8.
Seven

ernoon.

We
saw

whole

days,

nights 10.
sprang
a

the

curse.

9.
away

potatoes

weigh
11. horse

The

soldier back
two

went
or

week
12.

ago.

The

three the
cow

paces.

The

th

hundred

dollars;

is worth

thirty
case

dollars.

169.

Since

the

verb

be

takes

the

same

after
king

as

for be-

it

(see

par.

148), tjbe* nouns

-artrin
him
wantejd
uses

friend
case.

and

in

the

lowing

sentences
I knew

the
to

objective
my

be

friend.
to

They
Note.
III;
"

Canute

be
case

their
will

king.
be

Other
see

of

ihe

objective

considered

Index.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise that
1.
are

107.

"

In

the

following
and
to
a

sentences

pick
reason.

out

uns

in the
night

case, objective

give the
my

That

you

took
you,

me

be

brother.
years

2.

That

strange

conduct reading
4.

for of

man

forty of
France,

old. victim

3.

ave

been

Louis, chair

King
was

the

he

Revolution.
a man

The

broken hundred
never

by

Judge

son, Thom-

who

weighs

at least
a

two

pounds.

5.

Why much,

you

advise
a

him, 6.
Have

fellow
you
seen

who
take
my

has
to

studied
a

be

lawyer?

Do
you

him
son

be

better

scholar Brown?

han Do

I?
you

7.

John,
boy?

Mrs.

want

him

to

be'lyour

errand

Possessive
170.
name

Case
lost

In

the

sentence possessor

"William

John's

knife,"
the

John
name

s the

of the

(or owner), and

knife is

f the

thing

possessed
how
the
name

(or owned).
of the
possessor

Notice

is written

in th

ollowing

examples.
Singular
Plural

1.

bird's
man's

wings.
hat.

The

birds7
men's

wings. hats.

2.

The Moses'
For

The

3.
4.

life. sake.

goodness'
noun

171.

(or pronoun)
something
to

which

is used
to

so

as

to
or

show

its form

that

belongs
in the

the

person
case.1

thin

enoted
172.

by
The

it is said

be
case
an

possessive
a

possessive

of

noun

in the

singular
s;
as,

number

is formed

by
"The
noun

adding
man's

apostrophe

(') and

"The

ird's
a.

wing,"
If
the

hat."
the
singular
the

in
the
"Notes
s

number
is
Note

already sometimes
11.

ends

hissing

sound
1See

of

possessive
p.

le

for Teachers,"

319,

POSSESSIVE

CASE

as

in

"Moses1
"For
cause,"

law,"
goodness'

"Euripides' sake," "For

plays,"

"Socrates'
sake,"

tions,"

conscience'

justice'
b. The is
to

"For

Jesus'
the
a

love."

putting
some

in
extent

or

leaving of

out
taste.

of

the But
the

in
a
s,

such

matter

as

rule
even

is

better
the
noun

to

add
already
"

both

the ends

apostrophe and "James's in s; as,

law" would
Moses

book,"

"the

ress's
most

orders."
people,

Moses's
the

sound

disagreeable
has plays

because
perhaps

name

already
The

two

ing

sounds;

"The

law of

of

Moses,"

pides,"
forms.

"The

questions

Socrates"

would

be

th

er

173.

When by

the

noun
an

in the
apostrophe
the
as,

plural

ends
as,

in

the

possessive
wings," in
s

hown

adding

only;
noun

"Birds'
not

ys'

games."

When
s

does

end

an

strophe

and

are

added;

"Men's

gloves,"

"Children's

ks."
174.

The
or
'case,

names

of

things
of
as

not

living
are

(unless
rarely
put

they

are

sonified

thought
the

living)
case

in

th

sessive
say

objective
"A leg."

with leg,"
may

of
but
say

being
leg

used.
of

"A
not

man's

leg,"

horse's

"The "The

le,"

"A

table's pride."

We

moon's

e,"

"The

city's

175.

The

noun

which

the Thus,

possessive
"I going
am

case

modifies
to
at

sometimes

"understood."
a

going
to
stay

stay

wn's

for

week," Peter's"

means

"I

am means

Brown's

se."

"St.

usually

"St.

Peter's

Church."

176.

In

the

same no

way,

after
as,

pronoun

in the
is my

possessive

there

is often

noun;

"This

book;

where

yours?"
Note

that
have

the
no

possessive
apostrophe.

pronouns

ours,

yours,

hers,

it

theirs,

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise
and
1. The say

108. what

"

a.

Pick
each

out

the with

nouns
or

in

the

possessive

noun

goes

modifies.
We
are

gle's

is sweet. 2. singer's voice flight. 3. The children's clothes

watched
clean.

the 4. The

lice The

found

the

thieves' shops
.

plunder
were

hidden

in

the

cellar.

butchers'
tails

xes'

together. 8.
Mrs.

7.

The

6. all closed. farmer bought

Samson
hay

tied
for

his

n's

food.

Williams's
The
was

dog

is

lost.
were

9.

Moses'

ave

is unknown. 10. Hercules' strength

a

ladies'
wonderful.
at
a

dresses
12.

beautiful.

We

buy
13.

sugar

grocer's

and

paper

stationer's.

Thomas

re

disobeyed
was

Henry

for

conscience'

sake.

14. whisper

The of

ult

full

of

men's

bones.

15.
In

The

people place
ran

od gger

Polonius'

death.

16.
Peter's Dean

this

Cassius'
a

through. 18.
Swift

17.
was

wife's
of

mother

lay

ver.

St.
This

Patrick's.

of sick 19. William

his brother's. at ayed is a setter. arles's

20.

dog

is

collie,

while

b. Pick
noun

out

the pronouns

in

the

possessive

case

and

say

at

each
I have

modifies.
found
my

21.

cap.

22.

Hast lessons,

thou

seen

thy has

iend?

23.

Tom
hers.
our

has

learned
The

his bird

but
nest.
were

Jane 25.

learned found
they is yours?

24.

is

in

its

We

ve

cause

had

mittens. lost their

26.

The

father.

children 27. That

crying is mine;

bat

ere
c.

Write

the possessive
Aristides.

case

singular

of
Ulysses.1
Mr.

Moses.

Francis.

-"Eneas.

chards.

Goodness.

Justice.
case

Dickens/ and

Charles.

d.

Write

the possessive
Babyf
Negro.' Woman.

singular
i

plural
Monkey.

of
Wife.'
Month*

Boy.

Lady.

Jockey.
Hero.

Gypsy.
Man.'

hiefT.

Chief.
Child.

Goose.
Horse.

other.

Mistress.

POSSESSIVE

CASE

97

6.

Change
The

the
spirit

following
of
your

so

as

to

use

the possessive
29. 31.
The

case.

28.
The

your

fathers'.

life
voice*

of
of

man.-

minds 32.
The

of

daughters.
of

The

the

customs

the

Turks.'

33.

For

the
The

sake
plays

conscience!-*

34. 36.

The
The

dagger books The

wife
new

of
of of

Cassius/
the

35.
37. 39.

Shakspere/"
of

boys?

The The

fleet

the the

horse.5
sun.

38.
40.

Othello^
of

ness bright-

of
177.

The

dwelling

Mr.

Jones.

In

such

expressions
Bandy

as

"Stafford
law

and

Brown'

"

"Booth,

anoj. Long's
in
italics
only
are
are

office,"
the

it

is

plain
case,

all

the

nouns
's

in
the

possessive
in each

gh
in

the
the

is

attached
"Here

to

last

series.

sentence,

Worcester's,
of

Webster's
must

and

month's

dictionaries,"
the possession
not,

each
is
as

the

nouns we

have

the
three

because

separate;

speak example

of

ferent
law

dictionaries, office.
The

in

the

second

above,

one

178.

possessive

case

is frequently

used

in

expressions
Here

this, in

"Where
the

is that

book
form
say

of
seems

Mr.
to

Brown's?"

possessive
In

be

the
is

object
in
the

of

position.
case,

parsing,
with

Mr.
a

Brown's

possess

forming examples

of

phrase

modifying

book.

Other

of

this

idiom:

That

hat

of Harry's of Mrs.
those

is too

old

to

wear.

That

baby

Wilkinson's

is sick

again.
much

I heard

lectures

of

Emerson's

with

pleasure.

179.

noun

may
seen

be
my

in the
boy and
is

"Have

you

possessive Harry's
modified
's

case

by

apposition,
Here
hat

hat?" by
boyf

object
Harry.

of

the
case,

verb,

which only
to

is i

possessive

though is in

the

is

attached
case

th

Harry's boy.

the

possessive

by

appositio

with

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GBAMMAR

Place
180. In
a

of

Subject
or

and

Object the

stating

declarative
the
put

sentence

subject
after
when

nerally

placed
words
to

before
are

verb
out

and

the

object
usual

th

rb,

but has
men

often
on

of their Thus
he

places Carlyle

ress

be

laid and
than

them.
no

when draws

says,

wo
the

I honor
men

third/'
said,

more

attention
men

object

if he

"I

honor

two

and

ird."
181.

In
their
on

poetry

the

subject
as,

and
"Now

the

object
fades

are

often glimmering

put

of

usual
the

places; sight;"

the

ndscape

"Your

glorious

"standard

launch

ain."

Exercise
pronoun.
1.

109.

"

a.

Picktout

the

verb

and

the

subject

noun

Up
the the

rose

old

Barbara
wind.
4. the Up

Frietchie
3.
flew
There the

then. stood

2.

Steadily
forms

ows

northeast
throne. into

proud
all.

ound
the

windows There
her
came

5.
a

Down

wine sound. spoke

road.
up

6.
arose

burst
brethren.

under

7.
the

Then

seven

Out

hardy
men.

Highland 10. And

wight.
there

9.
the

Adown

th

en

rode
nostril 11.

armfcd
all wide.

lay

steed

with

Within Sate

windowed

niche

of that

high

hall

Brunswick's
on

fated
heart

chieftain.
were

12.

But

the

British
of
the

lost
host.

The

terrors

charging

b. Pick
13.
His

out
warm

verb,

complete
the

subject, and
wolf shall 15. A

complete
14.
.

object.
morning

blood
they

l"p* kingly
The

The

ast

with No

joy
18.

brought.
I

crown

he
labors
.

wore.

comfort Thou

could

find:

17.
task

ant

its

ha

gun.

thy

worldly
she
set.

hast
His

done.
corse

J9.

In

he
ram-

tic

window

the

staff

20.

to

the-

ts

we

hurried.
eyes,

21.
indeed,
24.

And
you

there
have;
spears

little
23.
he

girl "I
of

found.
oak,"

Patient captains

"Hearts
swept

cried. One

Ten

within

his
The

sp.

25.

new-made it warmed.

mound, 27.

saw

close

by.
you

26.

ry

Alpine

hills
.6spy.

His

irons

still from
ne'er

road

may

28.

Thee

haughty

tyrants

shall

e.

29.

little boy
a

Many

crumbs with hungry sparrow

hilt his

of fed.

bread

30.

And He

to

the

vengeful

sword

plunged

in

Gelert's damp

side.
and

31.

The No

pavement

cold

smiling

courtiers

tread.

Review
Learn

op

Nouns

again the

182.

A
A

noun

is

word

used
is the

as

name

of something.

183.

proper

noun or

name

of

some

particular

son, per-

animal,
184.
or

place,
common

thing. is
to

noun

a
a

word
class

that

is the

name
or

of each
things

rson
same

thing

belonging

of persons

kind. A
is
one

185.

collective
or

noun

that

is used
or

as

the

name

collection
186.

group

of persons,
noun or

animals,
a

things.

An
an

abstract
action,

is
state.

word

used

as

the

name

of

ality,
187.

Nouns

have

two

ural;
one,

the
the

singular

number
we

numbers is used
are

"

the
when

singular
we
more are

and

the

speaking
one.

plural

when

speaking

of

than

188.

Nouns

have

three

genders

"

the

masculine,

the

eminine,
A
noun

and the neuter. in the masculine

sex.

gender

is the

name

of

creature

f the
A

male
noun

in the
sex.

feminine

gender

is the

name

of

creature

f the
A

female
noun

in
no

the

neuter

gender

is the

name

of something

hat

has

life.
which
may
sex

A
or

noun

be

the

name

of of

creature

of the

male

ex

of the

female

is said

to be

common

gender.
cases
"

189.

Nouns
the

(and pronouns)
the the

have

three

the

native, nomi-

objective, and
every

possessive.
noun

190.

In

sentence

(or pronoun)
case.

used

as

he

subject
191.

of the
noun

verb

is in the

nominative

A
to

(or pronoun)
addressed
is in

denoting
the

person
case

or

thing

poken
a

or

nominative

and

alled

nominative

of address.

192.

noun

(or pronoun)
nominative

used absolute.
as an

independently

with

articiple 193.

is in the A
noun

used

merely

exclamation

is called

ominative
194.
a

of exclamation.
The
noun

(or pronoun)

which

is used

as

the

object

verb
195.

is in the
The is
noun

objective case.
(or pronoun)
the

which
case.

is the

object

of

reposition
.

in

objective
an

196.

Some

irect

object.
understood
Nouns

have verbs indirect The

indirect

object

as

welias

object
usually

is really
to,

the

object of

me

preposition,
of time,
though
not
are

for, or of.
are
or

~^"\
in the

197.

space,

and

measurement

bjective case,

governed

by

any

verb

expressed

reposition.

They

called

adverbial

objectives.

REVIEW

OF

NOUNS

101

198.

noun

(or pronoun)
to
or

used

to

show
the

by

its form
or

that

ething

belongs
by
A
to

is modified
case.

by

person

thing

oted
199.

it, is in the
noun

possessive

(or pronoun)
more

placed
what

after

another

noun

(o
to

noun)
the

show

clearly
noun

is meant

is said preceding,

be

apposition
same

with
case

the

(or pronoun)

and

in

with

it.
the

200.

The

verb

be

takes

same

case

after and

it

as

before

Exercise
108

110.
and

"

Parse

all

the

nouns

prepositions
thus,

rcise

in the

following
8

sentences
in

fully;

James

found
proper,

his sister7

gloves

the stable.

es

Noun,

singular
case,

number,

masculine

gender,

nominative
Noun,
common,

subject
singular
modifying plural

of found. feminine
gender,

ter's

number,

possessive
Noun,
common,

case,

gloves'.

ves

number,
of the

neuter

gender,

objective
Preposition,
stable Noun,

case,

object
the

verb

found.
its

showing

relation

between

objec

and
common,

the

verb

found.1
number, of the
neuter

ble

singular
case,

gender,
in.

objective
1.
Now

object
lion
watching

preposition* 2.

the

hungry
are

roars.

Merrily
4.
are

rose

th
mate,
on

k.

3.

Shepherds
Lucy

their

flocks.

No

comrade 6. of

knew.

5.
my

Old

Betty's
was

joints
of silk.

th

k.

That

hat

of

sister's
are

7. 8.

Those Where
walked

les

neighbor 9. this
for Harry,

Thompson's
My

excellent.

sister

Anne?

brother 10. hired

Phelps.
you
man

Alfred
Farmer

and

have

ee

miles cared
son,

morning. by
his
Mrs.

Jones's
11.
me

crops

ar

ng

Henry. 12.

This

my

est

Bring
what

that
you

,is fishing

Tom.
my

13.

George,
14.
1

rascal,
why
67,

have
you

done of

knife?

The
See

truth!
Exercise

do

speak

th

b, and

footnote.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

uth?

15.

That, school When

chair
come

cost

ten

dollars.

16.

From

th

ghboring 17.

the

boys.

the

rock

was

hid the

by

the

surge's

swell

The

mariners

heard

warning

bell.

PRONOUNS
Personal Work
Exercises
Pick
one

Pronouns

again

35

and the

37.

Exercise

111.
case

"

out

pronouns;

write
the
case

those

in
case

minative

in and
new

column,

those

in

possessive in

ther
1.
me.

column,
I like 3.
my

those
book.
our

in

the objective
2. Your

another.
lent

brother
cloak
is

his
4. in

knif

We
us

left
to
wants

hats
park?
to

in

the 5.

room.

Wil

go

with

the
you

Jack
him cold

waiting

th

ayground; that
saw

he
her

go

to

quickly.
on

6.

Mary

sister

is ill; she morning.

caught

Friday.
has hurt
to

7.

The

ctor
wheel

her

this
over

8.
The

The

dog

its foot
cross

passed but
the

it.

9.

travelers
them

tried
away,

th

ver,

swollen

waters

carried book If

and

the

their of
not.

lives.

10.

That
11.

is interesting;

it is full thee,
consent

ries

adventure.

sinners

entice

ou

201.

A by
in

noun

in the
noun,

possessive

case or

is almost

always

lo fo
but
by

another

expressed
case

understood,1
always

onoun

the

possessive

is not

followed

n.

Exercise
1.

112.
book

"

Pick
is

out

the pronouns
where house, that
the
treated

in the possessive
is
yours? 2. There

case

This
to

mine;

porch

Mr.

Hake's

but

there
purse
#

is
was

no

porch but

3.

The
1

thief
See
the

said

his,

;t

exception

in par.

178.

PERSONAL

PRONOUNS

10

knew

that
prize

it
was

was

hers.

4.

The

brothers
5.

thought

tha

es's

better

than

theirs.

Give

me

tha

t,

Castara,
1.

for

'tis thine.
the

Note

"

In
in
to

first
to

sentence your

of
book;
yours

Exercise
in the
as

112

yours
ours

equivalent equivalent but

meaning
our

second, possessive

house.
a

Parse

used in

as

nominative,

subject
as an

of

is;

parse

ours

possessive

form,
to

but
par.

used

objective,

object

preposition
Note

(see

162).
those
given
as

2.

"

Pronouns

like preposition
thus, "Here

in

Exercise
notins

11 in

used

after
case

the
are;

of, just
uncle
a

th

sessive
his

"That

of mine
noun

has

been

jokes
the

again;"
same

is
as

letter

of yoursJ1

Parse
phrases

these

ases

way

the

similar

(s

178).
202.

The

pronouns

which
or

are

used
and

when
others,

a are

person

aking of the

of

himself,
person;

of
as,
us

himself "I
at

said

first
our

went

with

my

brother
we

don;
to

father

met

the

station

and

went

with

the

Tower."
"

203.
or

The
persons you

pronouns

which
to your
are

are

used
to

to

designate second

the

son per-

spoken

said

be

of the

person;

"Are

taking
"Hail

camera?"
to

thee,1
never

blithe

spirit,

Bird

thou

wert."

204.

The

pronouns

used
spoken Tom

to

designate
are

persons

or

things

ken

about,
as,

but "I
to

not met

to,

said

to

be
was

of

the

thir

son;

and
she

Mary;
was

he calling

taking
fowls

hi

her's
to

horse

its stable;

their

to ge

give

them

the

food
1

which
skylark.

she

had

in her apron."

The

04

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Note.

"

Nearly
about,
are

every

noun,

being
third
or

the
person.

name

thing of someSometimes,

spoken
nouns

is

in the

the

wever,

in

first

in
saw

the
all
my
nouns,

second
these

person;

"I,

Henry

Wilson, what
are

fisherman,
you

things;" "O
not

Scoundrel, I
am

doing
In

on

premises?"
we

ing,

thy

slave."
person,

parsing

need

ually

mention

but

with

pronouns

we

must.

Exercise
111 205.

113.
and

"

Say
is.

of

what

person

each

pronoun

in

ercis Ex-

112

The
113

results
may

obtained
shown in

from
a

working
thus,

Exercises

111,

2,

and

be

table;

See "Notes

for Teachers,"

p. 319,

Note

12.

PERSONAL

PRONOUNS

10

206.

These they
are

pronouns

are

called
three
are

personal
persons,

pronouns

ause

different whether

for the

and

therefore

w
the

of themselves

they

of the

first, the

second,

third

person.

Read
207.

again
The
thine,

par.
pronoun

40.
the
was

of

second
formerly

person

singular

(tho

thy,

and
close

thee),
friends
wilt

used
to

(1)
F

When
"

were

speaking

each
to-morrow
me

other;

as

alstaff.
comest

Thou
to

be

horribly if
thou

chid
love

when

thy

father;

practise

r.

Prince

Henry.

"

Do

thou

stand

for

my

father.

Shakspbrb:

First

Part

of King
speaking
as,

Henry
to

IV., his

ii., 4.

(2)
one

When
else
Lear.
worse

person

was

servant

or

beneath
"

him;
me;

King
no

Follow

thou
not

shalt
part

serve

me;

if I
yet.

lik

after

dinner

I will

from

thee

Shakspere:

King

Lear,

i., 4.

(3)
Thus,
to

When

person

wished trial
art
a

to

be

rude. Walter
thou

during him,
a

the

of

Sir

Raleigh,
hast thee,
an

Coke
English traitor."

"Thou

monster;

but

Spanish

heart
....

for

I thou

thou

208.

The

pronoun

of

the

second

person

singular

is

now

(1) In

poetry;

as,

Little
Dost

lamb,
thou

who
know

made
who
as,

thee?

made

thee?

"

Blake.

(2) In

speaking

to

God;
Lord
Thine;

0
is
no

Lord,
but

our

and with

spoiler
Thee

of

our

foes;
glows.

re

light

all beauty

"Keble+

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

*209.

The

pronoun

you

(with

your

and

yours)

was

merly
*210.

always

plural.1
now

Ye

is

used

in

poetry

only;

as,

Can
The
*211.

your

spirits
never

fear

God

ye

could
of
the

offend?

"

Sprague.
version

The

translators careful
writers
you

authorized
time,

of
for shall the

th

ble,

and

of
the

their

used
"

ye

th

minative
the

and Priests God."

for
the Isaiah

objective;
men

as,

Ye
you

med

of
"

Lord;

shall

call

iste Min-

of

our

lxi., 6.
not
"

Careless

writers

did Caesar
ye

observe

this

distinction.
we

akspere's
"I

"Julius

for instance, (iii.), bear

me

find

do

beseech
The

if you
you

hard
.

."

*212.

pronoun

is sometimes
person

used
or

indefinitely,
persons;

referring
those

to

any

particular
tops
you

mountain

often
peasants
your

feel

chilly"
take

(that
their

often
you *213.

feels

chilly");
"He is
is
one

"The of

off

hat

pass;"

lazy

good-for-nothings." indefinitely,
meaning
feverous

They
in

sometimes
as,

used
say

ople

general;

"They
do
generally

the

earth

was

d
1

did
In

shake;"

"What

they
the

call
second

this

village?"
singular and
seems

modern
in

languages polite

person

avoided the

speech.
person
to

In

German,

French,
as

Italian,
was

ample,

second
French
use

singular
equals
use or

is still used

it formerly
use

glish,

but
plural,

in speaking

superiors second
of

Germans
person

the
as we

thi

rson

people the

the

plural,
person

the

Italians

feminine

gender

the

third

singular

us,

German.

"

Haben

Sie

das

Pferdf
Have
Have

Have

you

[literally they] t

rse?
French.
"

Avez-vous
Ha dla

le chevalt U cavallot

you

[plural] the horse?

[literally has
for

Italian.

"

you

she] t

rse?
This dla is
really

the and
"

pronoun

standing
means,

the

feminine

noun

ceUenzat

excellency,

the

sentence

"Has

it [that is, you

cellency]

the

horse?

PERSONAL

PRONOUNS

10

214.

The
was

pronoun

it
for
to

is

often
to

used
swim;"

indefinitely;
"We
were

ere
to

nothing
"We

it foot

but

hard

it;"

had

it home."

215.

The
mostly

pronoun

it is likewise
to

used
as,

in

certain
"It
it
as

expressions,

relating

the

weather;

is raining;"

grew

cold
a

toward breeze."

morning;"

"When
examples it is

dawned
those
to

ll

had

good

In

such

given

this

paragraph

and

in

par.

214,

said

be

used

rsonally.

216.

It is used

to

introduce
the

sentences
as,

in which

the

re

logical

subject

follows

predicate;
for the

It It

is sad

business, time
t*
to

this
go.

caring

wounded.

is no.s"
is hard

It
It

live
I

rightly.
met

is true

that

him.

This

is called

the

preparatory

or

expletive for
or

use

of it.

sentences

given

it really
are

stands the
real

the

words

printed

lics.
see

These if
we

words ask in "What such for

logical

subjects,
is hard?" grammatical

is sad
sentences

business?"

"What the

It

may

be
or

called

bject, standing
the

the

real

logical

subject

and

used

roduce

verb.
may

217.

Pronouns thus,
"Here

be
that
to

in

apposition
again,

(see
he
my

pars.

149 I

0);

is
going

beggar
the home

that

tol

of;"
to

"I

am me

of

aunt,

her

tha

give

the

cookies."

218-

The

noun

for
same

which
sentence

personal
with the

pronoun
pronoun,

stands
or

appear
near

in

the

sentence.

This

noun

is called
from

the

antecedent
to

From
which

the
goes

Latin

ante,

before,

and

cedent,

p.

of cedere,

go

before.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAK

the

pronoun.

Sometimes

the

antecedent

is

another

noun.

Examples
Your

of
she

Antecedents

and

Pronouns

mother

said
how

could
will

not
you

go.

Uncle
J
want

George,
my

soon

be

ready?

dinner. his
greatest
poem

Milton

wrote

after

he

became

blind.

The

sun

was

shining all his

on

the

sea,

Shining

with

might.

219.

pronoun

agrees

mth

its
may

antecedent
or

in
not

person,

mber,
case

and
as

gender.

pronoun

may
"

have

its antecedent.

220. gite

In

parsing
person,

personal number,

pronoun,

say

first what
name
case

it

en

its

and

gender,
give the

its ante cede

if any and
in the the

is expressed,
reason

finally
case

of

the
to

nou pro

for its
or,

(that is, its relation

it is called, the
syntax

othe

rds

sentence,

as

of

th

onoun.

See

par.

147.

Thus, him Him,

in

the
e,"

sentence,
we

"My

brother

says

the

dog

lo fo

horn
pronoun,

parse

him: third
with
person,

personal;

singular

masculine
case,

gender,

agreeing

its

antecedent

number, brother;1

jective
Exercise
and
1

object
114.
"

of

the

verb

followed.
in

Parse

the

personal

pronouns

Exercise
208.

in

the quotations
219.
case

in paragraphs
that in this
sentence

203,

207,

and

See
the
of

par.
same

Note
as

the
case

pronoun

"does
pronoun

no

its
must

antecedent.

The

of

an
to

its antecedent
"

be
or

determined
prepositions.

from

their

relation

her

words

usually

verbs

REFLEXIVE

AND

EMPHATIC

PRONOUNS

109

Reflexive
Work

and

Emphatic
38.

Personal

Pronouns

again

Exercise

A predicate
is the

pronoun

is called
sentence,

reflexive
it stands

when, for the

being
noun or

part

in

pronoun

subject.
Examples Pronouns of Reflexive

1.
2.

I have
Thou

hurt lovest

myself. thyself.
in
for

3.
4. 5. 6.

John Kate
The

has

confidence

himself,
herself.

does sick
praise

nothing dog
is

itself again.

We You

ourselves.
yourselves.

7.
8. 222.

deceive

George

and

John

are

ready

to

help

themselves.
are

It

will

be

seen

that
or

these

pronouns

formed
case

adding
personal
sometimes

self (singular)
pronouns.

selves

(plural)
personal This
was

to

some

But

the

pronoun
more

alone
common

used
especially

reflexively.

merly,

in poetry.

Examples
1.
I thought
me

richer

than

the

Persian

king.

"

Ben

son.
2. I do
repent
me.
"

Shakspere
"

("Merchant
the

of

Venice").
Pope

3.
4.

Come,
The Moses
They
the
pronoun

lay
poor

thee
contents

down. him

Lodge. with
up
care

of heaven.
mount.
"

"

5.
6.
1

gat
were

[ =got]
commanded
re,

him

into
make

the them
p.p.

Bible.
"

to

ready.

J.

Fox.

From

Latin

back,
when

and
the

flezus}
action

of
so

flectere,to bend.
to

A
back

lexive
the

is used
that

is,

speak,

bent

subject,
or

is when

the

subject

and

the

object denote

the

person

thing.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise
1. I

115.

"

a.

Pick
with

out

the
the

personal reflexive
hammer again.
gave

pronouns. myself

struck 2.

myself

and 3.

hurt
The
a

much.

Richard

is

himself
cat

soldier
scratch.

ld She

himself

upright.

4.
faith

The

itself
Help

almost
will

loses
help
you.

in
The

herself.

6.

yourself themselves

and

hers the

7.
deep

travelers

found
An of
see

ing

middle itself. raised

of

wood.

8.
break

adder itself.
for

does
10.

not

9.

The

jug
slowly.

did

not

The

ant

himself

11.

We

can

ourselves.

6. Supply
12. the Little

pronouns. reflexive
Mary

burnt
....

13. all this bed. 16.

lost
. . . .

Frank

threw
...
.

....

ground.
put
....

14.

I did
to

work
He

by rid in the
. . .

15.
all 18.
the Let

The

ildren

.of

emies. from
. . .

17.

The

hunters

forest.

Hide

the

dogs.
that

19.
the

We

laid.
.

down
....

on

grass.

You for

admitted
....

ghost don't

was

21.
you

them
..."

22.

Why

speak

for

hn?

223.

The

pronouns

compounded
are

with

si self (or selves),

with
a nouns or

be

being
pronouns

used
to

reflexively,
give

greater
more

used force to

statement.

per son Thus,

myself
Such

saw a

it"

is

emphatic
as

sentence

than
apposition
or

"I.

saw

."

pronoun

is parsed
is

being
an

in

wit

s antecedent.

It

said

to

be

emphatic

intensive

onoun.
224.

The

pronoun

thus word
with
so

used
which
"

for

emphasis We

may
can,

parated

from
say

the

it goes.
"

ample,

"John

said

himself

or

John

himself

sai

"

*225.

The

compound
person,
are

personal
sometimes

pronouns,

especially
as

thos

the

first

used
were*

simple
there;"

personal

onouns;

as,

"John

and

myself

both

"These

REFLEXIVE

AND

EMPHATIC

PRONOUNS

111

wers

were

sent

to

the

Clarks
are
as,

and

ourselves."

In

poetry

compound
as

pronouns

sometimes,

for
have
seen

emphasis,

used

ne
the

the

sound
The the

subject; himself had

pronoun

"Myself

it;"

"Even

made." is
as,"

"226.

ourself
of rulers;
troops

occasionally
"

found,

genera

in

speeches
our

We

give Minor."

ourself

no

litt

rn

respecting

in

Asia

Exercise

116.
emphasis.

"

a.

Pick

out

ti\e pronouns

used

with

othe

ds
1.

for
I

myself 3.
must

shot

the
ourselves
5.

rabbit.
have

2.
seen

Tom
the
must

himself
wreck.
come.

brought
4. You

news.

We
come.

rseif
itself

You

yourselves

6.

The

rang

the

bell.
the

7.

The

thieves

themselves 9. You
were

fall.
asleep

8.

bought

book
were

myself. asleep

rself.

10.

You

yourselves.

11.

The

men was

going

themselves.
13.
.

12. Mary

The

boy
the

who

complained
herself
.

fault

himself
to

made

dress

14.

You

do

all this

work

yourself.

6.

Say

whether

the compounds
or

of self

or

selves

are

used

re

zively,emphatically,
15. I
the
cut

as

simple
I
cut

personal
the twig

pronouns.

myself. by himself

16. myself.

myself. did
20.
that.
Tom

17.

nd

way

18.
the
21.
out

myself

19 raised

raised
heavy

from

ground.
Jack
for

weight

himself.
struck the

struck

the

first The

blow

self.

22. herself

Jack

himself. 24."

23.
The

littl

lost
the

in

crowded
25. the

streets.

little

gir

d
We

thimble

herself.

We

heard
of

ourselves
the

called.

ourselves

heard
sometimes it.

rumbling

earthquake.

And

I
have

myself
eaten

despise
29.
This
is

myself.

28.
fault
will
care

John

and

elf

the

of

yourself
for
you.

ne.

30.
you

Our

neighbors
select

and

ourselves that?

Did
my

yourself

32.

Did

you

bring

sister

and

myself?

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Relative
227.
1. 2.

Pronouns

Here
That That
Mary

are

five
boy.
man.

pairs
The The

of sentences.1
boy
man's

is the
is the is the

broke

the

window.
was

window
Mary. the
cost

broken.

3.
4.

girl.
house.

You Jack
The

want

This
The

is the
knife

built

house.
a

5.

was

lost.

knife

dollar.

228.

The replaced
1.

noun

printed by
a

in italics
pronoun;
He

in the

second

sentence

be

personal
boy.
man.

thus,
the

That

is the
is the
is the

broke

2. 3.
"

That
Mary

His You

window
want

window. broken. was

girl. house.

her.
it.
"

4.

This

is the

Jack
It

built
cost
a

5. 229.

The

knife

was

lost.

dollar.

By
two
That
That Mary

using

different
thus,
boy
man

kind

of pronoun

we

can

combine

the
L 2.

sentences;

is the

who whose

broke

the

window.
was

is the
is the

window
you

broken.

3.
4.

girl whom
house that
was

want.

This
The

is the knife

Jack lost

built.
cost
a

5.

which

dollar.

Exercise

117.

"

Combine,
sentences.
now.

as

in the examples

just given,

llowing pairs
1.
2.

of

The The
were

man

is better
has

The for the

man

was

hurt. The

grocer

sent

police.

grocer's

ods
3.

stolen.

The

child

was

very

naughty.

His

father

punished

he

child. 4.
My

uncle horse

gave
goes

me

the

book.
I bought

The the

book

is

on

the

table

5.

The

well.

horse.
see

6.

Th^lady
1

sings
See
"Notes

beautifully.
for Teachers,"

You
p.

the

lady.
28.

324,

Note

RELATIVE

PRONOUNS

US

7.

They

did

not

hear

the

preacher.
kind

They

went

to

hear

preacher.

8.

The

gentleman house.

is

very

to

the

poor.

You

see

gentleman's

9.

have

just
tree

bought

an

overcoat.

The

overcoat

rproof.

10.

The

was

chestnut.

The

wind

blew

the

tree

n.

230.
we

Personal
have
now

pronouns

stand

for
also

nouns.

The
for nouns
so

words

been
they

considering
more
"

stand

(or
as

onouns), m one
for

but

do

they
two.

join
As

statements,

to

sentence,

instead
one

of
or

the

noun

(or
never

pro-

un)

which
same

of these

words member

stands
of the
are

is

to

be

nd

in the

statement

sentence

with

elf, they
l

carry

the

mind

back

and

therefore

called

ative 231.

pronouns.

The

noun

(or pronoun)
its antecedent.
out

for

which

relative

noun pro-

stands
Exercise

is called

118.

"

Pick

the

relative

pronouns

and

their

ecedents.
a.

1.
corn*

The
2.

boy

drove

away

the
those

birds
who

which

were

People
came
was

love

a"e

kind

to

eating them*
4.
The

The

man

who

last

night has
work.

left this been

6.

morning.

chine he who hear

b.

which has
me.

broken his

found

mended. I know

5.
the
man

Blessed
that

7.

The

girl
whose

whose
parents

brother
were

you

met

is very
has been

clever, placed
had
11.

The
a
c.

child

killed

home.

9.

The The

dog

fetched
whom
see

the

birds
you

ot.
a

10.

cousin which

which is met
12.
of

its
a

master

doctor. is the
carry.

is

dagger
1

I
re,

before
and

me?

Where

book

From

the

Latin

back,

lotus, p.p.

ferre, to

^ll4
that
was

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

you

borrowed?

13. The loved

shot

The

gardener that
was

honest.
d.

14.

sheep

whom lost has the

employed been found.

man

we

15.

He
That

the him

bird

loved who his bow. with

16.

hymns his godly loud singeth he makes That in the wood.

He

17.

This

hermit

Which

lives in that good down to the sea. slopes

one

wood

18.

I feel like

Who

treads banquet lights

Some

alone hall deserted,

are

Whose Whose

fled,

garlands

[are] dead.
nouns

232.

A
may

relative be
on

the

pronoun( object of
l

like
a

and

the
that

friend

whom
on"

I depended,"

preposition; " John or

pro personal no "John as,

is the

frien

I depended The

233.
way
as

case
case

of

a
a

relative
noun
or

pronoun

is found
personal

in the

same

the

of

of with

pronoun.

No

kind

of pronoun
Take

agrees
sentence

in

case

the

antecedent.
called
has
gone."

the
is for
case, a

"The
Who

friend
The

who

Called
stands

verb. friend?

Who.
of

called? Who,
called.

friend.
is the

What
the

word

therefore,

is in

nominativ

subject

(Friend

subject

has

gone.)
Take the
you

sentence,
see.,,

"Mr.

Evans

is
Mr.

the

man

house
1Good

Whose
try
to

house?

Evans's.

whose What

writers

usually

avoid

finishing has
two

sentence
or a
more

with

especially when preposition preposition, But that is the the relative pronoun when object of to the end latter always the statement. goes of

the

syllable t preposition,

RELATIVE

PRONOUNS

115

d n

stands
the

for

Mr.
case,

Evans's? modifying

Whose.
house.

Whose,

therefore,

possessive the

Take
is

sentence,

"This
whom? Whom
mean.

is

the

man

whom
man.

I
What

mean."

verb.

Mean

The

word

ds

for man?

Whom.
of the

is therefore

in the

objective
predicate

object

verb

(Man

is

the

inative,
Take
to."

after the

is.)
"This
is

sentence,

the
To

boy

that whom?

gaye

the boy.

To

is

preposition.
for

The

Word

stands
case,

boy?

That.

That

is
to.

therefore

in

objective
Exercise
118.

object of the
"

preposition

119.

a.

Give

the

case

of

each

relative 'pronoun

in

rcise

6. Give
1. This

the
is

case

of each
field
whom
( of

relative pronoun
which
sent

in the
2.

following.
Mr.

the
to
can

I
our

spoke.

Brown

the

teacher
we

we

boy.
girl

3.

He

is the

man

whom

depend.

4.

The

brought

tea

for

ch

she It
was

was was

sent.
my

brother's West, hole whom

the

.5. It
Here

carriage
they
mouse

which heard
went

you

saw

me

in.
from.

Mrs.

the into.

story

is the

that
you

8.

This

book

which

I told

of.

234.

The

relative

pronoun

in
"John

the

objective
man

case

is often
we

t out.

Instead people

of saying
often
"

is the

whom
we

expect

say

"John the

is the

man

expected." which
are

Exercise

120.

Supply

relative

pronouns

tted
1.

(or "understood").
This
is the
horse

Jack
That
man

bought. is the
very

2. thing

William
I
was

owned looking

book"!
4. You

found.
are

3. the

we

expected.

5. Mr. should

The

boy
is

got

y^the

punishment
we are

he

deserved. for.

6. You

Brown
not

the

tleman

waiting

7.

believe

16

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

ery

story

you

hear. I
am

5.

Have

you

seen

the
survey.

house

ve

in

now?
were

9. the

monarch
we

of

all

10.

Few

short

prayers

said.

235.

We

have
that, and

now

taken

the who

relative
we

pronouns
say

who

ich,

and

concerning

can

Masculine,

Feminine,

and

Neuter

Singular Nominative
Possessive

and
who whose whom

Plural

Objective
236.

That

undergoes

no

change.

It is either

nominative

objective.
237.

Which
whose
as,

may

take
were

whose

in

the

possessive
it is also

case;
common

book

leaves
"A

torn/' but
the
leaves

ay

of
238. You

which;

book

of

which

were

torn."

Examine
will
then

the
see

sentences

in Exercise

118.

that is used
we are

Who

(with

whose

and

whom)
speaking
when

when

speaking

f persons; Which, That

when
may
or
we are

of animals
are

or

things;

be
things.

used

we

speaking

of

persons,

nimals,
239.

The
as

relative
we
we

pronoun
use
we

what.

Formerly

what

was

sed That

just
what

now

which.
prize what
never

Thus
not to

Shakspere
worth."
a

wrote,

have

the

But

odern

English,
its

though

is frequently

relative

nou pro

hat uch

antecedent I have earned."

noun as

is

expressed; the
antecedent

thus,

"Give
is
noun

me

Here

of what
this
as

some

pay,

understood
or

; but

if we

supply

st

then

use

which

that,

instead

of

what;

"Give

me

RELATIVE

PRONOUNS

11

pay
we

which
are

I have

earned."
of
one

What
thing.
Its

is generally

used

only

speaking

It is therefore

almost

ays
in

singular
most
or

and
cases,

neuter.1

unexpressed
supplied
is

antecedent by
the

therefore,
as,

be
"This

words

thing,"
me

"that";

[the thing] what

pronoun

you

to

get."

What

is

relative this
or

only
antecedent
sentence. I

when
may

s in

the

foregoing without
in
the
an

examples)
changing
sentence

similar

supplied
Thus,
supply
result

the
"He
as

meaning
asked
me

of the
what

wanted,"

we

antecedent,
nonsense.

that

or

the

thing,

before
what

what

is

So
but,
as

in
we

that shall

sentence
see, an

is

not

relative

pronoun,

interrogative

oun;.

240.

Great
In

care

must

be

taken

in what

deciding
he
was

the looking

case

t.

the the

sentence

"He

found

for,

is in

position

because it is the objective case for. Its unexpressed antecedent

object
is the

of th

objec

found.
Exercise
1.
The
man

121.

"

Determine
what they
he

the
he ask

case

of

each
I

what.
know
4.
you

means

says.

2.

what
No

you

eived.

3.

Whai

is

reasonable.
me

one

erstood
The That him.

what

said.
is
he

5.
what

Show
you

what
were

brought.
me

Hotel
is

Belmont

telling is the This

just what
9.
I there. is what 14.
you

is. what

8.

That
you

is what
say.
an

matter

believe
11. I

10.

piece

belongs
This ails

That
was

is what

auxiliary

verb

book him.

looking
is do.
as,

for. what

13.
his

Dyspepsia

Rheumatism

brother

has

This
*We
you

is what
have,

need
such

to

however,
in

sentences

"Are

not

these

two

books

wanted?" understood.

ngs"
you

which Other
"This

what

is plural, "I

with

the

antecedent
patterns
are

"the
were

examples,
phaeton

thought
the

these

"

preferred;

and

dog-cart

what

we

in."

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

241.

So,
who,
Whoso
I

ever,

and

soever

may

be
as,

added

to

the

relativ

onouns
1. 2.

which,
eats

and

what;
forthwith

thereof

attains

wisdom.
shows

"

Milton.
me

think

myself

beholden

to

whoever

stakes. 3. Whosoever
"

hath

Christ

for

his

friend

shall

be

sure

unsel.
4.
"

South. sins
23.
ye

Whosesoever
John With Genesis Take I will
xx.,

remit

they

are

remitted

unt

em.
5.
"

whomsoever
xxxi.,

thou 32.
you

findest

thy

gods,

let

him

ve.

6.

whichever do

like.
thou
sayest unto
me.
"

7.

whatsoever

Bible.

It will be
x

seen

that

these

compound

relatives

are

used

and
fourth and
are

generally
fifth

without
the

expressed

antecedents.
however,

of

above
the

quotations,
parts

tecedents and

found

in

latter

of

the

sentences

them
241.

him).
The simple relatives the
same

who,

which,
as

and

what

may

ed
1.

indefinitely,
Let Give him
me

with
be who
you

meaning be.

whoever,

etc.;

he

may

2.

what of

please apples
are

[to give
you

me].
prefer.
"

3.

Take

which

these

When

simple relatives,

relatives
have would
pronoun
no

thus expressed

used

they,

like

mpound

antecedent.
or

Th

tecedent,

if supplied,

be
as.

"anyone,"

"anything."

243.
as

The

relative

Shakspere

has

such

sen te

These

arts

they

have

as

I could
or
some

put

into

them,

ere

as

is clearly
of the

used
present

for which
day
as

other
to

relative. take
or

e
1

English
That

also
would

seems

the

plac

is, the

antecedent,

if supplied,

be

anyone,

anything.

RELATIVE

PRONOUNS

11

relative
"The
as

after

such

and

story

is not

sometimes after many " It is I like; " as such

"

and

same;

just
so
"

such
many
"

ble

is found all,
as

by

any

roadside;
upon
as

"He

has

not

ks

in
same

are

found

one

of your

shelves;

This

the

kind
If

of knife
examine

yours

[is]."
sentence
we

*244.

we

such

as
see

"There
that

is
but

on

but

is
the

sometimes

discouraged,"
of the
no

arently
means,

subject
"There
In

verb
person

is

discouraged.
who

The
not

senten

is
such

is force

sometimes
of
a

couraged."
and

cases

but
as

has

the

relative

noun,

may
no

be

parsed thinks

such.

Other

examples:

There
There

is
are

one no

but roads

him
to

guilty.
Rome.

but

lead

".

relative and

pronoun
person.
were

agrees

with

its antecedent

ber,

gender,
The
men

Thus,
here

who
men,

have

gone
mas.
"

away.

Antecedent:
Relative:

plur.
il

numb.,
"

gen.,
il

3rd
"

person.
"

who,

The

woman

whom
woman,

you

invited

has
fem.
"

gone

away.

Antecedent:
Relative: We,

sing,
"

numb.,
"

gen.,
"

3rd
li

person.
"-

whom, who
we,

speak plur.
il

to

you,

are

Germans.
1st
n

Antecedent:
Relative:

numb.,
it

com.
( (

gen.,
li

person.
t t

who,
a

What,

when
neuter

relative 3rd

pronoun,

is

usually
par.

singular

ber,

gender,
or

person.

(See
may

239.)
may

246.
same
or

relative
case
as

other

pronoun

or

not

have

its antecedent;
is determined
,

its

case,

like
to

that
some

of

any

pronoun

by

its relation

verb

preposition

in the

sentence.

(See

pars.

233

and

240.)

Exercise
118,
in

122.
c,

"

Parse

fully each
b, and

Exercises
Also
1.

d, and

119,

pronoun relative 121, and in par. 241.

in

the

following.
am

I, who
are

thy
are

friend,
worthy is the
to

will
of
same

not

desert
3.

thee. Eat

2.
what

They
you

that

afraid
This

death.
as

like*

4.
thy take

paper

you

bought.
might.
the

5.

soever What-

hand

findeth
he

do,

do

him

whatever
you

asks

it with thy 7. Give for.

6.
money

Let

to

whomever it. 9.

may
are as

choose.
many
once

8.
as we
a

Give
want.

it to 10.
11.

whoever

neteds
such
no

Here
as

It

was

diamond

is found

in

lifetime.

There's

fruit

ere

but

is ripe.

Interrogative
247.

Pronouns
whose

Before

who
as

(with
relative

and

whom), which,
they
were

and
as

what they

ame

to be

used

pronouns

used,

till are,

Jn asking

questions.

Examples
1. 2. 3. 4.

Who
Whom Which What

hath

woe?
you

who

hath

redness

of eyes?

do

want?
scholars

of the

is to

have

the

prize?

did

they

say?

248.

When

thus

used

they

are

called

interrogative

nouns pro-

249.

Who?
the
answer

(with whose?
to

and
name

whom?)
of
a

is used

when

we

xpect

be

the

person;
a

whatt

when

expect

the

answer

to be

the

name

of
are

thing.

250.

Which?
person
or

is used
thing,
"

when
as

we

asking
newest

"Which
out

is the

about book?"
pronouns

particul

Exercise
in what
1.
To

123.
case

Pick
is.
you
are

the

interrogative

and

ay

each
are

whom

writing?
the

2.

Who

hath
apples?

he

waters?

3.

Which

best

of the

measured 4. What

INTERROGATIVE

PRONOUNS

you

want? people
was

5.

For

what

are

they

looking?
is

6.
that?
the

Whom
8.

the

expect?
man

7.

Whose 9. is the
about?

house

the

employed? 10.
Whose

Which

of

examples
was

you

worked?
are

field
12.

which Whom
on so

sold

What 13.

you

thinking makes 15.

that What

should
fast?

t?

What
hat?

ship

drive
ocean

ch

is my

is the
are

doing?

Who,
..

which,
when

and
the

what

frequently
appears
to

interrogative

ouns,

even

sentence

be

(and
"Father

larative.
an

If

say,

"What
pronoun;

has

he

done?"
if I
an

what
say,

is o

interrogative
has It

and
what

ed

'What

he

done?'" then that

what

is also

interrogative "I

oun.

is clear

in
is
an

the

sentence,

do

no

what'he

has
the

done," indirect what

the

interrogative

pronoun,

roducing
such
a

question

"what
a

he

has

done."

sentence,

is not
sentence

relative
not

pronoun
mean

(rea
do

in

par.

239), for
thing which

does done,"
done"

"I
whole

no

the

he he

has has

but

the

of
of

erted

question

"what

is the of
has

object
done.

th

know.

What
the

by

itself is the
sentences

object
who,

ilar Sim-

in

following
not

which,

and

what

ar

errogative,
1. 2.

relative
certain
as

pronouns. to

He
I do

is not
not

who

you

are.

know

which what

I want. I shall

3.

Do

not

ask

me

do.
sentences

Exercise
and

124.
what

"

In
are

the

following
used
as

tell whether
or as

who,

ch,

interrogative

relativ

nouns.

Who

are

you?
are

2.
doing.

He
.4. which

asked
This of the
what

me

who

was.

3.

Tel

/1.
what
you

dictionary
boys
we

is
was,

jtist what
where

ant.

5. 6.
to
was

He We

inquired
told
to

ived.

Mr. whom
as

Walker
he
to

had
the the

and heard.

7.

He

ted

know

should had

give locked

prize.

8.
9.

The

cher

doubtful

who

door.

That

122

LONGMANS'

ENGIJS3

GRAMMAR

is

the
tree

plan
into

which

you

had

better

follow.
11.

10.
To

Where

the
you

offer Exeter. 13.

it?

the which 12. Kindly I

squirrel inform
who What

ran?
me

at

what
person
was

you

wonder 15. say.

asked

the he

who

the

surprised 16. Here is it you said? learn to whom let him question;

did

which 14. this.

wil whom t is the road I

am

speaking.
Whether?
an

*252.

used

as

"which meaning interrogative pronoun;

the

of two?" "Whether as,

xxiii., 17.

was

formerly

is greater,

the

gold

or

temple?"

"

Matthew

Adjective 253. which

we

Pronouns
a

We
must
two

come

now

to
care,

exercise They
as

-class because

of

concerning words b these words may

used they

in
may

ways.

may

be

be

used

pronouns.

and used as adjectives, These are words

(1) this (pi. these), that (pi. those). someone, no one, (2) one, any, anyone,
several,
certain, divers,
none,

each,

other,
more,

another,

few,

many,

some,

little, much,

most,

all, either,

neither.

When

these
as,

adjectives;
persons."

But

to be calle they are a noun, words modify "Most "Every "This pencil," word," followed by they a noun, are not when
as

they

are

used

pronouns,

personal,

relative,

and

to distinguish and interrogative pronouns

them
they

from

ar

called

adjective pronouns.
We
thus have
*

254.

(1)
1. 2.

Demonstrative
is my
are

pronouns,
that

as

in

This
These I
am

book;
my

is yours. those
me
are

books;
this makes
de,

yours.

3.

tired;
the Latin
pronouns

cross.

1From

fully, and
or

monstratus,

p.p.
one or

of momtrare,
ones

show.

These

show

point

out

which

the speaker

refers to.

ADJECTIVE

PRONOUNS

12

4.
5.

The

day

was

wet;

that

was

why

I did
that

not

come.

John's

conduct

is better

than

of

Frank.

(2) Indefinite
1.
2.

Pronouns,

as

in

One
Nor

does
was

not

know
any

what
that

to

think.
escape.

there is at

did

3.
4.

Someone
In

the of

door. let each

esteem

lowliness

mind

other

better

than

elf.
5.
Do
not
to

judge
the slew shall of them of
my

for
shores

another. do of fly, the

some

6. 7.
8. 9. 10.
11.

Some
Jehoram
Few,

to

the

woods.
Israel.

divers
part

princes
many

of
meet.

jew

where
us

Certain Several
Ye shall
was

with friends

went

to

the
to

sepulchre.
India.

have

been

flee

when

none

pursueth

you.

12. 13.

All
Most
He

in
had

vain. slunk
to

away
say
no

without
more.

word.

14. 15.

decided
not

I do

believe neither

either of

of

them.

16.
Note.

I believe

them.

"

Some

grammarians
nothing; They

regard
anybody,
may

aught,
somebody,

naught;
etc.,
or as

anythin

something,
pronouns.

in de
may

be

so

regarded,

they

parsed
255.

as

nouns.

The have
one

pronouns
a

one,

anyone,

other,
as,

another,
question neither

either
was,

ther,

possessive do
with "One
one

form;
one's

"The
"I
want

should
anyone's;" pronouns
ones;"
none,

feet;"

your
"

nor

man's

food
have

is another's
plurals;
as,

poison. "I they

may

The

and

other
may

choose

yellow
pronoun
as a

"Others
though

praise
a

what

like."

originally

singular,

ed

plural.
pronoun
one

The

has
to

reflexive
"

form;

as,

"How

can

teach

oneself

how

swim?

LONGMANS1

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

*2J58.

What

is
to

occasionally
something tell
as
or

used
one we

as

an

indefinite
as

nou pro
common

equivalent expression,

thing;
were

in

the

"I

you
an

what,

tired!"
as,

What

is

also

used
you

interjection;
me?"

"What,

you

llain!

would
portcullis

strike

"What!

warder,

ho

t the

fall."

Exercise
case

125. each.
is the

"

Pick

out

the

adjective pronouns,

and

giv

of
This

1. thy

new

hat
of

and
good. hears
to

that

is the
3.
Those
many

old

one. are

2.
our

These

works,

Parent

friends,

Johnsons.
one

4.

One

so

different of
them.
anyone

stories

at

feels

inclined
few

doubt

all

5.

Many

called

but

[are] chosen.
We
you

6.
no

Has
one's

heard

travelers?
not want
any

7.
of

have

heard
9.

opinion.
wants

8. James
morning. man

boys. 10.
have
none.

The

master

John;
11.

either Then help have

will

do.

Neither another.

is present
12.

this
poor

he but
some

must

The

ked
you

for

got

13.
14.
one

I Of

bought animals

five
some

apples;
creep,

ll

of

them?

others

walk.
hath

15.

There's
sworn.

did
Then
are

laugh.

16.
love 19. of

Each
was

other

strongly

17.
my

her's
trust

life.
few,

18.

Several
none.

of

books
I
smote

either's lost.
certain

Love

l,

wrong
none

20.
left.

them.

am

afraid

are

22.
own

One

must
not

consider
another's.

self.

23.

Be

generous

with

thine

and

Review

op

Pronouns again used instead

the

Learn
257.

pronoun

is have

word
three

of

noun.

258.
the

Pronouns third. first person

or

persons,

first, the

second,

The

is used

when

person

is speaking

self

of himself

and

others.

REVIEW

OF

PRONOUNS

\
the person
or

27

The

second
to.

person

is used

to designate

sons per-

spoken

The

third

person

is used
not
are

to

designate
to.

person

or

sons per-

spoken
259.

c", but

spoken

Pronouns

sonal

I,

thou,

he,

she,

it, etc;

also

the

reflexiv

and forms,

emphatic

compound
etc.

myself, thyself, himself,

what, but;
whoso, that,

ative

who,
as

which,

and
the

sometimes compound whatsoever,

and

also

relatives,
etc.

whoever,

errogative

who,

which,

what.

jective,

including
this, that, with
one,

Demonstrative

their

plurals.
no one,

Indefinite

any,

anyone,

someone, some,

each,
more,

other,
most,
none,

another,
several,

little, much,

divers,

few,

many,

certain,

all, either,

neither.

Read
260.
The

again Parse
woman

par.

220.

relative
who

and

interrogative
this

pronouns
asked which

thus,

called

morning

of

us

her had

selected.

Relative
feminine with

pronoun;

singular
person,

number,
agreeing
nominative

third gender, its antecedent

case,

woman;

subject of called.
pronoun,

ich

Interrogative
common

gender,
case,

number, singular first person,

tive objechad

object

of

the

verb

selected.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise
and
I.

126.
the

"

Parse

the pronouns

in

Exercises

124

an

5,

in

following.
is truth?"

"What
an

said
is
care

jesting
like
who
weary
one

Pilate.
that is
4.

2.

He

tha

es

in

earnest

pursuit
do
not

blood.
what they
to
to
your

3.
I

he

is.

wounded Let me in

te

think.
call

5.

Some

themselves
me

seeking

at

amusement.

6.
are

Let

know that, what

you

which
we

you
are

cide

take. for
our

7.

These

the

persons
me

in de

flowers.

8.

Write

are

doing

health.

9.

If thou

wouldst
it by

view
the pale

fair

Melrose

aright,

Go 10.
Thy Yet,

visit

moonlight.
thee this
of
not; spot,

secret
ere

keep;
ye

I urge sought

again
ye

Say,
II.

heard
I the

nought will truth 14. live.

Lowland
do.

war?

That,
who
swore

father,
to to

gladly
of With

12.
13.

Certain
Signor
thou
was

there
Antonio

this.

mends gods

him let

you.

whomsoever
And
upon

findest

him how

not

15.
It sat

all each

done;

hers

judge

well.

16.

of them.

ADJECTIVES
Kinds

Work
261.

again An

Exercise

42.

adjective
a

that

tells what

kind

of person

or

thing

meant

is called
as,

descriptive
red
are

adjective, because
house,"
common.

it pictures

describes;

"The

"The

old

mill."

Suck

scriptive

adjectives
again
A par.

called

Read
282.

59.
used "The
as an

participle
as,

adjective
brook," 56.
and

is

called
"A lost

partici

adjective;
examples

babbling 55

boy."

her

in

Exercises

KINDS

OF

ADJECTIVES

127

263.

An

adjective
as,

derived
"The

from
English

proper

noun

is called
European

roper

adjective)

army,"

"The

ions."

264.

Descriptive
or

adjectives
an

are

thus

classified

as

mon, com-

proper,

participial.

Repeat
par.

the

definition of

adjective (par. 55),

and

read

in

54.

265.

Adjectives
adjectives.

that

are

not

descriptive

are

called

iting

Limiting
articles, 275-279.

adjectives
a, an,

are

of several
we

classes. shall the

First
take
other
up

there

are

and

the, which
we

again

s.

Here

shall

take

classes

iting Work
266.

adjectives.
again

Exercise

46.
that

An

adjective

tells which

one

or

ones

is calle and

demonstrative

adjective.
axe-

(Compare
and
that,

pars.

254

253)

demonstratives
and
The
yonder.
two

this

with

their

plurals;

o yon
267.

words

which
as,

and
"In

what

are

much
are
so

used
they?"

errogative
what

adjectives;
shall
or
we

which
They
may

books

time

start?"
nouns.

be

used

with

her
We

singular
have
not
an

plural
in in
or

seen,

par.

251,

that

interrogative
but in The

pronouns

used

only implied
are

direct

questions,

sentences

contai

indirect used
plan

question. in
I

interrogative questions;

jectives
have book

similarly

indirect
should

as

not
you

asked
want;"

which "I

follow;" of
man

"I
you
an

know
are."

ich

see

what

kind
not

*268. It

The is

adjective
used
or

which

is
to

always back

ative. interrogsomething
case,

sometimes

refer
as,

to

ready
hold

mentioned
to
my

described;
plan;"

"In which

which

all

original
"In

"For

offense I
say

th

etch

was

punished;"

which

predicament

thou

128

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAK

standest."

When

so

used,

which

may

be

called

relativ

adjective.
Note.
"

The
is

adjective
used,

what
or

is

not

always
the

an

ative. interroga or

It
to
"

with

introduce
What
a

exclamations; piece
as

without "What as, When

article
times used,

an

good
so

we

had!"

of
a

regarded

is man!" work demonstrative

what

maybe

adjective.
indefinite
pronouns

269.

The

words
are,

treated
when

as as

in

par

254

(page 123)
as

used
men,"

adjectives,called
time.,, and Exercise
44

indefinite

adjectives;
See
270. other

"Some

"Another

examples
there

in Exercise
are
as,

43,

6. of
man's

Finally,

derived
ct\est,"

from
"The
They

numbers,
third
are

adjectives on "Fifteen men

Such
are

the

consisting
the

dead

day."

called

numeral
are are

tives adjec

of two
as

sorts;

first, those
etc.

which

merely-

cardinal

numbers,

six,

twenty,

These
43,

calle

numerals. cardinal Secondly, there

(See examples
are

in Exercise which show

a.)
order,

those
are

rank,

place

in

series.

These

called

ordinal

numerals.

(Se

examples
271.

in Exercise Thus
we

45.)
have

adjectives
or

as

follows.

(1) (2)

Descriptive:

Common,
Limiting: Articles,

proper,

participial.

demonstratives,
numerals

interrogatives,

relatives,

indefinites,

(cardinals, and

ordinals).
47.

Exercise
.

127.

"

in Exercise Classify the adjectives

48

Work
272.

again

Exercises
are

and

49.

Adjectives
some cases

sometimes
at
say
once

used

without
the

nouns.

In

the

is understood. is a William

Thus, taller"

mind if I
the

supplies is a "John
once

noun
man,

that

tall
man

but

hearer

at

adds

to

taller

KINDS

OF

ADJECTIVES

129

273.

In
the

other
noun.

cases

we

do

not

seem

to

feel any
know

need
how

fo

ng

If I say
sentence

"The

rich complete;

do

not

the

live,"
noun we

the

sounds
out

indeed,
say,

if

we

add

must

leave
poor

the

the

and

"Rich

people

not

know parsing

how

people
to

live."

In

it is best

call these

words

"adjectives

used

nouns."

274.

There
that
are

are

some

adjectives
well
may

which
them

are

so

far

used
nouns.

it is

perhaps which
may

to

call

simply

se

adjectives
and Italian,
an

have

other

adjectives joine
and possessives. in
a

them,

which and

form
are

plurals

age,

Christian
city,
a

adjectives
act,

savage

try,

Italian
as

Christian
a

but the

they

should

ated

simply

nouns

in

noble

savage,

Italian's

Kome,

Christians.
"

Exercise
1.

128.

"

Pick
the

out

the

adjectives used
2. alone

as

nouns.

Blessed
the

are

merciful.

None deserve

but
to

the

brave
happy.
was

erve We

fair.
honor
to

3.

The the old

good
wise and pity

be

ays

should kind
should

and feeble. and

How

great.

5.
The

Mr.

Scott and

the

6.

blind

th

have the

our

our

help.
the

7.

The

strong

uld
The

aid
simple the

weak. believeth
and the

8.

are

mighty
The evil

fallen!

every

word.
at

10.
gates
are
no

bow

ore

good,
the

wicked

the

of the
more.

righteous.

Toll

for

brave,

the

brave

that

Read

again

par.

253.
"

Exercise
and
1.

129.
noun

Pick
each
is to
than
any

out

the

tell adjectives,

what

kind

eac

what
This
are

modifies.
be
given these piece
to

apple
riper

that

little girl. 3.
Please What
you

2.

Those

nges

lemons. will

bring
time like

me

piece
leave

of

paper;

do.
picture

4.

wil

to-morrow?

5.

Which

do
The

best?

Other

noble

Romans

will

arise.

7.

workman

ha

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAK

und

another
some

place. poisoned
is certain.
The

8.

Several
9.
We

large
The

birds
truth

were

killed
second
strange

eating

corn.

of that

dian

story

10.

have

heard thus

certain in
was a

rs.

11. 12.

Greek
men

poet

speaks

certain
no
snow

ace. the either

All

are

mortal.

13.
the

There
two

frozen sister.

ground.

14.

Give

recovered

books

15.

And
But

the
no

good
sweet

south

bird

wind still blew did follow.

behind.

Articles

Read
275.

again
The

par.

50.
a

article
not

or

an

is called
any

the

indefinite article
member
man"
means

nce

it does

point by

out

particular
thus,
"a

of

th

ass

designated
not
some

its noun;
man.

any

particular the is called

or

The

article

the

definitearticle.

It may

preced

either
276.

singular is used
a a

plural

nouns.

An

(1) Before (2) Before

A,
the

vowel;
silent

as,

"an
"an

acorn,"

"an "an

h;

as,

hour,"

umpire/' honest man.'*

shortened
Before
a

form

of

an,

is used
"a as,

(1) (2)
European

consonant;

tree,"

"a

"

wood,"

lling

crowd." Before
any

word
"a

beginning
university."
or an

with

sound;

country,"

Exercise
Apple.

130.

"

Put

before the following words.

Union. European.

Orange.

Pear.

Universal.

eful.

Hand.
University. Cry.
Ewer.

Hour.

Honest.

Heir.

Humble. Umbrella.

Ax.

me.

Umpire. Unit.
Ewe. Eve.

Uniform.

Yew.

e.

Hope.

Unjust.
Yoke.

Upas

tree.

Usurper.

ok.

Invalid.
Awl.

Irishman.
Yawl.

Ox.

nkey.

Ear.

Year.

Oak.

ARTICLES

131

*277.

The

following

special

uses

of

an

and

may

d.

(1)

In

"

such
ten

expressions
acres

as man,"

Twenty
a

cents

pound/'
of each

owing

to

has

the

force

y.

(2)

The
as

expressions

many
as

a,

such
a

a,

what

a,

may

ed

adjectives;
in
years."

in

"Many
par.

man

keeps

young

advances

(See
little
mean

268,
some;

Note.)

(3) A
not
:

few
manyf

and

few
not

without
much.

the

little without

the

means

pare Com-

1.

I got
There There

few
are was

pears.

2.

few
a

peaqhes
little rain little rain
or
a

this

year.

3.
4.

last
this

night.
summer.

We

have

had
the

*278.
to

Either
show

may
as a

be

placed
as,

before
"Of
not

verbal
making

that

it is used is
no

noun;

the the

many

books
curing
of

there the

encl."
takes

"It

is

catching,

the

fish, that

the

time."

"We

heard

aughing."

279,

Both that

the
nouns

definite
or

and

the
are

indefinite
to

article taken

are

used

show

adjectives
of
the

be

separately.
purpose

proper

repetition
to
not

article

for
saw a

this

it

important

learn.

Thus,
when

"We
we

black
"We

and
saw

white
a

se"
a

should
white

be

said

mean,

black

horse"

(two
book"

horses).
one

"I

lost

grammar lost
a

and

position
a

book"

(meaning

book).

"I So

grammar

composition "The

(two books).
and
treasurer"
means

with

the
one

definite

icle:

secretary

means

officer

secretary
Note.
"

and
What
to

the
is said

treasurer"
here of
as

two.

the

repeating

of

the

article

lies

also

other
thus

words, I

adjectives,
say, my

pronouns, my

and
camp-

positions;

should
"I

not

"I

found

ir

and

easel." pieces

mean

found

camp-chair

and

my

el"

(two

of

furniture).

"I

will

fasten

it

with

32

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

ucilage
with

or

paste,"

should

be

"I

will

fasten

it with

mucilage

paste."
"

Caution. sometimes
as

The
an

word

the

is

not
an

always

an

article,
or an

adverb,
sentences,

limiting "The for

pars.

adjective
time

v a

in

the

more

the

better;"

ou

will the

be

the

stronger

having

exercised;'' 416,

"We

alked

faster."

(See

412,

and

417.)
may

280. the

Positions
noun some

of adjectives. Adjectives
"

stand
to

b f

they
part

modify,
of the they
51.
are

or

they

may
or

be

linked
may
come

the

by
noun,

verb
are

be,

they
to

aft

even

when
par.

not

linked

it by

the

verb

Read
These

again

three

positions
as, as, as,

named

as

follows:

(1) Adherent; (2) Predicate;

"The

fresh
ink

flowers."
purple."

"The "The

was

(3) Appositive;

river,

deep

as

night,

flowed

on."

Comparison
281.

op

Adjectives
three Emily

If

we
we

were

comparing
say
was

little girls, Emily,

was

Alic

Mary,

might Mary

that the

young,
or

Alice Emily
ox

was

ung-er,

and
was

young-est;
was

that

was

ir, Alice
short, 282.
are

fair-er, and
was

Mary

the
was

fair-est;
the

Emily

Alice The

short-er,

and

Mary

short-est. take

three
are

forms called form

which
the

adjectives
three

thus

when

comparing

degrees

of comparison.
the

283.

The

simple

of the

adjective
when

is called

tive posi

degree.
The

comparative
or

degree

is used

we

are

speaking

persons
It is
or

things.
to

contrary

this

to

say

"The when

bravest
we

boy

of

o,"

"The

bravest

regiment"

are

speaking

ly

two

regiments.

COMPAKISON

OF

ADJECTIVES

13

284.

The
three
or

superlative
more

degree
three.

is used

when

we

are

ing speak-

of

than

Exercise
a.

131.

"

Compare
High.

the

following adjectives.
Grand.
Blue.

Cold.
Large.

Warm.

Bold.

Brief.
Hoarse,

6.
c.

White.
Merry.

Nice.
Busy.

Wise.

Holy.

Giddy.
Brawny.

Greedy.

Lovely.
Sprightly.

tely.

Lonely.

Deadly.

Silly.

285.

An

examination

of

the

exercise

just

worked

wil

(1) That
-er

the

comparative
the

degree degree

is formed

by

adding
-est

and

superlative

by

adding

the

positive.
sometimes

(2)

That changed

the

spelling

of

the

adjective
is

adjective fine, fin-er, fin-est.

(a) When

the

ends

in

e,

the

dropped;

(6) When
y

the

adjective
into i;
as,

ends
pretty
,

in

after
,

consonant

is changed
the

pretti-er in
a

pretti-est. single
consonant
as,

(c) When
a

adjective
the
'

ends
consonant

er

single bigg-est.

vowel

is

doubled;

big

g-er
,

286.

The

rule

given

for

the

comparison

of
some

adjectives
words is expressed

concerning In

words other

of
cases

one

syllable
idea

and

of two

llables.

the

of comparison

34

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

QRAMMAR
for the
do
not

putting

the
and

more adverb for the most

.

before

the

adjective
Thus
we

compar

superlative.

earnest

earnest-er

earnest-est

beautiful

beautifull-er

beautifull-est

ut
earnest
more
more

earnest

most
most

earnest

beautiful

beautiful
are

beautiful
as,

287.
Positive

Some

adjectives

compared
Comparative

irregularly;

Superlative

good,

or
or

well ill

better
worse

best
worst

bad,
little
many,

less,1 lesser
or
or

least
most

several
some

much, late

more

f later

latest last

I latter
f older

oldest

old

I elder

eldest
farthest furthest

far

Jfarther
I further
nigher

f nighest nigh

I next
^ f hindmost

hind

hinder

1 hindermost
f foremost

former

[first
f inmost
inner No
positive

1 innermost
outmost

adjective
corresponding

outer

(utter)

outermost
utmost

uttermost
upmost
upper
.

uppermost We
than

Note

that
were

less is the

comparative
than
ten

of litttej not
present,"

of few.
rather

shoul

"There
ten."

fewer
little for

persons

"le

an

Use

quantity,

few for number.

REVIEW

OF

ADJECTIVES

13

Note
cannot

1.

"

The be

meaning

of We

some

adjectives
for

is such

tha

compared.

cannot,

example,

compare

.Numeral Demonstratives,
other.

adjectives;
and

as,

one,

eight,

first,tenth.
as,

most

indefinites;

this, that,

al

her,

Some

descriptive
supreme,

adjectives;
Greek,

as,

chief, principal,

dead

ing,

universal,
"

Roman.

Note
these

2.

The

superlative
"He
most
"very
was a

degree
most

is

sometimes
person,"

used

sentences,

obliging

"The

ther

has

been

sultry," sultry."

in

which

the

meaning

ery

obliging,"

Exercise
Lazy.

132.

"

Compare
Witty.
Deep.

the
Red.

following adjectives.
Slim.
Thin.

IJgly.
Snug.
Vain.
Happy.

Sad.
Great.

Hot.

d.

Frail.

Green.
Rude.

Black.
Tame.

Proud.
Remote.

an.

Small.
Balmy.

True.

e.

Coy.
Ancient.

Gay.

Cruel.

Prudent. Learned.
Noble.

sible.

Dangerous. Tender.

Ungrateful.
Narrow.

ous.

Polite.
Busy.

Pleasant.
Lucky.

ensive.

Heavy.

Review

op

Adjectives

Learn 288. An

again used which

show with the
a
noun noun

adjective is
or

word
that

(or a pronou
denotes.

to describe

to limit

289.

Descriptive is meant.
descriptive
the

adjectives

what

kind

of

person

thing
1

When

adjectives
meaning
if
a

no

comparison, Thus,
say

compared is, having more

is perfect
more

are

that

properly
nearly

admit

(or most)
be
more

th

lity.
we

while

thing is
even

it cannot

perfect,

"This

writing

perfect
may say,

than

that,"
man

meaning

nearly
universal

perfect."

Similarly I
ever

we

"That

is th

favorite

met."

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

290.

Common,

proper,

and

participial

adjectives

ar

kinds

of descriptive
Adjectives and
not

adjectives.
descriptive articles,
are

291.

called

limiting
interroga-

jectives,

include

demonstratives, and
numerals

ves,

adjectives, ordinals). Adjectives

the

Relative

indefinites,

(cardina

292.

have

three

degrees
the

of

comparison,

th

sitive, The
or

comparative,

and

superlative.
is formed
to

comparative

of the

adjectives
adverb
more or

either positive,
to

by

adding
and

by

prefixing

the
most

th

erlative

by

adding

-est

prefixing

the

positive.

293.

Parse

adjectives
man

thus.

That

tall

gave

my

youngest

sister five oranges.

singular
man.

at

Adjective,
modifying
this those,

demonstrative,
the
and
noun

number,
when
these

[Only
their be

parsing

that, the

with

plurals

and

need

number

stated.]
degree,
ing modify-

ll

Adjective,
the

descriptive,
noun
man.

positive

ngest

Adjective,

descriptive,
the
noun

superlative

degree,

ifyin mod-

sister.

ve

Adjective,
oranges.

numeral,

modifying

the

noun

The

Arabs

are

more

courageous

than

the

Egyptians*

abs

yptians
courageous

i
i

Parse

as

nouns.

(See
descriptive,

par.

274.)
comparative

Adjective,
predicate

degree,

adjective,

modifying

the

noun

Arabs.

REVIEW

OF

ADJECTIVES

137

The

good

deserve

to be loved.

good

Descriptive
number,

adjective
common

used
gender, deserve.

as

noun,

plural

nominative

case/:

subject of
Exercise
1. And
Turned 2.
In He
that

the

verb

133.
the

"

Parse
baron

all

adjectives(except the articles)

dying
his
weary

slowly
to

head

hear.

hour

of deep
clearer

contrition vision
....

beheld

with

3.

Every Every All

of his banner, vassal to his manor, serf born

those By

wronged his hand were

and

wretched freed again.

flowing

creatures

4.

It

[the sun] glanced

And
the
from

on

flag and

rippling

pennon

And,

sails of ships, white the frowning rampart,

it with

the

black

cannon

Hailed There
A

feverish house

lips.

5.

fell upon

shadow
softly

on

And
Two

from

gloom, sudden features fair and those thin, darkened the hushed room, and

the

angels the

issued

where

but

one

went

in.

6.

Like

river,

swift

and

clear,

Flows

his song.
wave

7.

The Into

tidal
our

inmost bow

of deeper souls being rolls.

8.
gates

The

evil

before

the

good,

and

the

wicked

at

the

of the

righteous.

38

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

VERBS
\

'

Active

Voice

Work
Read Work

again

Exercise

13.

again

paragraphs
99.

154-155

again\Exercise
A
vers

294.

when

it has

an

object

is said

to

be

in th

tive

voice.1

Exercise
state

134.
reason.

"

Give

the voice

of each

verb in Exercise

100

the

Passive

Voice

Read
Work

again
again

paragraph
Exercise

17.
19.

295.

If Tom
was

broke
the

window
of the

there
action,

was

an a
a

action

ing), (break
was

Tom

doer

and
to

window
window

th

ject of
was

it;

in

other

words,

it

was

that

th

tion In

done.
sentence

the

"Tom

broke
broke,

window,"
the
noun^

the

noun

Tom

subject of
it.

the

verb

and

window

is th

ject of
In

the

sentence

"A
as

window before,
of
the

was

broken
now

by
name

Tom," of
the
2

th

fact
was

is stated
the

but

the

tha

ich
the
1

object
the

action
to

has

become

subje
i-

verb,
active
or

and
voice

verb

is said
its
name

be

in the

passive

voice
that

The

receives

because
is acting from
to

the
or

son
2

thing
the The

named
Latin

by

the

subject

verb doing.

shows

From

passivus,

suffering,

passus,

p.p.

of

pati,

fer.

passive
that
an

voice
the

was

supposed
or

be

the

form the

of

the

ver

ch

denoted

person

thing

named

by

subject

suffer

r received)

action.

Exercise
1. The burned.
The watch dusted

135.
purse

"

Give
was

the voice
stolen

of

each

verb.
wood
week.

2. All the yesterday. be 3. The next road will mended has been 5. The room just cleaned.

has by the

en

carefully.

6.
was

The

tten.

7.
next

That

house

curtain by built my
top

was

torn

father;
has

it

sold

Monday. Fred
has been

8.

The

aned.

9.

called

by

table of the his mother.

will been

Additional

sentences:

"

Exercise

20,

b.

Transitive 296.
or

Verbs
an

or

Verbs
thing

that
are

express

action
*

received

by

som

son

If the

verb

called is in the
of the

transitive active

verbs.
the

voice but

receiver

ion

is the
voice

object
the

verb;

if the

verb

of is in

tl
tncT*

sive

subject
verbs
"

is the have

receiver

of the

action.

Only

transitive 136.

voice. the transitive

verbs and give the

Exercise

Pick

out

ce

of each.
town
was

1. The

destroyed
victories.

by

an

gained

many

3.
a

earthquake. docks The

2.
were

borough Marlopened 5. The

the

mayor.

4.
torn

We by
The

expect

ture

has

been

the

baby.
class her

good 6. The is

harvest.
storm

frightened by
Mr. cent. Vin-

passengers.

7.
mother

first

taught

8.

The

carried
caught.

child
The

been has soner loaves. 11. The

The
my

10.
was

upstairs. baker has

on

9.

The

general

welcomed
to-morrow.

sold all his return.

joint

will

be

The
1

sister's book. artist has painted

comes

cooked 14. By
a

13.
was

The
ink

baby

whom

the

spilled?
window

fine

picture.
transire,

16.
to

The
pass

"Transitive"
is thought
of

from

the
over

Latin
from

over.

The
or

on

as

passing

the

doer

of it to the

person

acted

upon.

40

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GKAMMAR

broken
I

by
an

stone.

17.

Who

broke

the
The

window? child

8.

bought
down

atlas
a

this

morning.

19.
mice
ate

wa

nocked

by

cart.

20.

The

all the

cheese

Exercise
the
sentences

137.

"

In
that

Exercises
the

20

and
the

136
active
are

change voice

the
are

for

so

verbs

in

made

ssive,

and

the verbs

in

the passive

voice

made

active.

Intransitive
297.

Verbs transitive

Verbs
An
which

which

are

not

are

caljed intran
of being
or

tive.

intransitive
is not

tion
Read

verb directed
All the

shows
to
an

state

object.
in
it
are

Exercise

10.

verbs

intransitive.

Exercise
1.

138."
roses

-Pick
are

out

the intransitive
brightly. 3.
The

verbs.
2.
The
was

The

blooming
the
eaves. came

swallows bathing 5.

itter
the

underneath river.
were

boy

4.

My

father
on

home

yesterday.
The

The

es

dashing

the
ran

rocks. after
a

6.

baby 8. 10.

undly.

7.
places.

The

dog
The

rabbit. night.
through
sun."

is sleeping live Bats

The
sun

rk

9.

owl 11. We

flies

at

ining

brightly.
12.
to

traveled

Spain
The

la

ring. going

The school.

cat

is lying
14. The

in

the

14.

children
the

hens

are

cackling

in

yard.

Exercise intransitive,
1.

139.

"

Say
give
is

of

each

verb

whether

it is

transitiv

and

the voice

of

each
2.
in The

transitive

verb.
was

The

farmer

sowing
cat

oats.

The
the
roof

grass
sun.

cu

sterday.
six

3.

The

is

sleeping

4. been
ship

Mary

rned

pairs The

of

stockings.

5.

has

re p

6.

little 8.
an

girl
map
man.

runs
was

quickly.

7.
by

The

wil

il to-morrow.

The

drawn 10.
This three
moon

Arthur.

9.
was

The

is

drawing
11. The

old
butcher

dinner bullocks.
rose

badly
12.

oked.
was

killed
13.
The

The

re

blazing

brightly.

at

six

o'clock.

INTEANSITIVE

VERBS*

141

The shoeing

cows

are

feeding
mare.

in
16.

the
The

meadow.
milk
was

15.

The

smith

the

bay

spilled
The

fry the

ant.

17.
been

Scott

wrote

"Marmion."
The
room was

18. papered

letter
last

has

t
A

mailed.
was

19.

spring.

mist

driving

down

the

British

Channel.

298.

verb

may

be
as,

transitive

in

one

sentence,

and

tra in-

in another;
Transitive.

The The

child wind

is blowing is blowing.

bubbles.

Intransitive.

Exercise

140.

"

"u

Say

whether

the

verbs

are

transitive

or

ransitive.
1.

King

Cole
home. the

called 3.
The

for

his is

fiddlers.
ringing.

2. 4.

Mary
The

called
sexton

cattle

bell
snow

ringing melting
Kate

bell.
snow. answer

5.

The
Who

is

melting.
for The against
12.
man

6. his

The

sun

the

7.
the rain
burning

will

answer

behavior?
is beating window.

will 10.
fire

question.

9.

pets.

The

is

beating

the

The

is

brightly.
mother The

The
us.

ning

weeds.

13.

Our
15.

read
clock

to

gardener She 14.

i read The
are

binson
is

Crusoe."
striking
the

is

th

iron.
Mary

17.

James the

striking. his and

piano.

16. sister

ying

in the

field;

is playing

Additional
6. Put
the
1.

sentences:

"

Exercise
two

103. using

each

verb

into

sentences,

It transitively

first, and
Is 5.

intransitively
2. Will 6.

in

the second.
3.
Turns.

preaching. Are
9.

return.

4.

Is

whistling. Can
hear.

Are
10.

fighting. Can
see.

7.
11.

Grows.
Has

8.

milking. Are

king. Are
299.
a

finished.
^"

beating. A

verb

may

be

made look

transitive is intransitive

by
in

the
the

addition

preposition.

Thus,
the

sentence!
are

looked

at

person,"

but

if

we

say,

"You

being

ooked

at"

we

can

f the

verb,

which We
The The
are

nothing with is in the passive

do

at

but

voice.

it regard Similarly,

as

part

trifled with
was

by

this
spoken
upon

fellow.
to.

girl

sharply is looked

prince
thus

with
of

contempt.

Prepositions with

made

part

verbs

should used

not

be

onfounded
thus,

adverbs,

which

are

sometimes

larly; simi-

These

were

carefully be
taken
sentences,
an

You If, in

will

in

out from picked by that man.

out

the

whole

lot.

these
have

and

in

were

prepositions
are

they

ould
as

each
to

object
verbs

when

the

sentences

changed

make

the

active.

Copulative
Read
30

Verbs
the word

again and
31.

the explanation

of

predicate,

given

in

ars.

300.
may

We by

have

seen,

as

in Exercise

10, that

an

intransitive But
an

erb

itself

be the

the

predicate
voice,
cannot

of

sentence.

transitive

verb

in

active

since alone

it requires be the

bject
a

to complete

its meaning,

predicate
verb

sentence.1

We
to

must
a

have
complete
"I
use

the

transitive

active
Thus,
"use"

nd

its

object
in

make
sentence,

redicate
"use

the

predication. ink," is no"t

the

alone,

ut

ink." While
some

301.

intransitive

verbs

likewise

convey cannot

omplete

idea,
by
that
to

others

do

not,

and
you

therefore

be
you
to

redicates
see

themselves. the

If

read

again

par.

11,

ill

verb
the the

be generally

requires Thus

sqme

word

be

dded

complete

predicate.
word

iii^he

sentence

We
1

were

afraid,"

"afraid"

is necesSary
may
was

to
be
a

com-

transitive
as

predicate,

in the passive verb voice in the sentence, "His arm

of

course

complete

broken"

x\
V

COPULATIVE

VERBS

14

te

the

sense,

and
to

"were"

serves

to

link
such is

or
a

join

th

jective

"afraid"
a

the

subject
*

we.

In

sentence

is called

copulative

verb,
a

and

afraid
verb

called
take

th

dicate

adjective.
noun.

Or

copulative

may

dicate

Examples

of Copulative

Verbs

302.

It

should
or

be

noted,

from

these

examples,

that the

th

dicate

noun

adjective subject;
have
a
"

is identical and

with
to

subject

it describes
a

the

it is linked

the

subjec
example,

copulative
may

verb.
also

We

predicate
"The
be
taken
an

pronoun;

for has

e
308.

caller

was

yourself;
care

guilty
to

person

been

J.

Great

must

distinguish modifying

between
a

predicate

adjective
The The

and

adverb

verb.

s, child child
sweetly smiles
smells

sweetly.
sweet.

the
the
1

first

sentence

is the

an

adverb,

because
sentence

it shows
sweet

child

smiles;
p. p.

in
of

second
to

does

Latin
"link

copvlatum,

copvlare,

couple.

Sweet

calls

these

verbs."

ot

tell

the the

way

in

which
child,

the

child
is

does

anything,
a

bu

escribes

subject

and

therefore

predicate

djective.
Similarly,
The

dog dog

went

"=

became]
down
not

mad.
the
street.

The

went

madly

the

first

sentence,

mad

does
madly

tell

how

the

dog

nything;

in

the

second, and

does.
an

Mad

is therefore

redicate
Again, predicate

adjective
it sometimes
noun

madly requires

adverb.
care

to

distinguish
is used

between
an

and in
the

an

object.
sentences,

Make

in

entirely

ifferent

way

two

Bakers

make
buds and

bread.
make
pretty
a

Sweet
is
an

flowers.
noun.

read

object;
in

flowers
dress

predicate

Similarly,

That

became
an

her,

He
is
an

became
artist

artist,
noun.

er

object, and
The

is

predicate
a

304.
means

verb
as

be is always it does
what

copulative
following

verb

except

when

exist,1
Nothing
Whatever
But

in

the

sentences.

1.

is but

is not.

2. 3. 4.

is is right.

the

hour

cometh
you

and
from

now

is.
Him

Grace
come.

be

unto

which

is,

and

was,

nd

is to

305.
are

Besides
become,
stay.

the

verb
seem,

be

the

most

common

copulative

rbs

grow,

appear,

look,

feel, smell,

keep

main,

Read
306.

again

par.

148.
that them.
again
par.

Remember
as

all copulative

verbs

take

the

same

se

after

before
1

Read

11,

Note,

page

9.

COPULATIVE

VERBS

145

Exercise

141.

"

Pick

out

the copulative
or

verbs

and
a

say
noun

what
or

the

predicate
say
1.

noun,

pronoun
case.

adjective; if

oun
a.

what

is its
is
our

Jackson be
pretty
are

will

gardener. 4. flowers.
6.
merry

2. John Our old

to

That

is he.
was

3.
a

These

Gilpin
cousins soul.

citizen.

The

boys King

Americans.
was a

are

fishermen.
the

Old

Cole

8.

I'm

chief

Ulva's
it to
a

isle.
be

9.
only

I
a

wanted
stone.

be
We

carpenter.

10.
the
town

11.

understood

be

seaport.

Additional
b. 12. The
14.

sentences:

"

Exercise
pretty. appear

14,

a.

child
The

grows

13.

The 15.

girls

seem

y.

flowers

dead. looks

Good

boys We

good 18.

men.

16.
flowers
very

The smell
houses

paint

fresh.

17.
water

fee
tastes

ed.

The The

sweet.
seem

19.
asleep.

The

20.
a

21.

Man

cam be-

living remained
25.

soul.
a

22.
poor

The
man

temptation all
no

proved

irresistible.
24. Trust You
me

He

his
fool.

life. 26.
a

keep

et.

The
of The

child
the

seems

ome

master

subject.
told

27.
John
me

I feel
to
to

regular

invalid
an
a

day.

28. 29. Low

captain father

be

pilot

hour

ger.

My

wished

become

doctor.

Miss

stayed

single.

307.

Some
as

transitive copulative

verbs
verbs.

in the

passive

voice

may

be

arded

Examples

of

Passive

Copulative

Verbs

LONGMANS*

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise
what
1.
are

142.

"

Pick

out
nouns

the

passive
or

copulative

verbs

an

the predicate
town

adjectives.
2.
was

This

is 3.
was

called
Henry

Kingston.
of Navarre

Harrison

was

ected

President.
4. has

chosen
men.

thei

ader.

Solomon
been
his named
people.
are

deemed
Maud.

the

wisest
Louis
was

of
was

5.

The

by

6.
general

styled
emperor.

th

ther

of

7.

The

made

Some

men

born

great.

Moods
308.
way
a

Different
or

forms
or

of the

verb
a

are

used

according
is conceived

mode

mood

in which

thought

statement

made.
say
we we

Thus,

(1)

We

may

(a)

What

know; think;

as,
as,

"Jack
"I

has

new

hat."

(6) What
hat."

believe

that

Jack

has

new

(c)

What

we

assume

to

be

true;

as,

"If

the

moon nearer

smaller
us."

than

the

planets

she

must

be

Or

"

we

may

ask

question

as,

Has

Jack
your

new

hat?

"

(2)
may

We

may

command;
as,

as,

"Have
on

books

ready,"

request;
may

"Have

pity

me." as
a

(3) We

speak

of

thing
of, but

not

fact, but
not
to

as

(a) (6) (c)

(d)

thing

thought I
were

known
go."

be

fact;

"If A

you,

I should
we
are

thing

of

which
leave

in

doubt;

as,

"If

th

soldier
A wish;

have
as,

he
that

will visit
it
were

his home."
with
me
as

"Oh
are

in

th

days
A

that

past!"
or

"Peace
result;

be unto
as,

you."

happening possible food, lest he some

"Give

hi

perish.1'

INDICATIVE

MOOD

14

Indicative

Mood is used in

309.

The
statement
1

form
or

of

the

verb
a

which

making
the

ple

in

asking

question

is called

d i

mood.

Examples

of the

Indicative

Mood

(1) Simple
Fred
The My

statement.
went

to

school.

girl is loved brother

has

by
been

all who
living

know

her.

in

Florence.

(2)

Statement
If
there thick
is

of something
snow

which
the

is assumed
ground
you

to

be

true

upon

must

wear

boots.
that there

[We
Though

assume

is

snow

upon

the

ground.]
him.

he
assume
saw

is bad-tempered

his

parents

love

[We
If you

that
me,

he
was

is bad-tempered.]
I doing?

what

(3) Question.
Are
Has Have
you

pleased

with
his

your

new

book?

Henry
you

found
been

ball? for
me

waiting
out

long?

Exercise
a.

143.
In

"

Pick

the verbs
a.

in

the indicative

mood.

Exercise Exercise the

had in the

140,
31,

6. In
c.

b.

In

following.
a

1.

Croker
he
was

very

good
of

opinion
the

of

himself.
of

2.

Once,

company

Duke

Wellington,

th

turned

upon

the

battle
of the

of Waterloo,
statements

and
made
to
or

Croker by
point

actually
the Duke.

tradicted
1

several
the Latin

From

indicate

(p.p. indicatus),
which
points
out

out,

indicate.

indicative

mood

is that

indicates.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Afterwards
used
for

some

one

spoke
and

about
again

the

copper
put

caps

which
Duke

firing
upset

muskets,

Croker

the

ght.

4.

This

the

exclaimed, know rtainly

5.
An he

"Perhaps something

of the great patience soldier, and little about I know Waterloo, but about
copper
caps."

ignorant

countryman

visited
talking
he
to
seen.

Paris.
some

6.
of

One

day

ter

had

returned
wonders

he

was

his
was

friends
most

out

the

which

had

7.
of

"I

"with he said, rprised," Boys girls of seven and in this ll as the children

the
or

cleverness

the

children.
quite

eight
of the

spoke

French

part

world

speak

English/*

Imperative
* "

Mood

310.

The

form

of the
the

Wb

^hijph"is used
x

in commanding

requesting

is called

imperative

mood.

Examples

Imperative of the

Mood

(1) Commanding.
Come
to
me,

ye

children.

Unhand

me,

gentlemen.

(2)

Requesting
Have Help
mercy
me

or

entreating.
upon
us.

over

this

difficulty,
is. of
or

please.
course

311.

The in

imperative
addressing with
or
a

mood
some
a

used
But first

almost

ways

person

persons.

occasion

it is used

plural

subject
of the

of

the

person

with

singular
we
one,

plural watch all.

subject
up.
"

third

person;

Break Come
Everyone

our come

Shakspere.

rise.
to
as,

Usually
first
1

let is employed
the
the

express

the
us

imperative
"Let

with
every-

or

third
Latin

person;
imperare

"Let
p.

go;"

From

(p.

imperatxis), to command.

SUBJUNCTIVE

MOOD

14

shout

at

once."

In

such
p.

cases,

go

and

shout

are

infinitives*

ad

again

par.

25,

18.)
out

Exercise
1.

144.

"

Pick

the verbs

In

the indicative

mood. mood.
countrymen,

2.
1.

In

the imperative
Romans,

Friends, in this how

lend
dagger
him. hearts

me

your

ears.

Look,
ye

place dearly
last; right

ran

Cassius' Caesar
loved
those

through.

3. Judge,

gods,

Love

thyself

cherish

that
.

hate
.
.

thee.

Still

in

thy

hand
Be

carry

gentle
fear

peace. not..

just and
thy

5.

Wake

from bkds, his

rouse

nest,

Robin
furrow.

Red-breast,

Sing,
6.
Break

in "every

bands him.

of

sleep

asunder

And

7.

Grieve
8.

not,

my

child;
look

chase
on

all thy

fears

away.

But The

see!

up! foe

Flodden
fired

bent, his
tent.

Scottish

has

9.

The

Assyrian

came were

down

like

the

wolf purple
like
on

on

the and
on

fold, gold,
the
sea,.

And And Where

his
the

cohorts

gleaming
spears
was

in

sheen the blue

of their
wave

stars

rolls

nightly
"

deep

Galilee.

Subjunctive
312.

Mood

The

form

of
not

the

verb

which
as a

is used

when
merely

we

are

erting

something
the

viewed
1

fact,

but

thought

is called
1

subjunctive
sub,' be

mood.
and

From
name

the

Latin
not must

under,
understood

jungere
to

(p.

p.

junctus),
verbs
that
in

to

joi

should mood
are

imply

that
or

the

sub jun

be

in

subjoined

statements,

verbs

in suc

ements

always

in the

subjunctive

mood.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Examples

of
to

the

Subjunctive

Mood

(1) Idea
Unless

contrary

fact.
do
it.

you

were

mayor,

you

could

not

(2)

Doubt
If Tom

or

uncertainty.
in time he

return

shall because

go

to

the

party.

Here

return

is
as

subjunctive,
a

Tom's

returning
of

ought

of, not

fact,

but

as

condition1

his

going.

(3) Wish.
If only Here
were

father

were

here!
because
he
we

is
not
as

ing

here,

subjunctive, a fact (for

speak
as

of
a

father's
wish.

is not

here), but

(4) Possible
Give
Here
we

result.
food
of

them

lest their
we

they

perish

with
not
as

hunger.
a

speak

perishing,
purpose

fact, happen.

but

mething

possible,

which

shall

not

313.

The
comes

subjunctive
after such

mood,

being

the
as

mood

of doubt,2

turally

conjunctions
It

if, though,
follow,
to

unless

cept,

lest, whether, verb

and

that.
these

does

not

however,

at

the

coming

after it may

words

is certain

be

in th

bjunctive

mood;
Mood.
it. Mood.

be

in the
brother

indicative

mood.
at

Subjunctive
not
open

"

// //

my

were

the

door

uld

Indicative
it.

"

my

brother

is

at

the

door

I^will

That
The

is, if he doubt

does

not

return

he
by

cannot

go

to not

the by

party.
any

must

be

expressed

the

verb,

other

word

the

sentence.

Compare
If he Perhaps
be chosen
.

he

is chosen

[subjunctive] and [indicative].

SUBJUNCTIVE

MOOD

151

In

the
at to

first of the be

the is

preceding
a

sentences

my
or

brother's
is the
even

being believed it

door

matter to

of

doubt,

contrary

the

fact;

in

second

assumed

that Mood.

he

is there.

Subjunctive
the

"

Though

the

vase

were

made

of

brass,

careless

servant
"

would
the

break
vase

it.
was

Indicative
the

Mood.
careless

Though

made

of

brass,

servant
we
we

broke

it.
a

In

the

first

sentence

speak of
one

of

vase
was,

that made be

might

be

in the

second
Mood.

speak

that

of brass.

Subjunctive
Indicative he

"

Whether

the

prisoner

innocent

ertain. Mood.
"

Whether

the

prisoner

is

innocent

lty

deserves

pity.

314.

It

should

be
etc.,

observed
is in the

that

when

the

verb
the

introduced

by

if,though,
sentence
come

subjunctive
in the
back

mood,

other

b
1.

in the
If he

is usually

indicative
in
time,

mood;
I shall

as,

(subjunctive)

fee
Him

py
2.

(indicative).
Though
He

slay

me

(subjunctive),
his

yet

will

I trust

ndicative).
3.
Lest him
to

the

boy
corner

lose

way

(subjunctive),

am

going

the

(indicative).
verb is sometimes imperative,

However,

the

other

and

etimes
Exercise
a.

subjunctive.
145.
"

Pick
thou grievous

out

the verbs
happy fault. I

in
am

the

subjunctive mood.
content.

1.
so,

So
it
was

[ =if]
a

be

2.

If

3.

He

is gracious
the

if he

served.
go

4.

Though

hand 5.

join in
Except he
ye

hand,
repent,

wicked
ye

shall

unpunished.
perish.

shall he

al

ewise

6.
You

Unless
must

behave
the

better
however

will
you

nished.

7.

obey

laws,

dis lik

them.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

8.

The

tear-drop
it dim

who the

can

blame,

Though

veteran's

aim?

9.

If she
I will

love

me

(this believe),
she shall

die

ere

grieve.
as

b.

10.
11.

Oh See

that that

it

were room

with

me

in

the for

days
me

that
at to

ar once.

t.

my

be
a

got

ready 13.

would

[=wish]
not

were

bird.

Were

he

deny

I should

forgive

him.

c.

14.

Beware lest
you

lest

ye

fall.

15.
Drink

Strive
that

that
you

you

fail
not.

not

Eat

faint.

17.

thirst

Exercise
the
1.

146.

"

Say
in

whether the

the verbs

printed

in

italics

ar

indicative

or

subjunctive
his
were,

mood.
him
they clever I
as

Though gods said

I
were

you

took

life,
as
was

bury
men

Though

they
even

died.
was

prince. My 3.

ster

that clever,

if I
I

not

not

lazy
Tom

If

should Though infant

was

gain Tom

prizes.
were

5.

Though
he the
was

young,

he
too

is tall.

6.
an

younger,

would

ll

be

old

for

school. tired,
to

7.

If

at

close happy.

holiday If it be true

everybody
that
us.

everybody break
law
we

war

is about Though
law be

out,

there
we

is much
must get

sery

before
it.

9.
the

the
severe,

is
must

severe,

10.

If

try

to

nged. 315.

The
an

subjunctive
verb.

mood

is
par.

often
19,

expressed
p.

by

th

of

auxiliary

(See

14.)
with

Simple

subjunctive
in the
come.

Subjunctive

auxiliary

Tom
go

return to

time,

he

If

Tom he

should

return

in
party.
come.

time,

shall

party.

shall Thy

go

to

the

kingdom
not,

May
ye

kingdom
not,

ge

that

be

not

They might

judged
not

that

they

judged.

be

judged.

SUBJUNCTIVE

MOOD

153

316.

The
as,

most-used

auxiliary

of

the

subjunctive mood
consent.

should1;
I cannot If the

do

so,

unless

my

father
washed

should
away,

bridge

should

be

how

may

we

ge

e?

If I should
You

say
not

that,

I might

be

to

blame.
you

could

break
as as,

it, though
can,

should

try

your

best

Other
are

auxiliaries,
also

could,

do,

did,

must,

may,

might

ld,

used;

If I could If
you

write

shorthand,
call

the
I

work
might

would
be

be able

easy.

would

later,

to

tell

you

ut

it. Unless If I do
you
come, can

go,

I shall know

"not
me

go.

you

will

by

my

hat.

317.

It must
these

not,

however,
are

be

supposed
in
are

that

verbs

contai

auxiliaries

always

the

subjunctiv
indicative

d.

In

the

following

examples

they

in the

d.
1.

Boys That

should

not

tease

little
duty of

girls.
of
a

is, "It
"
"

is

the

boys
fact.

not

to

tease

litt

girls
2.

statement

Mary
Here,

may

go

home
we

now.

too,

have

simple
to
go

statement

of

fact

"Mary

is permitted of the
sea we

home five

now."

3.

The

roar

might
have
to

be
the

heard
simple the

miles

away.

Here, "It

again,
was

statement
roar

of the
sea."

fact

possible
would
not

hear

of

4.

The

farmer

lend
was

his

horse.

That

is,
horse.

the

farmer

not

willing

to

lend

5.

I could
The
1

not

work
was,

that

example.

fact
See

I
for

was

unable
p.

to

work
Note

that
13.

example.

"Notes

Teachers,"

320,

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

818.

//, before
is placed With
Without

the

subjunctive,
the

is

left

out

when

th

bject

after
if.

verb;
were

thus, in
your
your

If he
if.

place
place

....

Were before

he

in

....

When
next

if is omitted
after the

compound
thus, taught,

verb

the

subject

aced

auxiliary;

With Without

if.

If he if.

were

he
he

would would

learn. learn.

Were

he
"

taught,

Exercise
a.

147;
good,
he
we

"

Pick
that

out
you not

the verbs
may

in
happy.

the

subjunctive mood.
2.

1
.

Be

be

If Frank If
the

were

kind

boy,
true,

would
should proof.
happy could might hopes

tease

his it;

sister.
we

3.

story

have

heard
4.

would
help
us

not

believe

without
May work
you

better be

Dick
your

would days.

if he
men

could.

all live fail

that

6.

Lazy

would

if they that
we

without
to

working.

7.
came

Mr.
to

Jones,
meet

ring

find
may

the

way,

Everybody

Jack
a

win

the
we

prize.

9.

The

rl

wished
in town

she
we

might

be

fairy.

10.
on

If
you.

had
11.

known
Beware

you

should
12.
#

have should called fall into temptation.

Little flower,
you
are,

le

but
root

if I could and

understand
all in
man

What

all, and

all,

I should
b.

know
your

what chance I

God

and

is.
it. 14.

13.
Howe

Had
here

should

seize
you.

Were

s.

she

would
him

support

15.
he

Should,
or

th

senger must

arrive,
come.

make

wait.

16.

Be

young

old

17.

Go

not

my

horse

the
to town.

better

I must

be
you

late

18.

Were

but

riding
were

out

to

air

yourself
too petty.

Such 19.
Had

parting
she had

would

be]
more

lived

twelvemonth

She

would

have]

not

died

to-day.

SUBJUNCTIVE

MOOD

15

Exercise
I.
some
as

148.

"

Give
the
are

the mood
heat
not
are

of

each
sun.

verb.1
2. Fortune

Fear

no

more

of the

brings
were

boats

that

steered.
past!

3.
4.

Oh If

that

it

with

in

the

days

that

it be

thou,

bid

me

5.

Ah!

what

would

the
were

world
no

be

to

us

If the

children

more?
have

6.

"Hadst
This

thou
is what
as

stayed the

I must

fled!"

vision

said.

7.

Suddenly,
An All

if it lightened, splendor

unwonted

brightened
without

within
thy

him

and
that

him.

8.

Do
Leave

duty;
unto

is best;
the
rest.

thy

Lord

9.

We For

are

but
we

minutes;
are

use

us

well
one

how

used

you

must

day

tell.

10.

If 'twere

done

when

'tis done

then

'twere

[ =it

would

be], well
It
were

done

quickly.

II. 12.

I had
I

should
=

have] be]
roused
a

fainted fool
....

unless

had

believed.

were

should

if she
his

escape

me.

13.

Should
It
were

he

be
=

out
not

of

sleep

to-night

....

would If he

be]
had

well.
me
a

14.
He

killed
done

had

would
been
not

have]
killed lived
have

kinder

deed.
didst mine. ditches day

15.

Hadst Thou

thou

when
to

first thou
a
son

presume,

hadst

kill

of
open

16.

In

Scotland
sheep-drains.
1

they

narrow

which

call

17.
the

man

was

one

riding

Disregard

infinitives;

see

par.

24.

156

LONGMANS'
across a

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

donkey
to
a

shelf-drain
himtffcack
the
a

sheep-pasture. he would not

short

18.
over

When
it. him

the
19.

animal
So
the

came
man

go

Tode
to
use

distance,
20.

turned
He

at going but when

once,

sharply. whip full speed would the the

creature
was man

thought

round and the donkey

began

jump
came

the
the
over

drain drain
his

before he

he

when knew all

across

to

stopped
right

the the going

and drain. beast,

to

rider 21. The

was

thrown
got
very

head and but

up

quickly

"That
get

well

pitched,

called how

out
are

yo

over?"

Verbals
319.

It is necessary

at this point

again
are

to notice

certai

words

which

are

derived

from

(Read
being
three
to

57 pars. again in a general way,

and but
two

verbs and 58.) Verbals

without

called

verbals

express

action

kinds

of verbals,

of which

a asserting it. There have learne we already

know.
Infinitives

Read
320.

again

par.

24, and

work

again

Exercise
as

24,

a.

Besides

the

simple

infinitive,

to make,

there

ar

others, some follows. as

active

and

some

passive.

The

complete

list

Active

Voice:

Present

Past2
xThe going
on

infinitive, to make (tobe making). infinitive, to have made (tohave been

present,

making
action
nowever,

word
now,

in

grammar,

means

"showing
case

the

term

at the present is, as we present

time."

In

the

shall

learn

(see page
"showing

of verbals, 172, par.

347),
or

strictly accurate. 2 The past, word

in

grammar,

means

finished

comple

action/' action

done

in past

time.

INFINITIVES

15

Passive

Voice:

Present
Past
321.
or

infinitive,

to be made.

infinitive, infinitive

to have

been be
or

made.
as

An

may

used
as

subject,
object
of
a

predicate

object
As

in

sentence,

the

tion; preposi-

thus,

subject.

To
To

read
obey
man

is interesting.
is better
means

than
to

sacrifice.

As

object

That
I
am

succeed.

learning die
see

to ride.
to
was

predicate

noun.

Tq

is but
him about is
no

sleep.
to

To

believe

in

him.

We

are

to

As

go.

object of
preposition.

There
walk.

way

to

get

thgxe-sxcept

(These
in

are

all

noun

uses

of

infinitives;

other

uses

will

en

par.

323.)
149.
"

Exercise
used.
1.

Pick

out

the

infinitives and

say

how

the

The

traveler The
pen?
to

e.

3.
a

hold

to promised girl intendsUo 5. The vessel

(

return.

2.
4.
Do

mean

to

write
how

you call}, isf about^to safl'.\

know

6.

The

er

hopes

meet

his is

son.

7.

To^err better

is human,
to

to forgive

s] divine.
To
move

8.
is

It
to

sometimes

remain

silent.
to

stir,
to
sew.

and
learn

to

be Greek. If
you

valiant 11.

is Mrs.
to
poor to

stand.

Harry

is beginning
her
you

Brown
master

ching

girls
ought

to
to

12.

wish
The

guage
to

work

hard. The

13.
general

mother
take

used
1

be

comforted.
verbs
only
to

14.
have

tried
An
have

th

Only
as

transitive look, has

passive

infinitives.

intransitive

b,

look

(to be

looking),

to

looked

(to hav

looking).
2

Sjeepar. 216.

58

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

wn^
to

15.
know but

It
the
to

is

good

to

confess

fault.1 could

16.
be
done

To

trave
for

imal

world. kill him.

17.

Nothing

Read
322.

again

par.

25,

and

work

again
by

Exercise
the
are

24,

b.

Some
most

verbs
common

are

followed
of these

infinitive

without

The

verbs
shall,

/
may,
can,

(a)

Auxiliary
past

verbs: forms,
20,

do, did,

will, would,

must,

their
12,

should,

might,

could

(s

rs.

14,

19,

and of
help,

315).
which the

(6) Other
bid,

verbs, dare,

following need,

are

the
see,

most

mon:

let, make,

please,

watch,

el,hear.
Examples

(a) 1,
2.

We
Thou
I

cannot

see

you.

shalt thee

not

steal.

(b) 3.
4.

hear land.

speak

of

better

I dare
man.

do

all that

may

become

5.

The

story

made

me

feel sad.
the
2.

Exercise
1.
haste
nut

150.
saw

"

Pick
him

out

infinitives.
I

Who
away.

die?
The keeper

hefrd
the

Mary

sing.
obey. need
not

3.
5.

Let You

4.

makes

lion

ed

fear watch the

me

that.

6.

The

messenger

wait.
swim

You

write

this.

8.
men

That

man

dared
a

le
1

from
See
An

shore.

9.

Few

dare

face

furious

bull

par.

216.

auxiliary

joined
the

to

the
one

infinitive

making

with

it simply

verb.
of

used

with

infinitive

the

is regarded verb be and have ar The auxiliaries but principal parti with ciple verb, of
a

principal

INFINITIVES

15

Bid
on

the
the

servant pavement.

come

here.
12. We
at

11. felt
once.

saw

the blow
They
go.

merchant
on

the

wind
14.

our

eks.

13.
aid.

Let

us

go

home

bid

me

ch

15.

Let

the

long,

long

procession

323.

Besides

taking

the
are

places

of

nouns

(as subject
as

jects, etc.)

infinitives
or
as

frequently

used

adjective

ifying

nouns;

adverbs.

Infinitives used

as

adjectives.

(a)

Modifiers:
It

is time

to
man

go

(i.e. going
honor

or

leaving

time).
man,
or man

He

is
worthy

to

(i.e. honorable

of

honor).
intention
to

We

have tells
what

the

succeed

("to

succeed"

kind

of

intention).

(6)

Predicate
You
are

adjective:
to
as

be
a

praised

for

that

("to

be

praised"

is used

predicate

adjective).

Infinitivesused

as

adverbs.

(a)

Modifying
He called

verbs:
to
see

you
came,

The
away

minister

(called why?). to find only

what
my

you

had

gone

(came
going
to

with
repeat

result?).
remarks
or

was

(going

or

moving

toward

what

action,

whither?).

(6)

Modifying
It is late
were

adjectives:
to return.

We

sorry

to

part.

(c)

Modifying
You
are

adverbs:
not

tall adverb
to

enough
enough

to
"

reach enough

that
for

(to reac

modifies

the

what?)
adverb

am

too

tired

talk

(to talk

modifies

the

LONGMANS1

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

(d) Modifying
He is, to

statement: be
sure, a

skillful

oarsman.

(To

be

sur

modifies

the

whole

statement.)
is sometimes

324.

subject

of

an

infinitive

expressed;

They
It

want

me

to

carry
us

the
to

basket.
going.
me

is high

time

for

be

In

the
want

first of these

sentences

is not

the

object
they

of t

rb

(they
of the

do

not

want

"me");
me. our "us

what

want sentence,
carry"

carrying
is not time

basket
us,

by for

So

in the

second "Me
to

for

but

going.
to

object
the
325.

of

"want,"

and

be

going"

is the

obje

preposition
The

"for."
infinitive is in

subject
infinitive
noun

of

an

the

objective case
an

326.

An

may,

like

predicate

or

adjective

after

verb, it, or

take

object
by

be

modified

verb. Examples
It is too The
warm

to to

read be
good

book

(object). adjective). (predicate noun). swiftly (adverb).

a

boy child
must

tries

(predicate
to
more

The You

is pretending
learn
to
run

be

horse

327.

An

infinitive and

with
its
an

its

subject
its

(if expressed),
predicate
noun

difiers

(if any),

jective (ifany)
Exercise
and
is
a

forms
Pick

object or infinitivephrase.
the

151.

"

out

infinitives in

the

followi

tences, 1. The

tell how
man

each
swear

is used.
by.
4.
I

He

to

2.
am

We

are

apt
to

to

be

mistaken. 5.

dog
over

is to
to

be

shot.
on

going

swim.
to

They

ove

call
ask

us.

6. read?

Charles 8.
Do

wants
you

leave
to

now.

Why

do

you

me

to

wish

have

PARTICIPLES

161

h be

you?

9.

When
11. I

are

we

to

have
you
were

dinner?
here.

10.
12.
to

I
What
see

hope

there.
done

be
The

about Davises are

be

to see wonder it? 13. They

is
us.

glad
the
summer.

time

to

to about dismissed. 16. are\to

leave

for

15.

It

To

go

a-fishing

is my
your

favorite

t.

17.
That

You

be
to

congratulated
true.

/on
How know
to

speech.
shall
to you

is too
to

good
vote?
not

be 20.

19.
not

soon

enough 21. not.

old

I did

whether
parse

go

do

understand
to

how be

that

word.
Let
me

The

picture 24. you.

a man.

certainly is a strange That

is

admired.
to

23.
have
us.

remark

been

made

such

25.

He

seems

$6 be

following

Participles

Read
328. the 329.
to

again
Every past.1

par.

57, and has

work
two

again

Exercise

54.

verb

chief

participles,

the

present

The
the

present

participle
work,

is always

formed

by

adding
read,

verb;

as,

working;

play,

play-ing;

d-ing.
The

spelling
the
-ing
a
as,

ore

of the is added. verb love,

verb

is sometimes

changed

little

iX) When

pped;

in ends lov-ing;

after

consonant,

the

is

convince,

convinc-ing;

make;

ending hoe, , hie-ing;

Note,
1

-ing. A verb

in

not

after
see,

consonant

does

not

change;

hoe-ing;
die, dyeing;

see-ing.

however,
notes
to

lie, ly-ing.

See

par.

320.

The
and

present

mmarians

the
is also
can

imperfect,

by
and

participle the some

the

is called

by
the

some

ticiple

called
active

the
or

perfect
passive

active; But passive.

past
course

of

ticiples

be

actual time ends, we as

the
time

is transitive. the verb only when by a participle infinitive or an of the action expressed its own form, but (par. 347), not only upon shall see principal

of the

verb.

(2) When
a

verb

of

one

ith

single

vowel sin, also

before
sinn-ing; applies

syllable ends in it the consonant

bud,
to

single consonant is doubled;

as,

ob,

robb-ing;

budding.
than
as,
one

This
the

rule

hen

accent

falls

on

the

of more verbs last syllable;

syllable

rebel, rebell-ing;

ommit,

committ-ing;

begin,

beginn-ing.

Exercise
a.

152.

"

Write

the present
Sing.

participles
Tread. Slay.
Drive.

of
Ring.
Spring.
Sow.
Buy.

Beat.

Speak.
Know.

Drink.
Throw.

low.
b.

Grow.
Weave. Shake.
Hide.

Fly.

Choose. Stride. Slide. Shoe.

Get.

Strike. Thrive.

Give.
Take.

Rise.
Bite.

mite.

Write.

hide.
c.

See.
Bid.

Flee.

Hoe.
Win.
Beg.

Hie. Run.
Bet.

Eye.

Agree, Cut.
Hit.
Brag.

Dye.
Knit.

d.

Spin. Shut.
Abet.-

ut.
e.

Shed.
Begin.
Aver.

Split.

Blot.

Swim.
Annul.

Abhor.

Acquit.

Admit.

ppal.

Bedim.
Equip.

Commit.

Compel.

Concur.

efer.

Dispel.

/. Model.
Untie.

Travel.

Offer.

Purchase. Prefer.

Annoy.

Scatter.
Fasten.

evel.

Tremble..

Gather.
Allege.
Defeat.

Collect.
Collate.

elease.

Confer.

Differ.

Exercise
nouns or

153.

"

Pick

out

the

present
to
or

participles

and

say

hat

pronouns
a

they

belong

modify.
2. The

1.
to

We
my

saw

boy

sister stealing

his donkey. ^beating is Jack 3. The Adams.

4.

boy

ing speak-

master

ervant
and 6.

hay.

The
arrow,

grass

growing
off

by
a

his caught the river i

tree,
a

ong

juicy.
A hunter,

5.

The

glancing

hit

the

ing.

shooting

in the
home

wood, from

found
school

badger.

7. And
Look

coming children in at the open

hears

door.

8.

He

his
in
the

daughter's
village

voice
choir.

Singing

PARTICIPLES

163

9. Toiling,
Onward
10. Then

rejoicing,sorrowing,
through life he
goes.
a

down

green

plain, leaping,
a

laughing,

they

run.

330.

The
as,

present

participle of
painting

transitive verb

takes

an

object;
is my
This

"The

boy

[pres. part.]a

picture

[obj.]

brother."
the
present

is why But participle.

as

is sometimes participle
no

since

the takes
to

of

an

called the active intransitive verb,

term

being,

remaining,
as

object, the
the present

"present"

participle, Exercise

applying

all verbs,
out

is to be preferred.

164.

"

Pick

participles

and

the

words

which

they govern

in the

objective.

1. My
see

that

friends, expecting little girl blowing

hurt
an

2. Do you did not go out. 3. The bubbles? boys throwing

me,

snowballs are thin.

workmen.

old
men

man.

4. mowing

The
the
a

horses
hay

drawing
are

the

cart

5. The
6. The

Mr.

White's

lady

riding Horner

horse
sat

is Miss
a

Johnson.

7. Little Jack
Eating
a

in

corner

Christmas

pie.

331.
may

The

always used

participle is formed be found by remembering

past

in several ways. It it is that part of the

verb

after "have";

thus,

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise
Bloom.

156.

"

Write

down

the past
Arrive.

participles
Open. Live.

of
Play.

Star. Climb.
Talk.
Lay. Mow.

Sail.
Act.

Cal

k.

Plow. Fly.

Owe.

Gaze

e.

Lie.

Flee.

Forget. Drive.

Cling.
Swear.

Make.
Beat.

Strike.

Sow.

Fall.

Exercise
or

166.

"

Pick
they

out

the
to

past
or

participles

and

say

wha

pronouns
task

belong
on

modify.
was

1." The

begun
guilty of
water.

Monday 3.

very

hard.

2.

Th

soner
street

found is full
up.

escaped.
4.

The

trench by

dug
the

across

Seed

dropped
by
the all

roadside

ang

5.
The

The
army

fire

fanned
in
some

wind sides

grew

ver

rce.
The

6.
fox

hemmed

on

surrendered.
to
escape

hidden notice.

behind 8.
The

bushes flashed

hoped
along

mer's the

signal

the

coas

sed

sailors.
Up Bowed
rose

9.

old
with

Barbara
her four

Frietchie
score

then,

years

and

ten.

10.

The

wretch, shall

concentred
forfeit dying
fair

all in
renown,

self,

Living And
To

doubly
the

shall
from

go

down he
sprung,

vile

dust

whence

Unwept,

unhonored,

and

unsung.

Read
332.
as

again
Both
a

pars.

59

and

262,

and the

look

again

at Exercise

the

present

and

past
as,

participle

may

participial

adjective;

"blotting

paper/'

hered

branch."
157.
say
a.

Exercise
and

"

Pick
whether

out

the
are

participles

in

the

followi

tences

they

Present.

b. Past.
c.

Present Past

used
used
as

as

adjectives.

d.

adjectives.

PARTICIPLES

16

1.

His

withered
to

cheek
have

and

tresses
a

gray

Seemed
The
harp,

known

better

day.

his

sole

remaining orphan with

seats

joy,
boy.
.

Was

carried hawthorn
talking
age

by

$n

2.

The
For

bush
and
brethren

beneath
lovers

the

shade.

whispering all
were

made.

3.

His

tuneful
he,

dead,

And

neglected
to

and
them,

oppressed, and
at

Wished

be

with

rest.

4.

There
To

has

not

been
calm

sound
of

to-day

break
motion,

the

nature, say,

Nor Of

I might
or

almost
creature,

life,

living

Of

waving

bough faintly
half

or

warbling lowing;

bird,

Or

cattle
have

I could
The

believed
blossoms

I heard

leaves
an

and

growing,

5.

In

attitude
upon

imploring,
his bosom

Hands

crossed, adoring,
lost. plain,

Wondering,
Knelt the

worshiping, monk
in rapture

6.

Sweet
Where
Where And

Auburn,
health smiling
parting

loveliest

village

of

the

and

plenty
its

cheered
earliest

the
visit

laboring paid,

swain.

spring
summer's

lingering
eyes,
as

blooms
one

delayed.

7.

With
Pale

upraised Melancholy

inspired,

sat

retired. something
repose.

8.

Something
Has

attempted,
a

done,

earned
or
a

night's past
noun

333.

The

present

the

participle
or

of

copulative
as,

is followed
Being
ill at

by
the

predicate
time,
a man,

adjective;
at

I had

to

stay

home.
a

Seeming

already

this

fellow

is only

.boy,

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Grown

timid

now,

the

creature

never

leaves

his

hidin

ace.
Having
one

been
when

true

soldier
came.

during

all

his

service,

he

'd

his

hour

334.

As
a

is

seen

in

the

sentences

just

given,

participl

like
335.
or

verb,

have

adverbial
when

modifiers.
a

participle,
the
the Harry

beginning

sentence,

belongs

modifies
in
met

subject.
"

Thus
I

sentence,

Walking walking
sentence,

on

High
goes

Street
with /,

yesterday
not

Williams/'
So
way

wit

ry

Williams.

in
to

the

"Much burned

burned is
a

the

last
the

made

their
they.

the

window,"

modifier

subject
A

336.

participle
gone

may

be

used
the

as

an

adverb.
a-

If
a

we

sa

has

a-fishing,"
"a-fishing"

prefix

is
to
a

worn-down
prepositional "He

eposition and

and

is equivalent
But
we

ase

is adverbial.

may

say

simply

fishing/7 with

the

same

meaning.

Other
The boy have
came

Examples
skipping.

(How?) (Where?)
already The

They

gone

berrying.

337. others

Besides belonging

the

two

participles

studied
complete

ther

to

transitive

verbs.

as

follows.

Active

voice:.

Present, Past,

making. made

having

{having

been

making).

Passive

voice:

Present, Past,

being

made. been
made,
or

having

made.

GERUNDS

167

Intransitive

verbs,
participles.
sitting.
sat

since

they

have

no

voice,

have

only

following

Present, Past,

having

(having
the kinds
nouns

been

sat.1 sitting),

Exercise
sentences,

168.
and

"

Tell

of participles
or

in

the

ing follow

tell what

pronouns

they

belong

modify.
1.

Having 2.
Trying

been
to

elected
break

he down
he
turn

now

proceeded door
to

to

ton. Washinghurt

the

the

robber 4.

hi

3.
so

Being
far I

injured
will
not

had

retreat.
now.

Having

ed

back
to
many

5.

The

thief

ng

been
that,

detected,

confessed this
six

having Become

studied
now

lesson
feet
some

two

misdoings. hours, we
am
no

6.
ought
to

We

7.
a

tall,

more

led

boy.

8.

Being

caused
quarters.

uneasiness 9. Being
now

by
much

the

noise, sought

eft

my

accustomed lost
his

er,

he

head,

as

we

say.

Gerunds
Read
338.
a

again

pars.

58

and

319.

Besides
kind,

participles
which
are

and

infinitives,

there

are

verbals
might

third
called

called

gerunds. gerunds
have

Participles
might
seen,

and adjective verbals; (Infinitives, as we verbals.

be
be

calle

may

used

nouns,

adjectives, or
should
never

adverbs.)
though
as

It

be

noted

that

sat

is called. participles

the
are,

past

participle

sit

it is
or a some

used

by
but
or

itself

other in
of

modifying
an

pronoun,

always
some

combination
the

with

auxiliary

form

responding
verbs, length,
risen
1

verbal form
however,
grown

part

of

almost
may

all

This verb. intransitive verbs.

this Hans

is true
A

of

few

sitive intran

employ
a

participle
set out

without
to

having;

to

be

man,

seek

his

fortune."

Lord."
for Teachers,"
p.

See

"Notes

324,

Note

29.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

339. -ing,
use.

Like

the the

present two
are

participle, entirely

the

present

gerund in origin

end

but

different

an

340.

In

the
He

sentence. is
from

workingtoo

steadily.

rking,

though

it
a

fe^the

object
*

of

the

preposition

fro

not

be

called

noun,

because

it is modified

by

the

adverb

eadily. In

the

sentence,
history

Reading

is

one

of

my

greatest

pleasures.

ading,
a

though
noun,

it is the
because
working
are

subject
it governs

of

the
an

verb

is, cannot

lled

object, history.
are

ose

sentences,

and

reading
in

not
use

participles

participles
casea"

like

adjectives

their

and

do

ve

341.

Working
A

and

reading,
has
case

in

the
a a

sentences
noun

given,

runds.

gerund

like But

(and
also

is

thu

frora^ istinguished like

a

participle).
or a

gerund

governs

verb,
from

has

adverbial
"*

modifiers

(and

is

thu

stinguished

nowi).

Examples
Reading
Writing

of Gerund
animals is not daily
no

as

Subject

books
ten

about
pages

is interesting.
easy.

His

being

stupid

is

excuse.

Examples
I like
I
horse

of Gerund
better
here
than

as

Object
a

riding

riding
than

bicycle.
.

prefer

exercising

rather

indoors.

GERUNDS

16"

ples
Mr. We

of Gerund
Sidney gained who
is fond

in

the
of

Objective Case
bears.

after a Preposition

hunting

Men

by seeming to be admission believe in working faithfully

the
are

owners.

apt

to

succeed.

Examples
John's
Our
842.

of Gerund
was

used
a

as

Predicaiejijowru

feult

his

telling fence

lie.

job

was

making

posts.
seem
or a

Sometimes
a

it
is
a

may
noun

little

hard
In

to
par.
names am

decide
4,

ether

word
a,

gerund.
may

and

rcise

8,
as

we

saw'

that

nouns

be
;"

the "I

of

ions,

in
In

"Swimming
these
sentences may

is great

sport

fond

of
are

ving."

swimming

and
nouns,

driving

ply
to
are

nouns;
some

they
extent

be

called
of

verbal
the

since from
has
a
an noun

they

re

the

ideas
the

verbs

which article

derived. it

Also,

when

ore

(see

par.

278), it had
of
the
or

verbal better be

word called

(as

ter
a

the

passing
noun,

Act");
adjective

but

when

it has

an

object
gerund.
a
"

predicate
the

examples

given

the

sentence

"Writing
"

above, is a useful
poetry

j"r an it must
art,"

adverbial be called
writing

]mpdifipr(
a

is
and is a

noun.

in the
correctly in

sentences

Writing by
an

is difficult" writing
,

ing Writ-

is learned
one

long

practice,"
poetry
"

gerund;
other
an

ing,

sentence,

object,

and

in the

erbial
A

modifier, correctly. is frequently gerund preceded

possessive saying
parsing
a

by tired

noun

or

pronoun

the

case;

as,

"I

am

of

his
"

coming

here;"

hn's
In

what

he

did
say

annoyed
from what
a.

them." what
case

gerund
why,

verb

it is formed, it governs.

in

case

it is, and

and
out:

(if any)
present

Exercise
gerunds,
1. In

159.
and

"

Pick

the

participles,

b.

parse
Thy the

the gerunds.
commandments
news

keeping
hearing

there
came

is great 3.

After

away.

reward, Stanley,
"

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

veling
dead

across

Africa,
is
foolish.

found
5.
The

Livingstone.

4.

Whipping
a

horse

boy
the

whipping letter
before
the

top
woman

chard
out.

Dolan.

6.

After
the

receiving seed
taking
comes
no

7.

Sowing

reaping

in.

8. promoted

I failed
for

through

pains* His Our

by

9. being

The

soldie

doing
his 12.

his
going I
was

duty.
away.

10.
11.

wounded
monitors

ly

prevented
us

being

ps

busy. 13.
lands The and

deceived
a

his
for

appearing

ocent.

boy
seeking

had

passion

wandering

ange

adventures.
as

343.

Each
the of
except

verb

has

many

gerunds

as

it has

participles

taining

syllable

-ing
are

(see
the

par.
same

337).
in
made

That
as

is, th

unds

the

verb
that

make
the
past

form
is not
to

its parti ciple

a

participle
time of have

gerund.

344.

We
the
Nouns

should
following

by

this classes
4,

learned
ending
Walking
takes

distinguish
-ing.

ween
1.

words
"

in

(see
"The

pars.

112);
of
the

as,

is my place

favorite
to-day

rcise;"

shearing

sheep

e 2.

culprit
Nouns "A

received
used
as

several

thwackings."
par.

adjectives (see
tour."
par.

53);

as,

"A

hunting

fe,"

walking

3.

Participles the
sea our

(see

337);
her

as,

"The
"The
"

wind

gently trouble

blow ing

from

cooled friendship
used
as

brow;'*
was

having

forgotten,
4. Participles

renewed.

adverbs
room."

(see

par.

336);
262,

as,

"

hed
5.

stumbling
Participial girls lies

into

the

adjectives
and
crowing
on

(see
hens,"
the
pars.

pars.

59,

332);

istling
vine

"An

interesting

book,"

e 6.

withering

ground."

Gerunds
having face

(read
lost
from
many

again
his

339,
"The

341);
prophet

as,

"The
wore
a

man

from his

son;"
seen,"

veil-

being forms
a

7.

Part have

of
been

of

the

verb
story;"

(see
"The

pars.

12, horse

16);
is

reading

good

bein

ried."

TENSES

17

Exercise

160.
these
are

"

Pick

out

the

words

ending

in

-ing,

and

which
1.

of
We
of

classes
having
wagon

they
too

belong.
this
3.

much

of

trifling.
From
our

2.

The

ting
we

this
were

is

very

trying.
in horse the getting the walking

running

having

trouble
the

breath.
was

4.

nt

after
to

mounting 5.
I

boy
of

fast

being

sight.

enjoyed

that

last
that

mile

enjoy
8.
I chasing which

brisk

walking.

7.

enjoyed
9.
I
was or

walking

las

enjoy
a

walking
10.

briskly.

stood

watching
some

cat.

The
a

soldier mile

observing
away,

he

saw,

rising,
11. The
us

more,

from

ing
was

building.
what kept

receiving
losing
Traveling

of all

this
hope.

encouraging 12.

er

from 13.

Seeing
14.

believing
fond of

[nom. [nom.

case].

is interesting. is
more

traveling.

15. 16.

Giving
Ready
on

blessed
makes
not

than

iving

case].
writing the the

writing ready
morning

good

ing,

but
Going fishing
of
a me,

good down in
he

brings
road this

writing. I found
pleasure fishing.
my

17.

friend
at

brook.
me a

18.
to

Showing in
was

th

asked for

join
rod
I

the
soon

19.
him

ing

branch

fishing

beside

bank. 20. Good

is
a

writing
writing the

is not
machine. letter in

often
22.

met

with.
as

21.

The

typewrite
as

Writing
for his
By

rapidly

d,

I finished Your
for
we

time
by 24.

the

mail.
was

23.

being

annoyed
to

persistency

being
are

rude
making been earning.

him.
many

cultivating
a

ness cheerful-

another

happier

being.

After
is
was

having twice being

scolded

he

was

dismissed.

26.
written
a

Once

ng

27.

Henry,

having

fin

ay*,

complimented.

'

"

Tenses the following

sets lives lived in in
live

345.

Notice

of sentences.
Boston. New York.

(1)

Mr.
Mr.

Marshall

Marshall
Marshall

Mr.

in

Cleveland.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

(2) Jack
Jack Jack

is in
was

the in
be

playground
this
river

now.

school
on

morning.
this

will
us

the

evening.

Each

verb
Is
Was

gives
and
and
be

some

notion
of

of the

time.

lives

speak
speak

present

time.
time.
of

lived and

of

past

Will

will

live

speak

future
or

time.
*
"

346.

A
the
The
names

verb
past,

may

thus the

have future.

three

times

tenses

sent,
847.
as

and

terms

present

and
of the

past

have

already
participles,
to

bee

d,

for
pars.
term
a a

certain

infinitives, As

an

unds

(see
the
to

320
present

and

328).

applied
as

verbals
or

ever,

is inaccurate,
for

the

time

tens

onging
tense

present

infinitive,

example,
Thus
to

depends
in
the

upon

of

verb
you to

in

the

sentence.
you
an

sentence,

last

time

called

had

leave
now

early,"
past,
past

the

ent pres

infinitive
upon

leave

denotes
had,

action
is
the

since

pends
the

the

verb

which

in

the

tense.

th

present

participle

and
the

present
one

gerund
recently, of verbal the
my

in thes

tences:

"Going Crothers;"
In
the

down
"I
same

street

day
habit

I me

Mr.

was

then
way,

in if
a

the

walking

office."
a

present tense,
case

depends
verbal

verb
future

which
in

is

in

the
as,

future
"In "If
you

c b

meaning;
I

of will

finding
there,

hi

home, him,

what

shall
says
to

do?" will
not

be
you;"

waitin

he

he

disappoint
other
respect

"We

sha

be

ready

start"

In

words,
to

the time

"present"
or

rbals

have

present

time

with

the

tense

principal
In
a

verb.
way,
a

similar
tense

past

verbal

has verb.

past

time
il

with
Having

respect

the
so

of the

the

principal
is very is,

Thus, Here time.

Latin
a

be

tted

long,
a

boy

selfish."
has
a

past

participle,

ed
1

with
From

present
French

verb,
temps
,

past
the

the

time;

from

tempus,

time.

TENSES

17

"His

having
has
past
past at

lied
time the
you
a or

about
with time

it led
respect

to

his
to to
a

arrest."
past-tense past
to
a

Here

a
"

past

nd
was

verb
verb have

th

g "By

referred

in the
sure

led,

the

time Here
past

work."

I shall be arrive, infinitive past used

finishe

with

future

verb

s
Thus

action

completed time of

at

the is the

time

of the

verb.
from

the

actual

verbals
tense

determined
verb
in
present
means

th

of the
for

verbal

and
we

the

of

the

sentence.
or

convenience

call

verbals

simply

past.

348.

The

future will.

tense

is formed

by

of the

iarie auxil

shall
In

and

expressing
first
persons;
person,
as,

simple

futurity will
with

shall

is used of

with
the

subject

the

and

subjects

second

and

We
They
my

shall
."

1
,

go

to

school

this

.,.

,,

afternoon.

will

J
emphasis
is
or

In of

expressing
the

strong

determination
the first
person,

on

th

speaker,
the

will

used

with
as,

and

with
go
shall

second
school

and
this work

third;

ll

to

afternoon;

nothing

shall

hinder

me.

do
man

this
who he

to-day. deep
"I
water
was

The

fell into

therefore and
no

doubly
one

g
me."

when

called

out,

will

drown

shal

In

asking shall
you
or

questions
will
go

we

use answer.

shall

or

will
we

according
say

as

ct

in

the

Thus
as

Shall

to-morrow

you

intended?

(Answer
I

cted, Will

I
you

shall.)
go

with

me?
there?
the

(Answer

expected,
he

will.) shall.)

Will
Shall

George George

be

(Answer,
basket?

carry
"

will.) he (Answer,

Exercise
1. The

161.
wind

a.

Give

the
hard.

tense

of
The

each

verb.
wind

blows

2.

blew
5.

hard

The

wind

will

blow.

4.

The

cock

crows

loudly.

The

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

crew

at

sunrise.

6.
sleeps
a
new

The
in
the

cock,
cradle.

will
8.

crow

to-morrow

ning. the
cot.

7.
9.
has
a

Baby
I had
a rose.

Baby
have
rose.
a

will
new

slee

top.

10.

I shall

top

Ethel have
The
sun

rose.

12.
14.

Ethel

had
won

13.

Ethel

Cromwell
east.
us
a

many

victories.

rises

in

the

16.
story.

The

little
I shall

dog

laughed.

Our

teacher

will Jack

read sold

18.
cow.

leave
The

school

week. sleeps

19.
in
the

his

mother's

20.

green

ld

sun.

b. Fill
given

the in

blank

in

each

sentence

with

each

tense

of

the margin.
The The Nellie
....

play
ripen mend
come

children
sun
....

in
....

the

grass.

the her

corn.

torn
to

frock.

The

brothers
....

school.
"

bloom ebbt bathe

give shine

Flowers
....

in
....

spring.
....

flow

The

tide
....

and
every

We
The The
moon

monr'ng.

light. brightly.
.... ....

stars

bark

The

dog

at

the
l

thief.
we can

349.

With
notions

the of

help time

of

be

and

have

give

more

inite

than

would

be

possible

without

iliaries.

Compare

the

four

sentences,
I learn.

am

Vearning. learned. been

I have I have

learning.

(1) I learn

shows in

that

the

action

is in

the

present

time

rn

is therefore

the. present shows that

tense.

(2)

am

learning
at
1

the

action
other
320,

is going

on

or

progress

the

present
for

time"

in
p.

words,
Note
14.

that

it

See

"Notes

Teachers/'

TENSES

175

finished.
but

Am

learning,

therefore,
form

is also
of that
at the

in the
tense.

present

e,

it is in the

progressive

(3) The
l

third

sentence

shows

that

present

time

the

ion

is finished.
tense.
to

Have

learned

is therefore

in the

present

fect
Be

careful
that

not

say

that
is

have

learned
but

is in the
we

past

tense.

is true

the

action
at

finished, time.
now.

speak
act

ng

finished
to

only

the

present

The Note
not

of it as of learning

said

be
"I

completed
lost
my

(perfect)
gloves"

the

difference

ween

(they
(they
are

may

be

lost

now)

and

I have

lost my

gloves"

lost

now).
the

(4)
on

The

fourth
is
now

sentence

shows
Have

that

action learning in the

has

been

ng

and

finished.
perfect

been

is there7"
progressive

also

in the

present

tense,

but

m.
350.
same

The
way

past
as

tense

and

the
so

future
that in
we

tense

are

divided
following

the

present,
are

have

the

le

(progressive

forms

put

parentheses).
learning).

Present. Present
Past. Past
Future.
perfect.

I learn
perfect.

(am
learned

I have

(have (had
learned

been

learning).
learning).
have

I learned I had
I shall
perfect.

(was
learn have

learning).
been

learned

('shallbe

learning).

Future

I shall

(shall

been

learning).
351.

Note
the

that
forms
we

(1) In
and
the

progressive

have

part

of

the

verb

present

participle.
perfect
tenses
we

(2) In

all the

have

part

of

the

verb

e.

(3) In the
1

progressive
done
completed
or

forms

of

the

perfect
The
present

tenses

we

have
tense

Perfect
action

means as

completed.
the
present

perfect

ws

at

time.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

part

of

the

verb the
the

have,

the

participle

been,

and

the

present

rticiple
352.

of
As

principal
present

verb. perfect
tense expresses

action
tense

complet

at

the

present
at

time,
some

so

the

past

perfect
and
the

expresses

tion

completed
at
some

past

time,
as,

future
"I
went,"

mpleted

future
had
some

time;

(past tense)
is, the
going

perfec (pa

rfect

tense)
the

"I
at

gone"

that time, "I

had
or

been

done

completed

past

mentioned
went
to

understood.
ten"

te

difference
to

between
ten."

bed

at

and

"

gone

bed

at
"

Exercise
1.

162.
dog
has

Give
in

the tense
the
for

of

each
2.

verb.
Our
4.

Our

howls
howled
snow

night.
an

dog dog

is howling. has
was

Our

dog 5.

hour. 6.
night.

Our
snow

been

wling.

The
has

fell thick.

The

fallin
has

st.

7.
for

Snow
some

fallen

in We

the

8.

Snow
and

been

lling We

time. be shooting five shot

are

9.

shall

shoot
11.

hares

shall
have
cats

to-morrow.

Perhaps
sometimes
14. They

rabbits. by noon

shall
Two

en

fighting

for

12. Cats rabbits. fighting in the garden. five minutes. 15. They

fight

have

have

fought
They

fo be
were

16.
at

The

oarsmen

bathed
18. had

in the They

river.

17.
been
sea

thing

eight

o'clock.
They

had
in the

bathing
the

fo

minutes.

19.
By

bathed
the

day

fo be

20.

three

o'clock
hours.

auctioneer
He

ling

goods
22.
more.

for

two

21.
a

will

will have lots.

have

been

finished 23.
He

r.

He

will

have

sold

hundred

wil

l ten
The
The

warm

sun

is failing,
are

the

bleak
the

winds
pale

are

wailing,
are

bare

boughs

sighing,

flowers

dying.

25.

So

we

shuddered
the the the
stoutest

there

in

silence,

For

held
sea was

his

breath, roaring,

While

hungry

And

breakers

threatened

death.

353.

The

following
voice.1
1

table

shows

forms
forms

of the
are

passive

Progressive
Indicative

verb teach i in parengiven

"

mood.

TENSES

17

es.

The
voice

perfect
have
no

tenses

and

the

future

tense

in

th

ive

progressive
He

forms.

Present. Present
Past. Past Future. Future
Perfect. Perfect.

is taught

(is being
taught.

taught).
being

Perfect.

He

has
was

been

He He He He

taught

(was
taught.

taught)

had
will

been
be

taught.

will

have

been

taught.

Exercise
1.

163.

"

Give
by

the tense
bakers.
has

of

each
The made
The

verb.
cake since
pony

Bread
cook. horse

is made

2.

is being this
was

made

the The

3.
had
The

The
been
farm

pie

been

morning.

sold.
was

5.
being

sold

thi

ning.

6.
will
been

sold

that

day.
your
name

7.

The

ant

be

called

at

seven.

8.

Perhaps

wi

called.
sentences:
we
"

Additional
354.

Exercises

20,

6, and with

135.

Hitherto

have

been

dealing

the

tenses

indicative
tenses

mood.
the

The

following mood.

table

shows

forms

of

subjunctive
are

(Progressive

forms

re

they

exist,

given
Active

in

parentheses.)
Voice

Present.
Present

[Though]
Perfect.1

he he

strike

[Though]
been

(be striking). have (hav struck

(were
(had

striking).
he struck

Past.

[Though] [Though]
.Perfect.

strik ing)

Past

he

had

struck

bee

Future.

striking). he should [Though]

be

strike

(shoul

striking).
he

Future

Perfect.

[Though]

should
have been

have

struc

(should
1

striking)
used.

The

present
2

perfect

subjunctive
316,

is very

seldom

See

par.

and

f^tnote.

178

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Passive Present. Present Perfect.1

Voice

[Though]
[Though] [Though]
being
Perfect

he
he he

be struck. have
were

been

struck.

Past.

struck

(we

struck).
he had should

Past
Future. Future

[Though] [Though]

been
2

struck.

he he

be struck.
have

Perfect.

[Though]
struck.

should

355.

The
to

imperative
the

mood

is either
the

present

or

futur

according
as,

meaning,

but

form

is the

same

both;

Present

or

Future.

[Thou

or

you] strike

[now,

or

ne

week].
Exercise
147, and

164.
157

"

Give

the tense

of

each

verb in Exercises

146,

Regular
356.

and

Irregular

Verbs of forming
the
or

With
past

respect

to their

mode
are

past

ten

and

the
357.

participle,

verbs
are

either

regular

irregula

Regular
past

verbs

those

which

form

the
or

past
t;

ten
as,

and

the

participle

by

the

addition

of d, ed,

The

changes

of
are

spelling
also
p.

paragraph
xSee

329)

are which before made

2

made
-ed.
316,

before

-ing

footnote,

177.

See

par.

and

footnote.

IKREGULAE

VERBS

17

358. of

There
the
past

is

growing
the
past

tendency
participle
as

to

shorten of

the

ing spell

and

verbs
using

ending

unvoiced
as,

consonant,

such

p,

or

8,

by
etc.

t instead

ed;

dipt,

dropt,
common

drest, in the

tost,

reacht,

This
been

practice
recommended

always

been

poetry,

and

it has

for prose
359.

by

Simplified form
than

Spelling
past
tense

Board.
the The

Irregular in other class

the
as,

verbs
ways

the

and
or

pas most

iciple

by

adding
are

d, ed, those

rtant

of

irregular

verbs

which
a

form

th

and

past

participle
rang, rung;

generally
throw,

by

change

of vowel

d;

ring,

threw,

thrown.

Such
360.

verbs

are

called

strong

verbs. Verbs
l

Irregular

Class

"

Strong

Verbs

Alphabetically
forms
are

arranged
forms
not
now

ular

printed

in italics;
in square

used

are

placed

brackets.)

See

"Notes

for

Teachers,"

p.

324,

Note

30.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Class

"

Strong

Verbs

"

continued

Went

is really

the

past

of wend,

to

go.

IRREGULAR

VERBS

181

Class

"

Strong

Verbs

"

continued

361.

There

are

two

other the
two

classes
past

of
the
are

irregular
past

verbs

these

classes
t
or

have

and

participle

ing

in

d.

The

classes

distinguished

lows:

Class

II

consists

of

present,

and by

which
t

verbs form
or

which
the

do
past

not tense
a

end

in

or

and
change

the

pas

rticiple

adding

d, usually

with

of vowel

und.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Class
d.1

consists

of verbs

which

end

in the

present

in

The

verbs

of
are

Classes
called

II
weak

and

III,

as

well

as

all

th

gular

verbs,

verbs.

362,

Irregular

Verbs

Class

II

Alphabetically

arranged

These
of
so

verbs
time

formerly
the
past

added
tense

de

or

te

to

form

the

past

tense,
were

course

and

the

past

participle
sent,

ened shor

that

fed-de

became

fed, sende

became

set-te

became

etc.

IRREGULAR

VERBS

18

363.

Irregular

Verbs

Class

Alphabetically

arranged

Exercise irregular.

165.

"

a.

Divide

the

following

verbs

into

regula

Beat.

Freeze.
Pen. Agree. Burn. Break. Pray.

Spell.
Cast.

Tear.
Cut.
.

Have.
Clothe. Dwell.

Rap.
Try.

Write

ep.

Bleed.
Mark.

Pl

ee.

Grow. Lie.
Lay.

Pay.

Let.

Se

ed.

Get.
Run.

Sleep.
Learn.

Split. Wash.

Thrust.

gage.

Ride.
Think.

Incline

pose.

Sing.

Spill.

Catch.

Nail.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

6. Make regular
c.

from forms.
out

the tables

list

of irregular

verbs

which

hav

so

Pick

other

irregular like

verbs

which

form

their past

ten

past
Blow.

participle
Sing.

Speak.

Give.

Shake.

Thrive.

Freeze.

Person

and

Number

364.
person
In
the

The

person

and

number

of

verb

are

the

same

and

number

of its. subject.

sentence

am

writing.

subject
the

is verb

of
am

the

first

person

and of

refore

writing

is also

number; singular first person the and

gular In

number. the

sentence

We

write.

is of

the

first

person

and and

plural
plural

number;

therefore

writ

also
In

of the the

first person

number.

sentence

They

were

writing.

is of the is also

third
of the

person

and
person

plural and

number; plural

therefore
number.

were

ting

third

Exercise
1.

166.
2.

"

Give
Thou

the person

and
3.
He

number

of
4.

each
She
l

verb.

call.
call.

callest.
call.

calls.

calls

We
1

6.

You

7.

They

call.
the
names

8.

James

loves

Remember
of the

that

all

nouns

which See
par.

are

of persons

spoken

are

third

person.

204,

Note.

CONJUGATION

OF

HAVE

mother.
The The

9.
are

The

cat

is cricket.

playing
11.

with He
hath

her
his They
we

kittens

boys
horse their

playing 13.

fell.

Fred Ye

will
are

return.

14!
Have
It

reward. have

ned
I
ran.

lessons.

15.
ran.

idle.
ran.

16.

bread
rain. Those who

18.
who
am

He

19.
to

You
you

20.
seen

will

21.
go
some

speaking
may

have the
me.

it. 23.
They You

22.

too

far
sport

out
come

be
along

lost

in

fog. 24.

ar

with long
who

that 25. We,

have

ness

of eyes

have
can

tarried
tell you is
no

at

the
is.

wine.

who

lived
now.

there,

he
that

26.
will

It is I that

sa

27.
speak
to

There
you
am

doubt

they

find

it.

28.

he.

Conjugation
365.

When

we

show

the

forms

which numbers,

verb
we

can

take said

its moods,
x

tenses, it.

persons,

and

are

jugate
366.
now

It will be

seen

that English
3

the
are

endings
very

of person
few.2

and

number

remaining

in

367.

Conjugation

of

the

verb

HAVE.

INFINITIVES
Present,
Past,
to
to

have
have

had

PARTICIPLES
Present,
Past,

having
having

had

GERUNDS
Present, Past,
1
*
"

having having
to

had

Latin
See

conjug-are,
par.

join together.
324,

386.

See

"Notes

for Teachers,"

p.

Note.

31.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

INDICATIVE

MOOD
Present

(Common

forms)

Singular

Plural

1.
2.

[I] have
[You]
have,2

1.

[We] [You]

have have

[Thou]

hast

2.

3.

[He] has

(or hath)
Present

3.

[They]

have

Perfect
Plural

Singular

1.
2.

[I] have [Thou]

had
hast

1.

[We] [You] [They]

have have have

had

had

2.

had had

3.

[He] has

had

3.

Past Singular 1.
2.
Plural

[I] had
[Thou] [He]
was

1.

[We] [You]
[They]

had had had

hadst

2.

3.
1

had

3.

As
may

noted

in par.
form

317,

various
in

auxiliary indicative

verbs
mood;

(see list in
so

pa

help
forms

to

simple
may

given
"I

verbs in the
have,"
its
own

the

that

beside
forms

conjugation
"I
can

there
"I

are

such

have,"

do

have,"
of meaning.

must

have,"
forms

etc

of which

expresses
are

shade
in

The
as,

ing containI

auxiliaries
I

also
etc.

used
These
as

asking
are

questions:

"Do

have?"

ould

have?"

in

the

indicative
etc.,

mood
are

(see

pa

).
2

Progressive

forms,

"I

am

having,"

also

omitted

the

above conjugation. Since this, the ordinary

with that thou
of
are

form

of

the

second
plural

person

singular,
tense,

ntical
forms

the the

second
only
for

person

for

each given

with

forms

that

will

be

in

this, an These

following old

conjugations,
are

the

second

person not

singular.
only

led

forms of

frequently time;

encountered
they
are

in
in
for

the
poetry

Bible and

an

writers

Shakspere's
as
a

still used

ers.

Hence,

conjugation
it
as
seems

is given

merely
to

reference, forms

be

committed for to print

you.

to

memory,

best
as

include plural

these

an

the

singular

well

for

the

the

forms

use

CONJUGATION

OF

HAVE

Past Singular

Perfect
Plural

1.
2.

[I] had [Thou] [He] had

had hadst

1.

[We]
[You]

had had

had had had

had

2.

3.

had
Future

3.

[They]

had

Singular
,

Plural

1.
2. 3.

[I] shall
[Thou]

have

1.

[We] [You]
[They]

shall will

have

wilt

have

2.

have
have

[He] will

have

3. Future
Perfect

will

Singular

Plural

1.
2.

[I] shall
[Thou]

have

had
have had

1.

[We]
[You] [They]

shall will

have have have

had had

wilt

had

2.

3.

[He]

will

have

3.

will

had

IMPERATIVE
Singular

MOOD
Plural

2.

Have

[thou

or

you]
MOOD1
Present

2.

Have

[ye

or

you]
2

SUBJUNCTIVE

(Common
"

forms)

Singular

Plural

1.

[I] have
[You]
[He]
Some

1.
have,4

[We]
[You]

have

2.

[Thou]

have

2.

have
have

3.
1

have

3.

[They]
that, is
no

conjunction
the

(such
but
the

as

if, though,
316)
ready

unless)
of the
to

should
mood. make

ed
2

before
Various
forms

verb,

conjunction
(see
par.
is

part

auxiliary
of
more
a

verbs
as,

may
to

help

sub ju

verb; time."

"He

not

undertake
is

it, unles
to

may

have
forms

In

the

conjugations
auxiliaries
having
'

it

impossible
the

giv

the

made

by

the

use

,
"

the

progressive

forms

"|I]

of be
p

In
etc.,
are

conjugation
not

also
"

given.

See

"Notes
footnote

tor

Teachers,*'
p.

3al.

Note

15.

"See

2,

ISO.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Present
Singular 1.

Perfect
.

Plural

[I] have
[Thou] [He]
have

had
have

1.

[We] [You]

have

had

2.

had

2.

have
have

had

3.

had
Past

3.

[They]

had

Singular

Plural

1.
2. 3.

[I] had
[Thou]
hadst

1.

[We] [You] [They]

had

2. 3. Past
Perfect

had

[He]

had

had

Singular

Plural

1.

[I] had
[Thou]

had hadst had had

1. 2.

[We]
[You] [They]

had had

had
had

2.

3.

[He] had

3. Future
8

had

had

Singular

Plural

1. 2.

[I] should
[Thou]

have
,*

1.
have 2.

[We]
[You]

should should should

have
have

shouldst
have

3.

[He] should

3.
Perfect

[They]

have

Future
Singular 1. have [I] should [Thou] shouldst

Plural

had have

1.
2.

[We] [You]

should should

have have

had
had

2.

had 3.

[He] should

have

had

3.

[They]

should

have

ha

368.

Conjugation

of the

Verb

BE.

INFINITIVES
Present, Past,
1
1

to

be
have
321,

to
p.

been
Note
Note 15, 15,
par.
par.

See
See
"

"

Notes

for for

Teachers," Teachers,"

(a).
(ft).

"

Notes

p.

321,

Notes

for Teachers,"

p, 320,

Note

13.

CONJUGATION

OF

BE

18

PARTICIPLES
Present, Past, being
having
never

been,
used
par.

been
alone
as
a

[the

latte

participle:

see

337,

footnote]

GERUNDS
Present, Past,
being having been

INDICATIVE
Present
Singular

MOOD1

Plural

1.

[I] am [You]
are,2

1.

[We]
[You]

are are

2.

[Thou]

art

2.

3.

[He]

is

3. Present
Perfect

[They]

are

Singular

Plural

1. 2.

[I] have [Thou]

been
hast

1.

[We]
[You] [They]

have have

been been been

been

2.

3.

[He] has

been Past

3.

have

Singular

Plural

1. 2.

[I] was
[Thou]
wast

1.
2.

[We]
[You]

were
were were

3.

[He]

was

3. [They]
Past
Perfect

Singular

Plural

1.
2.

[I] had
[Thou] [He]
had

been hadst been

1,
p.

1.

[We]
[You]

had had had

been been been

verb it has

been

2.

3.

3.
186. When
be

[They]
a

*See

footnote forms. footnote

is

principal

essive

*See

2, p.

186.

FUTUBE
Singular
Plural

1.
2.

[I]

shall

be
wilt

1.
be
2.

[We]
[You]

shall
will

be be

[Thou]

3.

[He]

will

be

3.

[They]

will

be

FUTUBE
Singular

PEBPECT
Plural

1.
2.

been [I] shall have been have [Thou] wilt

1.
2.

[We]
[You]

shall

have

been
been

will

have have

3.

[He]

will

have

been

3.

[They]

will

bee

IMPERATIVE
Singular

MOOD
Plural

2.

Be

[thou

or

you]

2.

Be

[ye

or

you]

SUBJUNCTIVE
Pbesent
Singular

MOOD

Plural

1.
2.

[I] be

1.

[We]
[You]

be be

[You] [He]

be,1 be

[Thou]

be

2.

3.

3.

[They]

be

Pbesent
Singular

Pebpect
Plural

1.
2.

[I] have
[Thou]

been have been been

1.
2.

[We]
[You]

have
have

been been

3.

[He]

have

3.

[They]

have

been

Past
Singular
Plural

1.
2.

[I]

were

1.
wert
were

[We]
[You]

were were

[Thou]

2.

3.

[He]

3.
1
2

[They]
187.

were

See

footnotes,

p.

Past
Singular

Perfect
Plural

[I] had
[Thou]

been hadst

1.

[We]
[You]

had had had

been been been

been

2.

[He]

had

been Future

3.

[They]

Singular

Plural

[I] should
[Thou]

be shouldst be

1.
2.

[We] [You] [They]

should
should

be be be

[He]

should

be Future

3.
Perfect

should

Singular

Plural

[I] should

have

been
have

1.
2.

[We] [You]

should should

have

been

[Thou]
been

shouldst

have

bee

[He]

should

have

been

3.

[They]

should

have

bee

Conjugation

of

the

Verb

CALL.

ACTIVE
INFINITIVES
to

VOICE

Present,1

call

to
to to

be
have
have

calling called been

(progressive

form)

Past,

calling

(progressive

form)

PARTICIPLES
calling having having

Present,1

Past,

called,
been

calling

(progressive

form)

GERUNDS
calling having

Present,1

Past,

called been

having

calling

(progressive

form)

2
"

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR
"

INDICATIVE
Present
Singular

MOOD*

Plural

1.

2.

[I] call [You] call,1 [Thou]

[He]
calls

1.

[We]
[You]

call

callest

2.

call

3.

(or calleth)
form,

3.
calling,
Perfect

[They]

call
art

[Progressive

(I)
Present

am

(thou)

calling,

et

Singular

Plural

1. 2.

[I] have
[Thou]

called
hast

1.
2.

[We] [You]

have

called
called called

called

have
have

3.

[He] has

called form,

3.

[They]
calling,

[Progressive

(I) have
Past

been

(thou)

hast,

et

Singular

Plural

1.
2.

[I] called
[Thou]
calledst

1.
2.

[We]

called

[You]
[They]

called
called
wast

3.

[He] called
form,

3.

[Progressive

(I)

was

calling, Perfect

(thou)

calling,

et

Past
Singular

Plural

"

1.

[I] had [Thou]

called hadst

1.

[We]
[You]

had had had

called

2.

called

2.

called

3.

[He]

had

called
form,

3.

[They]
calling,

called

{[Progressive

(I) had

been

etc.]

Future
Singular
Plural

1.
2.

[I] shall
[Thou]

call

1.

[We] [You] [They]

shall

call
call call

wilt

call

2.

will will

3.

[He] will

call form,

3.

[Progressive

(I) shall

be

calling,

(thou)

wilt

ling,
1

etc.]
See
footnote
1, p.

186.

See

footnote

2, p.

186.

CONJUGATION

OF

CALL

19

Future
Singular

Perfect
Plural

1.
2.

[I] shall
[Thou]

have

called
have

1. 2.

[We]
[You] [They]
been

shall

have

called
called

wilt

called
called

will
will

have have

3.

[He] will

have

3.
have

calle

[Progressive

form,

(I) shall

calling,

etc.]

IMPERATIVE
Singular

MOOD
Plural

2.

Call

[thou

or

you]

2.

Call

[ye

or

you]

SUBJUNCTIVE
Present
Singular

MOOD

Plural

1.
2.

[I] call

1. call,*

[We]
[You]

call call call

[You]

[Thou]

call

2.

3.

[He]

call form,

3. [They]

[Progressive

(I) be calling,
Present

(thou)

be

calling,

etc.]

Perfect
Plural

Singular

1.
2.

[I] have
[Thou]

called have called

called

1.
2.

[We]
[You]

have

called

have have

called

3.

[He] have

3. [They]

called

[Progressive

form,

(I) have
Past

been

calling,

etc.]

Singular

Plural

1. 2.

[I] called
[Thou]
calledst

1. 2.

[We]
[You] [They]

called

called
called
wert

3.

[He]

called form,

3.

[Progressive

(I)

were

calling,

(thou)

calling,

.]
1See
15.
1

footnotes

1 and

2, p.

187,

and

"Notes

for

Teachers,"

p.

321

See

footnote

2, p.

186.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Past
Singular

Perfect
Plural

1.
2.

[I] had
[Thou] [He]
had

called hadst

1.

[We]
[You]

had had had

called
called

called

2.

3.

called
form,

3.

[They]
calling,

called

[Progressive

(I) had

been

etc.]

Future
Singular
Plural

1.

[I] should1
[Thou]

call call

1.

[We]
[You]

should

call
call

2.

shouldst call form,

2.

should

3.

[He] should

3. [They]

should

call

[Progressive

(I) should
Future

be
Perfect

calling,

etc.]

Singular

Plural

1.
2.

have [I] should [Thou] shouldst

called
have

1. 2.

[We]
[You]

should

have have

calle

should

calle

called

3.

[He] should

have

called

3.

[They]
called

should

have

[Progressive
370.

form,

(I) should

have

been

calling,

etc.]

PASSIVE
INFINITIVES
Present, Past,
to

VOICE

be
have

called
been

to

called

PARTICIPLES
Present, Past, being
called, called
or

having

been

called

GERUNDS
Present,
Past,
1

being having
for

called
been
p.

called
320,

See

"Notes

Teachers,"

Note

13.

INDICATIVE

MOOD

Present
Singular
Plural

[I]

am

called
are'

1.

[We] [You]

are

called called

[You]

called,1
art

2.

are

[Thou]
[He]
is called

called 3.

[They]
called,

are

called

ogressive

form,

(I)

am

being

etc.]

Present
Singular

Perfect
Plural

[I] have
[Thou]

been hast

called
been

1. 2.

[We]
[You]

have have

been been

called

called

called

[He]

has

been

called

3.

]They]

have

been

calle

Past
Singular
Plural

[I]

was

called
wast
was

1.

[We]
[You]

were were were

called
called

[Thou] [He]

called

2.

called form,

3.

[They]
called,

called
wast,

rogressive

(I)
Past

was

being

(thou)

etc

Perfect
Plural

Singular

[I] had
[Thou]

been

called
been called

1. 2.

[We]
[You]

had

been

called called

hadst

had had

been

[He]

had

been

called

3.

[They]

been

called

Future
Singular
Plural

[I] shall [Thou]

be wilt

called
be

1.
2.

[We] [You] [They]

shall will

be be

called
called

called

[He]

will

be

called

3.

will

be

called

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Future
Singular
*

Perfect
Plural

1.

[I]

shall

have

been

1.

[We] [You]

shall called

have

bee

called
2.

[Thou]

wilt

have

been

2.

will called

have

been

called

3.

[He]

will

have

been

3.

[They]

will

have

been

called

called

IMPERATIVE
Singular

MOOD
Plural

2.

Be

[thou

or

you]

called

2.

Be

[ye

or

you]

called

SUBJUNCTIVE
Present
Singular

MOOD

Plural

1.
2.

[I] be

called

1.

[We]

be be

called

[You]
[He] be

be

called,1
be

2.

[You]

called

[Thou]
3.

called 3.
Perfect
"

called
Present

[They]

be

called

Singular

Plural

1.
2.

[I] have
[Thou]

been have

called
been

1. 2.

[We] [You]

have have have

been
been

called
called

called

3.

[He]

have

been

called
Past

3.

[They]

been

calle

Singular

Plural

1.
2.

[I] were
[Thou] [He]
were

called
wert

1. 2.

[We]

were

called
called

called called

[You] [They]
called,
186.

were
were

3.

3.

called

[Progressive

form,
1

(I)
See

were

being
2, p.

etc.]

footnote

CONJUGATION

OF

CALL

197

Past
Singular

Perfect
Plural

1.
2.

[I] had
[Thou]

been

called been called

1. 2.

[We]
[You]

had

been been been

called
called called

hadst
been

had had

3.

[He] had

called Future

3.

[They]

Singular

Plural

1. 2.

[I] should
[Thou]
called

be

called
be

1. 2.

[We] [You]
[They]

should should

be
be

called
called

shouldst

3.

[He] should

be

called
Future

3.

should

be

called

Perfect
Plural

Singular

1.

[I] should
called

have

been

1.

[We] [You]

should
called

have

been

2.

[Thou]
been

shouldst called
have

have

2.

should
called

have

been

3.

[He]

should

been

3.

[They]
been

should

have

called What
is used

called..

Exercise
progressive
2.

167.

"

1.

verb

as

the

auxiliary

forms?

What

verb

is

used

as

the

auxiliary

of

the

"perfect

s?

3.

What
forms

part

of

the

principal
voice and

verb

is

used

in

the
verbs?

progre

of the
part

active
the

of intransitive is used in the

4.

What
of the

of

principal and of

verb

perfect

active

voice auxiliary of
the

of intransitive the passive

verbs? voice?
in the

5. 6.

What What

is the
part

principal

verb

is used

passive

e? 7.

What
of

are

the
present

endings
tense

of

the

second
indicative second

and

third
mood?

persons

ular 8.

the

of the
of

What
tense

is

the

ending
the

the

person

singular

past

of

indicative

mood?

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

371.

The

verbs
an

shall,

will,

may,
some

must,

can,

ought,

dare

do

(as

auxiliary) lack
irregular.

of

the

usual

forms,

otherwise

Verbs

that Most

lack

some

of
are

the

usual

forms
verbs.

are

calle

ective.

of them

auxiliary

372.

Forms

of the
Originally

Verb

SHALL.
Present Forms
Plural

Singular

1.
2.

[I] shall [Thou]

shalt

1.
2.

[We] [You]

shall shall

3.

[He] shall
Originally
Singular

3.

[They]
Forms

shall

Past

Plural

1.
2.

[I] should

1.

[We] [You]

should

[Thou]

shouldst

2.

should

3.

[He] should

3.

[They]

should

373.

Forms

of the
Originally

verb

WILL.

Present

Forms
Plural

Singular

1.
2.

[I] will [Thou] [He]

1.

[We] [You]

will

wilt

2.

will

3.

will Originally
Singular

3.
Past

[They]
Forms

will

Plural

1.
2.

3.

[I] would [Thou] wouldst [He] would

"

1.
2.

[We] [You]
[They]
and

would would would

3.

Note.

Besides

the

uses

of

shall

will

mentioned

CONJUGATION

OF

AUXILIARIES

19

316,
that

317,

348,

and

seen
"

in

the

conjugations,
in the

it may

(1)

Should

expresses,
or

particularly
as,

when

indicative

duty

obligation;
You

should
would
or are

go

to

him

at

once.

(2)

Will

and

used,

with

all
as,

three

persons,

ess

habitual He How will

we

customary

action;

do

that

over

and
off in

over, our

all day boat, day

long. after wish;

would
would I would Do what

go
are

day!

(3)

Will

and

used
I

to
were

express

as,

that

dead.
with
me.

thou

wilt

374.

Forms

of the
Originally

verb

MAY.
Present Forms1
Plural

Singular

[I]

may

1.
mayest
or

[We] [You]

may may

[Thou]

mayst

2.

[He]

may

3. Originally
Singular

[They]
Forms2

may

Past

Plural

[I] might [Thou] mightest [He] might

375,
help
May
to

I.*
or
'

[We]

might
might

mightst

2.

[You] [They]

3.

might
or

and
form

might

express

permission the

possibility.
or

verbs
pars.

in

either

indicative

the

subjun

mood
1

(see
be
So
may

316,

317).
but
will
go
or

These

may

not

only
can:

present

future;
if he future Here
"noon,"
can

as,

"I
catch
use;

will
the
as,

see

be excused."
2

with

"He

train. "They

These
me

forms

be
might

past,

present,

in

yesterday
j

he
or

die

before
after
For

noon."

we

might

supply

terday

to-day

to-morrow

the
use

word
of

according
in

is meant.
see

So "Notes

with
for

could.

these

forms

the

sub ju

Teachers,"

p. 320,

Note

13

and

p. 321,

Note

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

376.

Must

has

now

no

change
or

of

form.

It

may

hel

rm

verbs

in either
past

the
or

indicative

the

subjunctive

mood,

in present,

future

tenses.

377.

Forms

of the
Originally

verb

CAN.
Present Forms

Singular

Plural

1.
2.

[I] can
[Thou] [He]
can

1.
canst

[We] [You]
[They]
Forms

can can can

2.

3.

3.

Originally
Singular

Past

Plural

1. 2.

[I] could [Thou]

couldst

1.

[We]
[You]

could

couldest

or

3.

could

3.

[He]
Can

could

3.

[They]
or

could
They

378.

and

could
or

express

ability

power. pars.

may

either could

indicative

subjunctive
it is in the

(see
past

316,
as,

317),

bu

is indicative

tense;

We

could

just
but

see

the

lighthouse.

379.

Ought singular of
the

has

one

change;

it adds
tense

-est

for

son

(old style).
sentence.

Its

is determined

second from

rest

380.

Dare
"

in
is

the
as

present

has
"

darest he
dares

and
not

dares

(thoug
The

dare
or

not

often

used

as

")

pas

durst
381.
382.

dared.
Do

as

principal
auxiliary
past
1

verb
has

is

conjugated
the

regularly.

Do

as

an

only

present

forms

(d

t,

does) and

the

(did, didst).
footnotes,
p.

No

part

of the

ver

See

199.

CONJUGATION

OF

AUXILIARIES

20

containing
uses

done

or

doing
do
are

is employed

as

an

auxiliary.

of the

auxiliary
the

(1)
Thou

To

make
dost

sentence

sound
all temples

better;

as,

prefer

above

the

upright

heart

and

It

has

been
did
ghosts

greatly
neigh

used
and shriek

for
dying and

this

purpose did

in

poetry;

as

Horses And

men

groan

did

squeal

about

the

streets.

(2)

To

mark
cannot

emphasis;
mean

as,

You

what

you

say.

"

I do

mean

it.

(3) With
He

not

or

never;

as,

does

not

want

you.

They Tom

never

do
not

know

their
to

own

minds.
you.

did

intend

hurt

(4)

In

asking
Do Did
Does
you

question;
in

as,

live hear

Brighton her French? is often

as

now? father last

she

from learn do

week?

Mary

883.

The

verb write
Tom

after
as

understood;
do

as,

I cannot
Does

well

you

[write]. [like it].

He
did

like doctor

drawing? call this

He

does

Did

the

morning?

[call]!
and
the

884.

When
are

shall,

will,
as

may,

can,

must parse

and
them

do, and

thei

forms, verb

used
as

auxiliaries,
one

prin cipa

together

verb.

(See
the
or
a

par.

322,

footnote.)
in

Exercise

168.

"

a.

Say
an

whether

verb

do

each

of

lowing

sentences

is

auxiliary

principal

verb.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

1.

I do
the 5.
to

think

of

you

daily. their
is

2. tasks?

My 4.

sister Alfred

did

expect

you. not

Can

children gardener in well

his

do

does

fe

l.

The

doing

his

work.
How

6.
do
I may

Mr.
you
see

Howard
do

es
How

do did
I

Australia. hear him the

your

7.
news?

that?

father
give

9.

him
10.

thi

ning;

will good.

message
was

if
not

do.

Fle

and

do

11.

This

thing

done

in

corner.

b.

Say

in

which

in
12.

each
Never

of

the
did

of the four ways following sentences.

any
mean. man

named

in

par.

382

do

work
14.

harder.
answered 15. do
agree

13.
and this their think

We
some

do

no

whom 15.
He

you

Some
sorry.

d
come

really

does

feel

Did

train

Brighton?

17.
18. do
I

When doctor

they

unanimity there
you

wonderful.
nor

does
is
any.

ger; bond?

.The think

not

is

an

there I did feeble kiss

19. but
I

Do
scorn

confess him
now.

do.

20.

love

him do

Expletives wind

their

aid
the

join.
and
they

22.

When did
make

th

et

did

gently

trees,

se.

Agreement
385.

of

Verbs
is the

Since

the

number
par.

of

verb
we

same
care

as

that
to
or

subject (read
that

again

364)
form

must
a

take plural
its

not

verb

is singular
since
a

in

with
agrees

subject,
subject
the
art,

rse.
we

Also,
must

verb

with

in

so pe

fferent
386.
Most

forms
The

form the proper select for the three as persons, verb

be has
more

when
am,

verb

ha

is.

forms
have the

than
only

any five

other
forms,

verb.
as

of the
arose,

irregular

verbs

aris

ses,

arising, Most
of

arisen

(with

old have

forms, only

arisest four,
as

an

iseth).

the

regular the

verbs
old
forms

tal

ks,

talked,

talking

(with

talkest

and

talketh).
of two
must

387.
nouns

When
or

the

subject ,of a joined pronouns

sentence

consists the

by

and,

verb

AGREEMENT

OF

VERBS

203

al;

as,
are

"John
coming

and
;"

James
"He

are

coming;"
were

"She

and

he

her
388.

and
and

she

late."

The
every,

pronouns
are

adjectives
by
one
was
"

each,

one, as,

either

her, them
to

followed
"No
one

singular

verbs;
these

"Each
was

likes
speak;
is good

him;"
every

of

all

persons

dumb;"
"Every

"Either schoolboy

of knows

thes

es

enough

for me;

it

389.

When

the

subject
or,

consists
"

of two
or

or
"

more
nor,

singular
the

joined
be

by

either
as,

or,

neither
master
nor

verb

singular;

"Either
the

the
master

or

the

servant

present;"

"Neither This rule

as

the
or

servant
more

ha

urned/'
are

applies

also

when

one

singular
such
cases

ouns

used

subjects;
the
that
nor

but

the

verb
noun or

in
or

es

in

person

with
says
nor

nearest

subject
Harry
to

pronoun; to

"Mother
you,

either

am

go;"

ither
If
one

I,

John
is

is able
plural

do

that."
is
to

of

the
ropes

subjects
nor

the

verb
are

plural;
be

as

either

the'

the

hammock

found."

390.

Collective
verb

nouns

even

when

singular of the
as,

may

take
persons

ral

if the

speaker

is thinking multitude;

separate

things
are

rather

than

of the

"The

nobility

e
In

his."
case

the
we

of
say
or

some

collective "The board

nouns

custom
met," met,"

is not "The

settled.

may

has have

committee

resolved,"

"The

board

"The

committee

resolved."

Exercise
printed
Gold

169.
in

"

a.

Give

the

number

and

the

person

of

bs
1.

italics.
are

and
the

silver
have

reckoned

precious.

2.

The
Harry

tre mis

and
4.

maid

returned.

3.
are

Frank
the

and best

ar

ng.

Mary,

Ethel,

and

Nellie

girls

in

th

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

ss.

5.

The

lark

and
and
in

the helmet

nightingale
are

sing

at

different

es.

6.
tin
are

Sword

laid

aside. and his 10.

7.
cousin
The 12.

Copper

found
He
11.

England.
I
are

8.
both

He

learn

nch.

9.

and

hungry.
go

meeting

disorderly.

Some
13.
hills

boys
The
are

barefooted.
was

Congress
14.

just adjourned.
on a

mob his,

dispersed. Then
same;
ye
are

The

tle

thousand and

15. the

only

fiv

Talking
well
are

eloquence things.

are

not

to

talk

and

two

17.
or

John
the

or

William
is

is

coming.

18.
19.
horse

Either

the

man coachboy

footman
returned. he
nor

waiting. Neither been

Neither
nor

the hound

nor

girl has Neither

to

20.
I have

is weary.
Mary
or

chosen.
or

22.
must

Either
stay.

keep books

watch. is
temper.

23.
of
much

You

he

24. the

Neither speakers

the

value.

25.

Each

of

lost his

b.

Read

again

par

245,

and

give

the number

and

person

verbs
26.

printed
The
are
man

in

italics.
here He
roses

who

was

is gone. gives
thee

27.
a

The bone
that

men

who

here
thee
wave.

gone.

28.
The

that
soon
am

would

not

die. 30.

29. It

withered speaking.

hung

o'er

is

who

31.

It

was

you

spoke.

Review
391.

of

Verbs
to say to

A
jor

verb

is

word

used

something

or

about

person

thing.

392.

Verbs

are

either

transitive
an

or

intransitive.

transitive
or

verb

expresses

action

received

by

some

son

thing.

An

intransitive which is not

verb

shows
to
an

state

or

condition,

or

an

ion

directed

object.

REVIEW

OF

VERBS

20

393.

Transitive

verbs

have

two

voices,

the

active

and

passive.

When
verb,
A

the the
in

name

of the is in the

doer
active

of

the

action

is the

subject
i

verb
the

voice.
has

verb

active

voice

always

an

object.
is the

When
verb,
394.

the

name

of the
is in the

object of
passive

the action

subject

the

verb

voice.

Some
voice
or are are

intransitive

verbs link
or

and

few

verbs and

in

th

ive

used

to

relate
are

the

subject
copulative
or a

some

ective
they

noun.

These

verbs
a

called

verbs,
predicate

followed

by

predicate

adjective

(or pronoun).
The predicate
the
person

adjective
or

or

noun

always

describes

tifies

thing

denoted

by

the

subject.
indicative,

395.

Verbs
and

have
the

three

moods,

the

th

rative, The
or

subjunctive.
mood
a

indicative in asking
imperative

is used

in

making

simple

statement,

question.

The

mood

is used

in

commanding

or

requesting.

The

subjunctive
not

mood
as a

is

used
but

when

we

are

asserting

thing

viewed wish,

fact,

merely
or

thought

of.

expresses

doubt,

possibility

supposition

(pa

).
396.

Verbals
action
or

are

words

that

are

derived

from
it.

verbs
are

and

ess

being

without

asserting and

They

kinds:

inffaitives, participles
are
or

gerunds.

397.

Infinitives
or

present

past,

and,

if transitive,

active

passive.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

An

infinitive
noun
as
an

may
or

be

used
an

as

subject,
of
an

dicate
or

adjective,
it
may

object
or

object, (pa preposition

or

an

1),

adjective
and
or

modifier,
have
a

adverbial
an

modifier

ar.

323);
noun

subject,
have

object,

dicate

adjective,

and

adverbial

modifiers,

ar. 326).
398.

Participles participles

may

be
end

present

or

past.

Present Past

with

the

syllable
n,

participles
Participles
have
take

generally
may

end

in

t,

or

-ing. d.

399.

have

adverbial
passive participle

modifiers. participles,
of
a

tive Transithe

verbs which
a

both
an

active

and
A

former

object.
noun
or

copulative

ver

es

predicate

adjective.
same

400.

Gerunds in
-ing.

are

the
may

in
an

form

as

the
or
a

participles

ing
or same

They
or

take
an

object,
noun.

predicate

adjective,
time they

have
case

adverbial
like
a

modifier;

and

have

401.

Verbs
the
past,

have the

six
past

tenses,

the the

present,

the

present

fect,

perfect,

future,

and

the

futur

fect.

Besides

the

common

forms,

ms,

negative

forms,

may verbs forms emphatic

have

progressive
interrogative

and

ms.

402. Regular
the

Verbs
verbs

are

regular

or

irregular.
tense

form

the
or

past
t.

and

the

past

participl

addition

of d, ed

Irregular

verbs
in. other

form
ways,

their

past

tensS

and

their

pas

ticiple

generally

with

chknge
"

of

vowel

nd.
403.

Verbs

agree

with

their

subjects

in

person

an

ber.

PARSING

OF

VERBS

20

Examples 404.
the these

of
"

the Parsing

pf Verbs
verbs
we

and

Verbals

Note.
three
are

In

parsing

should
verb.
pages

give,
For

as

on

t,

principal
given
parts
go,

parts

of

the
on

irregular

in the
are

tables
present,

179-183r

*The the
set,

principal
as,

the
gone;

the

past,

and

pas

ticiple; sit, sat,

went,

walk,

walked,

walked;

sat;

lay,

laid, laid;

lie, lay, lain.

The

child irregular;

is going

to

school.
parts, go, went,

going

Verb;

principal indicative

gone;

intransitive; progressive
agreeing

mood;
person,

present

tense,
number,

form; with

third
its

singular
noun

subject
a

child.

The

hunters regular;

killed

lion.
parts,

led

Verb;
killed;
mood;

principal
active third its

kill,

killed

transitive;
past
tense;

voice;
person,
noun

indicative plural

number,

agreeing

with

subject

hunters.

can

hear

you. parts,

hear

Verb; heard;
mood;

irregular; transitive;
present

principal
active
tense;

hear,

heard,

voice;
person,

indicative
singular
pronoun

first

number,
The

agreeing by the

with

its

subject
was

corn

ripened Past

smiling
of
the

sun

cut

down.

ened

participle
voice;

transitive of
the
noun

verb
corn.

ripen;

passive Present
used
cut
as

modifier
of the

ling

participle
an

intransitive

verb
noun

smile
sun.

adjective,
passive

modifier
parts,

of tjie
cut,

Verb;

irregular;

principal
voice;
person,

cut,

cut

transitive;
past
tense;

indicative
singular
noun
corn.

mood;

third

number,

agreeing

with

its

subject

208

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Have Have

you

been

trying

to swim

the river?

been

Verb;

trying

try, tried, tried parts, principal regular; indicative transitive; active voice; mood; tense; form; sec present perfect progressive on
person,

singular

(or plural) number,

verb

agreeing

To

swim

you. with subject pronoun infinitive irregular Present of the

its

principal
have

parts,

active; been trying.

the book

swim, it is the

swam,

swum;

"vrim transitive;

object

of

the

verb

After reading
Reading
Present

was

ready

for him.
verb
read;

gerund
parts,

of the

irregular

Was

active; irregular; Verb;

read, read, read; it is the object of the preposition

am, was,

cipa prin transitive;

afte

parts, principal first person, copulative; singular number, its 7. agreeing with subject pronoun
"

been;

Exercise
1.

170.

Parse

each

verb

and

verbal.
so

love you, dear, I could not Loved I not honor more. 2.

Fair

much,

daffodils,
haste Thy the
away

we

weep
so
soon.

to

see

You

3.

Avenge,
Lie

0 Lord,
on

scattered
farmer
had 5.
out
no

saints, whose slaughtered Alpine mountains cold.

sons

bones

4.
one

several tried foolish

another.

He

to

cure

to quarrel used who them of this bad

with habit

pointing he did that

by

how

good

by

and talking

wicked to them.

it

was,

but
one

he found

6. So

day

he bade break them and but in vain. forth 7. The it. put all his strength, eldest but they 9. Then 8. The tried in turn, sons all failed. other his sons the bundle, the separate the father, gave untying laid
a

bundle

of sticks

before

them

sticks

to

break,

and

they

broke

them

easily.

10.

"Remem-

KINDS

OF

ADVERBS

209

"

he

said,
you
are

"the help each

lesson

which
none can

this
harm

bundle
you;

teaches.

While
you

other

when

you

rel

easily
sentences

hurt." for

[Additional
in this

parsing

may

be

found

in

other

cises

chapter.]

ADVERBS

Kinds
405.
way

"

Adverbs
in which

are

generally
are

classified, in sentences,

not

according
according

they

used

but

meaning

of the
par.

words.
60.

Read

again

Adverbs
Exercise

that 171.

show

when

are

called

adverbs

of time. in

"

Pick

out

the adverbs where

of time
are

Exercise

57

406.

Adverbs

that

show

called

adverbs

e.

Exercise

172.

"

Pick

out

the adverbs
is used
the
a man"

of

place
r

in Exercise

58

407.

The

adverb
may
come

there
after
was

before verb;
as,

the
"

verb
There

bey

so

that

subject
A

is

God"

God

is]; "There
There
appear,

[ =A
with
some

man

was].
other

408.
come,

is similarly
seem,

used

verbs,
came
no
"

such

live, king;"

dwell,
"There
to

exist;

as,

"There
to army;

senger

unto

the
"

appears

be

truth
"

the
a

story;"

There

seemed
three

be

whole
..."

Once

time

there

lived

brothers.

409.

There

so

used

is

not

now

an

adverb
meaning there
or

of from is
an

place

ere

lived
lived

man"

is quite In

different
sentence

in

"

there."

the it is

second
a

adverb

place;

in

the

first

preparatory

expletive

adverb

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

There

is the

same

difference

between

the

two

theres

following

lines.
There A For In

is in
spot

the

wide

lone but

sea

unmarked
the
ocean

holy,
the

there

gallant

and

free

his

bed

lies lowly.

Exercise
expletive
1.

173. adverb
was

"

Rearrange
there.
once
a

the

following

sentences,

omitting

There
heaven.
no

good
was

king.
not
a

2.
tree to
came

There
be
a

came seen.

voice

3.
to

There
tricks.

4.

There
a

end

his

5.
a

There

lion

and
There

bear

Behold
forms

there

ud

appeared his around

up
was

chariot

of

fire.

7.
a

stood

throne.

8.

There's

merry

brown

ush 9.

sitting
There Ninety

in

tree.
woman

an

old
as

tossed
as

up

in

basket

times
to
was

high

the

moon.

10.

Woe
There

the

realms

which

he

wasted, and
are

for

there
of hair.

shedding

of blood

rending

410.

Adverbs

that

show

how

called

adverbs

er.

Exercise

174.

"

Pick

out

the adverbs

of

manner

in

Exercise

Read
411. 412.

par.

63.
that that
of

Adverbs
Adverbs

show show

why how

are

called
or

adverbs
how many

of

cause.

much

times

called
The

adverbs

degree.
the "by

(as in "We
such
cases

worked
means

harder")
so

belongs
or

to

this

class

in is

much"
or

"by

that

much,"

used

only

before

adverbs

adjectives
is
an

in

the

compara

degree.
Whatever,
as

in
"no"

"no

time and

whatever,"

adverb

ree;

modifying

meaning

"absolutely."

KINDS

OF

ADVERBS

21*

How,

in "How
This
questions

dark

it is! "

is

an

adverb

"dark."

is the
how

ns.

In

use regular is an adverb

modifyof degree, ing in exclamathe word of of

manner.

Exercise

175.

"

Pick

out

the

adverbs

of

degree in Exercise

413.

Adverbs
made

that

show
are

how

fully

the

speaker

believes

statement

called

adverbs

of assertion

(par.

).
Read
Yes,
no

again
yea,

par.

7l.
are

and
nay

ay,
are

generally

called

adverbs

of affirmation;

and

generally

called

adverbs

of negation.
assertion in
Exercise

Exercise
61.
414.

176.

"

Pick

out

the adverbs

of

Adverbs

may

limit not

nearly

ripe"), but
"nearly"
of
may
as,

size;"

where

phrases limits the

usually
part

(as,"The only words apples (as, "The apples are nearly of

phrase
modify
a

of a size).
whole
as

Adverbs
they

assertion
any

statements,
a

modify

of

statement,

word

or

ase; There

stood

the

tree,

certainly

fifty feet

high

{certainly
(probably

fifty). difies him I shall see

the phrase

soon,

probably
an

within

an

hour

difies

within

hour).
the italicized adverbs

Exercise

177.

"

Tell what

modify

in

following sentences.
1. lam much the of the
tree,
now

same
near

rd,
the

notXin
m

opinion. its little

two

2.
one,

We

watched fluttering
out

the

feebly
of my
man,

g/ound.
jst of the

3.

I lay

there

days,

doubtless
was
a

ad

time.
my

4.

My

obably

of twice surely

-da'j
m

before

weight. Thursday.
at

antagonist 5. We shall

large

6.

The of the

them see probably is undoubtedly man

7.

He

is easily

the

head

list.

212

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

415.

As

we

learned
and
are

in pax.

72,

some

adverbs

are

used

ask

questions,
In
the

called
Why
so

interrogative
he come?"

adverbs.
why

"

sentence,

has

is
"

an

interrogative

adverb
'Why
question,
has
we

of cause; he come?"'
say,

is it in the
But

sentence,

Mother
the

ask

if, instead
asks

"Mother adverb,
the
or

why

he
the

of using has come,"

sentence

dire

why

still

an

interrogative

though

is declara tive.

In

such
an

sentences

interrogative
question,

adverb
no and "Mother

is used

introduce

indirect
to

inverted
two

tion conjunc
asks

is necessary1
why

join the
The

members,
question

he

has

come."

indirect is the
out

introduced
verb.

the

interrogative

adverb
"

object of the main

the interrogative
they
2.

Exercise

178.

Pick and
you

adverbs

in

following
1.

sentences,

tell what
find this Tell it?

modify,
did
you
run

Where
to pay

did
know

Why

away?

3.

I want
you

how

is put
me

together.
where
you

4.
are

How

much

did
6.
bear

him?
why

5.

Father
was

asked caught. lay. 10.

I had

bought
stranger you

it.

7.

going how I wonder wherein how

now.

8.
9. Why

The

inquired
to

difference made? when

you

do
shall

want

know
11.

ink

Wherewith 12.

it be

salted?
came

Did

you

it happened?

Whence

you,

and

whither

going?

Conjunctive

Adverbs
which of these
are

/
416.

There The
and

are

few
common

words

called
are

conjuncti

adverbs.

most

words

Where

its compounds

(as, wherein,
when,
as,

where-by*
whenever,
.

where fore

etc.),
why,
1

wherever,

wheresoever, however,
as

whence,
x

whither,
The
par.
same

while,
holds and

the?
seen,-

true,

we

have

for interrogate

'pronouns
par.

(see
2

251),
questions.

for

interrogative

adjectives
may

(see

\ 267),

indirect
Note

that

many

of

these

words

be

used

""

intej^oga

CONJUNCTIVE

ADVERBS

21

417.

If I say
"

"This
This
to

is the
is the

place
"

where
"

he
He

lives/*we
lives. does
"

have

statements,

place

and

Where

ns

"he

lives"

"place," it also
an

and

therefore
the

the

work

conjunction.
does the work

But

modifies
as

verb

lives.
a

Since

hus

of
a

adverb

well

as

of

conjunction
in
the
same

is properly

termed
words
seen

conjunctive
in the they,
too,

adverb. examined

If the

other

list be
are

it will be that
they

that

conjunctive
follow
them.

adverbs*1

modify

the

verbs

which

Examples
1.
2.

of Conjunctive Adverbs
you

I
I

will
am

go

where

go.
you
are.

ready remain
was

whenever here

3.
4.

I shall The

while
as

you

search.
from

thief
try

caught
harder,

he

climbed
you

the

windowme.

5.
6.

I will The2

the

the1

more

encourage

farther

he

ran,

the

louder
went,

became

the
was

uproar.
sure

7.
8. 9.
10.

And
What The The

wheresoever is the boy

was cause

Mary

the
ye
are

lamb come?

to

go

wherefore
when
sent

reading
was

his

master to

came

up.

prisoner

back

the

place

whence

11.
418.

will The

act

however

I please

to

act.

following
sight
they

words
may

are

not to

gh

at

first

seem

adverbs, conjunctive introbe duce (since they

ere,

adverbial

modifiers):
"William
"

after, before,
after
came"

until,

till, and

e.

If

say

came

James

had "James
direct
415

left,"

we

have

statements,

William

and
only in in
par.

had

left.
but
much

rbs rect

(see

pars.

72

and

415),
last

not

questions

questions.

The

sentence
are

will

help

inguishing
1

when
for
a

the

words

interrogative
322,

adverbs.
16.
to

See
The

"Notes in while such

Teachers,"
sentence

p.

Note

is

about

equivalent

the

conjunctiv
in
the

rb is

(see

par.

515

-and

footnote).
par.

The

other

the

sen ten

an

adverb

of

degree

(see

412).

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAK

ter

joins
But

them

and
does

therefore
not

does

the the
came.
or

work

of

tion. conjuncverb,
as

after
not

modify William

following
Hence,

es
not

did

leave
any

after

aft
words

modify
a

verb,
The be
used since the
may

adjective,
fact
as

adverb,
all the

we

simply

it

conjunction.
may eaten

is,

that

six
we

tioned
have

also nothing
taking

prepositions.
"

Thus remained
came

say

morning;
sentence,

"I

there

"

And
had

"William
a noun so

afte

es

left,

"

we
as,

supply

as

to

make time

aft

preposition; had had

better
parts

"William
But
as

came

after

[the
the

when]

es

left." left"
regard of the

instead the

of of
as
a

regarding the

statement

mes

object

preposition

after simply
sentence.

conjunction

after, w joining th

mples
The

of conjunctions
moon
rose

which,

at

first sight,

look

like

adverbs

The It is

traveler
now

set

had set. after the sun had before his friends out
months since
we

come

up.
our

three

heard

from

cousin

India.
Do
419.

not

go

out

till the
as

storm

has

abated.

The
the

word

requires is
as

care.

In

sentence

"John
of degree

tall

as

his

brother

is,"
tall;

the
the

fir

is

an as

adverb is a
the
as

limiting

conjunctive
"We is
"I is that
a

adverb
met

adjective (of degree).

boys adverb him,
as
as

the

sec on

In

sentence

the

we

were

coming

me,"
In
as

[ =when]
sentence
"

conjunctive
do
not trust

(of time).
he
has

the

deceived

because]
seen

conjunction.
as

We
par.

have

may

also

be

relative

pronoun

ee

243).
179.
"

Exercise they
1.
That

Pick
what
bank

out

the

conjunctive
modify.
the
money

adverbs,

and

at

join,
know
is
the

and
a

verbs
whereon

they

wild
was

thyme found.

blows
3.

field

where

the

Th

CONJUNCTIVE

ADVERBS

21

why
are

he

came

is

not

known.

4.
The

The

place

whither
not

traveling he
was

is far

away.

5.
tree

workman

did
where
out

hea

will

look

6. The called. for it wherever

can

is still lying
go.

it fe

8.
Lord

He

goes

riding David

ever

he

find
he
went.

time.

9, 10.

The

preserved

hersoever

Whithersoever
rock whence I 14.
come.

it
ye

turneth
are

pereth.

11.

Look

to

the

hewn.
What

Ye
cause

know

not

the
ye

place
are

whence

13.

wherefore

come?

Wherever

I went

was

poor

dog

Tray.

Exercise in

180.
italics

"

a.

Say

what

part

of

speech

each

word

nted
1.

is.
first; William
James
came

William

came me.

came

aftey.

2.

William
4.

after
5.
The

3.

after I had
6.

gone.

tumbling mother

after.
knew

that

before.
mother

The
knew

mother
.

knew

before
told her.

Saturday.

7.

The

that

befo
brother

8.

My
stay

brother
till you ought

cannot
come

stay

till Sunday. him.

ere

9.

My

ot

for

10.
many

We

to
are

have

heard

this.

11.

We

shall

hea

days
The
has

gone.

12.

merchant

has
since

been Monday.

here

since. 14.

13.

The

merchan

been
since

here
you

The

merchant

ha

here

left.
was was

15.
the

As boy
as

the
as was

boy
he

hard-working
going
to

he

got

on.

16.
boy
was

We

work.

17.

The

st

he

industrious.
the
men

18.
more

He

said
they
were

seemed

to

work

the

less

faithfully,

paid.
have
was

19.

If the

salt

lost
the

his

savor,

wherewith

shall

it

ed

20.

Such

instrument

wherewith

had

b.

Classify

the adverbs

in

Exercise

62.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Comparison Read
420.
Positive Comparative Superlative

op

Adverbs

again

pars.

281-284.

Some
degree.

adverbs

admit
We
We We

of comparison;
Fred
Tom
to to

thus,
arrive
arrive
to
soon. sooner.

expect

degree. degree.
are

expect
expect

Edward

arrive

soonest.

421.

Adverbs

compared

like

adjectives (pars.
as

285

6).
Many gently the
are

adverbs
from

are

formed Such

from

adjectives,
are, were

kindly

from

d,

gentle.
from

adverbs
which
they

of

course,

longer

an

adjectives
therefore
are.

formed,
more

an

verbs

compared

oftener

by

and

mos

adjectives
422.

Some

adverbs

are

compared

irregularly;

as,

423.

Some

mpletely,
however,

such adverbs, because cannot, of

par.

as

twice,

there,

quite,
be
p.

entirel

their
1, and

meanings,

compared.

See,

287,

Note

footnote,

135.)

The

adverb but

rather
its

has

no

corresponding is often

positive "somewhat,"

an

perlative,
in
the

meaning

merely

expression,

"rather

tired."

Exercise
Lazily.

181.

"

Compare
Snugly. Little.

the

following
Proudly.

adverbs.
"

Sadly. Seldom.

Truly.

Luckily.
Hard.
'

ten.

Far.

Fast.

Slowly.

rly.

Soon.

Read
424.

again
Though

par.

303.
may

adverbs
we

modify
be
an

copulative
careful
not

verbs,1
to
use

like

m,

look,
verbs
sentences,

feel, etc.,
an

should
where

ch

adverb
"He looks
or

adjective
condition
or

is required. the
state

with In

bad,"
a

"He

feels sick,"

predicate of being.

jectives
in the
He
The

express
sentences,

describe

is looking

for

the

ball

very

stupidly.
along

blind

man

feels
are

cautiously

the

pavement.

italicized and showing

The

words

adverbs

of

manner,

and

the

oking

feels are
action.

not

copulative

verbs,

but

verbs i intransitive

rbs

"

425.

fact Thus,

that

word

adverb. vely, kindly,

and

kingly,
other

ends leisurely,
in

in

-ly lively,

does

not

make

-i

jolly,
as

courtly,

and

isurely

kindly

words be may

-ly

are

used
The

adjectives.
from

adverbs.

adverb

lly is jollily.
426.

Frequently
as,

in

poetry
sweet

an

adjective
moonlight

may

be

used
upon

for

adverb;

"How

the

sleeps

this

nk."

427.

In

parsing
be

an

adverb,
and
tell also
may

say

what

kind

it is; compare

, if it may

compared; adverb, for

or

tell what

it modifies.

If it i

conjunctive
Sentences
given
in the

what

it connects.

parsing

be in this
seems

taken

irom

the

several

ercises
xThus
time,

referred
"He

to

chapter.
weak," still is
weak
an a

sentence,

still

adverb

the copulative seems, modifying verb in the sentence, jective. So with rapidly

and "He

is

predicate growing

is rapidly

ll."

218

LONGMANS'1

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

PREPOSITIONS
Learn
428.

again

A
to

preposition
show what

is

word

pronoun)
named
sentence.

the

relation

placed between
some

before
the

noun
or

(or
in

person

thin

and

is denoted

by

other

word

th

429.
means,

Prepositions

show

relations

most

many relations. other and important prepositions:

of place, time, following The

cause, are

th

about against
"

"

above
along
"

"

according alongside
" "

to

"

across

"

after
"

"

(amongst)
Siddons
athwart because
" "

as

around Lady
away
"

as

amid (as in the

"

(amidst)
"

among

expression,
as

"Mrs.
"

Macbeth")
"

as

for

to

at

from

of besides
"

before
"

behind
"

"

below
"

"

beneath

"

s b

between
"

betwixt

beyond

"

bu

(meaning
"

except")
from

by

concerning down down

except

"

during

for

"

from

"

from

off

"

from

out

in

"

into

like notwithstanding
of
"

off

"

on

"

over

"

out

"

out

of

"

out

from

pending
regarding
save
"

respecting
"

"

round till
"

(meaning
"
"

except")
"

through
under

throughout
"

to

"

toward
"

"

towards
upon

underneath

unto

"

until

up

"

with
480.

"

within
Many

"

without
in English
as,

words

are

by

certain

prepositions;

"This

to properly is different

be

followed

from (not

PREPOSITIONS

21

than)

that;".
to

"I
the

differ

wi""_you

on

that

subject;"
as

"I

fferent
Proper other

man."

nicety

in the
words,
of

choice
can

of prepositions,
come

in the

choice

English

only

from

care,

practice, spoken

much lish.
431.

reading

good

books

and

hearing

of

good

preposition
comes

does
after

not
an

always

precede

its

object
you
man

frequently
or

interrogative
as

adjective
did
This
"

oun

after
"

relative box

pronoun;

"What
"

for?
you

"

Which
me

is the

knife

in?

is the

sent

for."
relative
par.

Note.

"

Since

pronouns
a

are

often
governing

omitted
an

erstood
pronoun

(see

234)

preposition
apparently
we came

stood under-

is often
goes
or

found
carriage

without

any

"There

the

home
next

in"

objec (in gov ern

came

which

that

understood);

"The

place

we

Chester."
432.

The
noun

object
or

of

preposition
as,

may

be
belongs
to

(1) A
to

pronoun;

"This

John

an

you."

(2) A (3)
An

gerund;

as,

"There

is

no

use

in

my

attempting

tha

t." infinitive;
as,

"There

was

nothing

to

do

but

to

me."

(4) A
be

prepositional

phrase;
case

as,

"The
noun

noise such
as

came

fro
place"

thin

doors"

(in

like

this

"the

supplied).
whole talk
to

(5) A

statement;

as,

"You

did

well

in

that

you

fused
433.

about

it." is sometimes
as,

preposition verb;
passive In

used
broke
was

to

help
into

in the into

forming
house;"

transitive in
the

"The "The
into

burglar
house

voice,
cases

broken
a

by

th

rglar."
a

such the

is not
occurs

properly
much
more

preposition,
frequently
par.

part

of

verb.
than

This

the

passive

voice

in

the

active.

(See

299.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

etimes
of
to."

this words

usage

leads
a

to
as,

the

transforming practice

of
must

whole be

up

into

verb;

"This

stop

434.

In

parsing
the

preposition

we

simply the

mention

ject

and

word thus,
a

denoting

what

prepositional

ase

modifies;
He

stood

long it

time

at

the

door

house. of the

Preposition;

shows

the
stood.
the door.
may

relation

between

its

obje

door

and

the

verb
it shows
noun

Preposition;

relation

between

its

objec

house

and for

the

Sentences

parsing

be

found

in

Exercise

67.

CONJUNCTIONS
Read
again
pars.

85-88.

Learn
435.

again word
or

conjunction
to

is

used
group

to

join

word

up

of words

another
are

word

of words. according
or

436.

Conjunctions Conjunctions
or

classified

to

thei

that

join
or

words
are

word-groups
coordinating

al

coordinate

rank

kind

called

njunctions.
437.
or

Conjunctions
modifiers
a

that

introduce
statements

subordinate
containing
a

word-

ups

(usually
are

and
438.

predicate)

called

subordinating
are:

sub je conjunctions

Coordinating

conjunctions1
similars:
and,

(a) Additive,
well
1

joining

also,

likewise,

moreover,

as,

besides,
classified

furthermore.
lists
in

The
to

this
to

paragraph
read

and
referred

in

par. to

440

are

en

be

memorized,

only

be

and

when

necessary.

CONJUNCTIONS

22

(6)

Adversative,
whereas,

joining

opposites:

but,

yet,

still, however,

e,

only.,

nevertheless.

(c)
(d)

Disjunctive,
else,
or

joining
or

alternatives: otherwise.
or

or,

either,

nor

her,

else,

whether,
a

Illative,
hence,

joining
so,

result

consequence
so

to

its

reason:

refore,
439.

then,

accordingly,

that,

and

so.

Conjunctions

that
as,

go

in
. . .

couples and;
. .

are

called
only
. . .

cor re

conjunctions;
also); whether).
Care them
same

both

not
nor;

b
. .

either

or;

neither

whether

must

be

taken similar

in

using

correlative

ce the

before
parts

and

corresponding
or,

conjunctions (generall words

of
to

of
as,

speech,

if word-groups, knew
whether

the
go

same

k
to

and
turn

nature);
back;-"
or

"I

hardly
not

ahead
walk

"I

did

know wait

whether
for

I should
u

village
nor

whether

I should
"He

Tom;"

Neither
a

my

her

I could "Either

swim;"

called excited

John
or

both
the fish

fool
was a

and

ard;"
one."

was

much

very

ge

440.

Subordinating

conjunctions1
that,

are:

(a) Introductory;
statements

whether,

if.
or

(These
the
we

usually
of
a

duce intro

used

as

the

subject
"That

object
were

verb;

"I
was

doubt

if that

be

true;"

stopped

outrageous."

All

the

remaining

conjunctions
a

in

this and
a

list

introduce

ad ve

modifiers, containing

subject
as,

predicate.
seeing

(6) Of
(c) Of

cause:

because,

since,

whereas,

that,

now

t.

result:

so,

so

that,

that

(after the
that,

adverb

so

or

th

jective such). {d) Of purpose:

(e) Of
that, condition:
so,

in

order

that,

so

that,

so,dest.
incase,
on

if, provided,
except

supposing,

condit

unless,
"Notes

(in older
Teachers,"
p.

English).
322,

See

for

Note

16.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

(/) Of
(g) Of (h) Of
441.
a

concession:

though,
.

even

though,

although,
/

if,

eve

, however.
degree:

/till, ere time:-^ afterybej 'ore^ until, ,^since

comparison
or

than.

The

conjunction
but
the Thus,
You
You

than

is used
part

to

join

two

members member

sentence,

greater

of the

second

ten

left out.
1.

like
like

Mr. Mr.

Jones

better
better

than
than

I.
me.

2.

Jones
than

3.
First

Fred
Member

is taller

Edward.

Conjunction

Second

Member

1.

You

like like

Mr.

Jones
Jones

better

than

[like him],

2.

You Fred

Mr.

better

than

[you
Edward

like]

me.

3.

is taller

than

[is tal

Exercise
1. The
known

182.

"

Supply
is

the
lazier

words
than

omitted.
the I. the plowman. 2. have
moje

gardener

You

James
than
our me.

longer

than We

3.

You work

known

es We

longer
love
faster

4.
more

love
than Jack

than

he

teacher
a

him.

6.

greyhound
than
He

than

hare.

7.

returned
than

sooner

hi
more

other.
than

8.

Iron

is

more

useful

gold.

9.

is

clever.

Exercise and

183.
say

"

Pick whether

out

the

conjunctions
coordinating

in
or

the

followin

tences,

they

are

ing. subordinat-

1.

We
you

read
tell

in
me

order
it
4. the is

that
so.

we

may

learn.

2.
so

I believe

ce

3.
be
as

He

stayed
here long

long

that
you

sed

his 5.
no soon

train. I

shall

after

have

e.

closed

door,
away

it

was

getting
to

late.
run,

6. but

We

sooner

turned

than
you

he

caught. the

7.

Unless 8.
He

started learn this

on

you

will

never

ter

subject.

is

now

his

way

home,

while

WORDS

"UNDERSTOOD"

22

must

stay

an

hour would

longer.
try

9.

Judge
I
am

not,

that

ye

be

no

ged.
my
go

10.
turn away

it, only
You
came

afraid;

besides
so

it

yet.

11.

empty-handed,
Take it

you

empty-handed.
before
you you

12.
go,

it is
your

If

you

please. chance.

Hear

this
if
careful

for I think

last

Stay
Be
may

wish.
you

15.
slip. after

that
the

John
lesson

is
now,

right

lest
to

17.
school.

Study

el

have

stay

SUGGESTIONS

FOR PARSING

MISCELLANEOUS

Words
442.

"Understood" it is necessary
to put

Before which
are

parsing

seiitence

in a

ds
As

omitted
is
no

(or "understood").
need
are

rule

there unless

to

parse

words
the

which

are

understood,
of

but

they

inserted

construction

th

tence

cannot

be

seen.

Read

again

pars.

36,

175,

234,

383,

and the

441.

443.

Compare
second.

the

sentences

in

first

column

with

se

in the

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise
1. Awake,

184.

"

Supply
or

the words
be
to

understood.
fallen.
2.

arise,
I know

forever do.

Obey
woman

you

ents.

3.
to?
at

what

4.
very

Who

is the

yo

oke

5.
your

This

is

book

I like I think

much.
likes
much
you
more

6.

Have

yo

en

uncle's?

7.

he

better

tha

8.
I. there,

You

understand
Give
me

arithmetic

thoroughly
10.

an

9.
I

the
you

apple

picked

out.

You
you

ll

know

will.
you

11.

This

is the

book

lo

Where

is the

house

mean? trembling
own

13.

He

guided
that

her
his

feet
firm

along,
and
strong.

Proud 14.
Be

were

still

dream
through

throughout
the

the

day,

A 15.
But

blessing

night. wind drear,

all I hear all I

see

is the
are

north
waves.

And
16. All Not

the

seemeth
a

as

calm

as

an

infant's

dream.

17.

drum

was

heard,

not

funeral

note.

ORDER

225

Order
444.
are

Before
in the
again

parsing usual
51,

or

analyzing

sentence

see

that

th

s
Read

order.
", and in

par.
are.

Exercise

48,

6, pick

out

th

ectiveswhich
Read again

placed 180

after nouns.
and
181, and

pars.

work

again

Exercise

445.

Compare
second.

the

sentences

in

the

first

column

with

in the

Inverted

order

Usual

order

Great
great

is

the
power.

Lord

and

of

The of

Lord
great

is great
power.
was

and

[He

In

the

beginning

was

the

The

Word

in

the

ning. begin-

Word.

So

persecuted
prophets.

they

the

They
so.

persecuted

the

prophets

Comes
margin
heath

vapor

from

the
over

vapor,

blackening and
holt,
comes

over

blackening

heath
the

from

and
ye

holt.
worship,

margin.
unto
you

Whom

ignorantly
declare

I declare
ye

Him

whom

Him
you.

I unto

worship

ignorantly.

Mine

head
not

with

oil

thou

Thou

didst
with
live
to

not

anoint

mine

didst
From

anoint.
to
crags

head
the The

oil.

peak

peak,
among,

thunder
peak
crags.

leaps
among

from

rattling
Leaps the

peak rattling

th

live

thunder.

Exercise

185.

"

Arrange

in

the usual

order

the words

of

lowing
a.

sentences.

1.
are

Great
Thy

is

your

th

ways.

in reward 3. Great

Heaven.

2.

Justice
are

and

marvelous have

an Thy

ks,

4.

Of

his

early

life few

particulars

reached

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Oft

did

the

harvest
are

to

their

sickle

yield.
Into

6.
the
of

In

her's

house

many

mansions.

7.
rose

valley
men

th

rode
9. the 11.

the

six hundred.
all
eye

8.
their

Up

the

King 10.

wit

ed.

Flashed
closing Down

sabres

bare.

Some

pious

ps

requires.
street

the
in

with
of

laughter
school

and
let
out

shout,

Glad

the

freedom boys.

Come
12.

the

And
The

the

heavy

night
waters

hung
o'er.

dark

hills
gate

and and could

stood

6.

13.
wisdom

Wide
and

is the

broad do
still
you.

is the William the

way.

14.
15.
16.

ever WhatThen

energy

did.

ieked world

the

timid
give him

and

brave. Me For he

Not

giveth and for

I unto

17. 18. bleed?

restored did

unto

e
us

office laws? 19.

he

Hanged.
Lucrece

this

Servius

this
are

did

Gone
Gone

all the
are

barons
knights
stern

bold,
and
squires, cold,

the

Gone
And

the the

abbot

and
of

brotherhood

friars.

Words
446.

and

Phrases

Doubled have
arms."

or

Compounded
as,

One and One

or

subject
waved verb
more

may

two

or

more

verbs;

"We

outed
447.

our

may

have

(a) Two

subjects
objects;
predicate
nor

x;

as,

"Henry

and

James

wi

"

(6)

Two

or

more

as,

"I

saw

William

and

ter."

(c) Two
neither

or

more

nouns

or

adjectives;
were

as,

tall

short;"

"The

boys

Evan

an

e."
1

See

pars.

387

and

389.

PARSING

OF

WHAT

227

448.

Two

or as,

more

subjects
and
may

may

have

in

common

two
see."

verbs;
449.

"John

Fred

and

I will go
two
or

and

One

preposition woods

have

more

objects;

as

walked

through

and

fields."

Words

Used

as

Different

Parts

of

Speech

WHAT
450. What
may

be

{1) A
I
see

relative
what
you

pronoun;
see

as,

[the thing
pronoun;

which
as,

you

see].

(2)

An

interrogative
do
you

What

see?

Or,
Tell
me

in

an

indirect
this is.

question,

what

(3)

An

adjective;
me

as,

Give

what

money

[that]

I have

earned.

(4)

An

interrogative
dog
is this?

adjective;

as,

What

Or,
I must

in

an

indirect
what

question,
he
was

learn

horse

looking
as,

at.

(5)

An

exclamatory
horses,

adjective;
what
as,
a

What

and

man!

(6)

An

interjection;
! dinner

What

not

ready!
as,

(7)

An

adverb
beautiful

of degree;
flowers with last

What
What

these

are!

[i.e., partly]
limping,
I at

crawling,
to

and
door.

what

wit

got

the

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise
1.

186you

"

Parse
that
are

each

what.
he
going

tell

is what
you

said.
to.

2.

What it?

sort

of

that? piece
Tell what
me

3.
of

What work is

do
tall

with

4.

What

man! is.

5.

What

soldiers
for?

these

ar

what

this
for.
take

7.
9.

What

is he is this?

looking 10.
me

8. did
what
Mr.

Giv

came
vou

What
to

What
have 14.

thi

What
is
me

do
left.

this

be?

12.
are

Let

tim

ere

13.
I
was

What
was

flowers

these?

Mille What

ked in

what

doing
you

on

his
me

windmill.
to
say,

15.

id

reply

what

told

AS
451.

As

may

be

(read

again

pars.
;
as,
as

419,

429,

438,

440)

(1)

An

adverb
seem

(of degree)
to

You It

be

as

agile

your
"

brother.

is

just

as

well.

"

(2)

conjunctive (a) of manner;

The
man a man.

adverb
as,

eyed

me

as

wild

beast

watches

(6)

of degree;
YoulCre
as

as,
as

strong

he

is.

(c)

of time;
I

as,

talked

to

him

as

we

walked

home

fro

school.

(3)

conjunction
a

of

cause;

as,

I took

cab,

as

I could

walk

no

longer.

(4)
We

relative
are

pronoun;
stuff
came
as

as,

such
as

dreams

are

made

of.

As

many

believed

in

him.

PARSING

OF

AS

AND

LIKE

22f

(5)

preposition;
you
ever see

as,

Did As is also

Booth

as

Hamlet?
to

part

of
as

the
well

prepositions
as, as

as

and

as

for and

the

conjunctions
187.
a
"

if, as

though,

inasmuch

as.

Exercise
1. As

Parse

each
so

as.

play
as

it is not
my

bad. said

2. it.
many

Do
4.
as

just
It

as

I do.

3. done

be

true,

father Here is.

are

must

be

it should.
so

5.
as

as

I want.
eat

6. You candy
the
as

are

ly
is?

tall

he

7.
he

Would
said
as

you
we

such

at

8.
as

That

is what
as

passed
this that

house.
well
game,

Is

this
11.

dark

thatr
as

one? it.

10.
12.

Take As I

Let
you

it stay

I put

is your
as

will

bid
as

blue

the As

good-morning. 14. How red.

for that, I will

13.

do
have

you
none

would like this

of it.

lief
as
a

take

ning? begin-

15.
as

16.

There

are

many

apples

",s I ate.

LIKE

452.

The

word
A
noun;
not

like may
as,

be:

(a)

I shall

look

upon

his
my

like likes

again.
or

You

do

not

consider
as,

dislikes.

(6)

verb;

I like

apples.

(c)

An

adjective;
twins
like
were

as,

The
The

like
of like
two
an

as

two

peas.

angles
eyes,

similar

triangles.

With

her

angel's.

Note.

"

The

noun

after like

the

adjective
sister,"
is

like,

in

such
by

ntence

as

"She
to
or

was

her

governed

the

eposition

unto,

understood.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

(d)

preposition;
like
me.

as,

Walk Note.
"

The

preposition
the

like expressed;
man,"

is

never

followed
in verb
the

by
sentence,

with atement e staggered

man as

verb
a

thus,

like

drunken
like

if

is expressed

ter

the
or

preposition
as

must

be

replaced

by

the

con-

jun

if.

mpare
talks
can

like
write

an

idiot.
Ruskin.

He He

talks
can

as

an
as

idiot

would

talk

like

write

Ruskin

wrote.
Cases

Some

grammarians
"

prefer
"

to

call
It

like

in

such

verb,
supply
or

meaning the

similarly.
to

then
to

becomes
govern

necessary

preposition

(or unto),

the

following

pronoun.

BUT
453.

The

word
A

but

may

be:

(1)

coordinating
horse
is sold,

conjunction;
but
the
cow

as,

The

is not.

(Adversative

conjunction.)
I
want

not

only

oranges

but

lemons.

(Additive

conjunction.)

(2)

preposition;
went
want

as,

All We

but
none

except] me. but [ except]

-

him.

(3)

An

adverb;
wants

as,

Man The

but is but

[ -only]

little
too

here
true.

below.

story

-only]
2;
errs

(4)

relative
is
no

pronoun
one

as,
now

There
1

but

and
18.

then.
s

See

"Notes

for Teachers,"

p.

322,

Note

See

par.

244.

PARSING;

OF

BUT

AND

THAT

23

Exercise
1. All of the
a

188.

"

Parse
but

each
Tom

but.
were

boys larger

early.
be shall 5. They
to
none

2.

We

are

bu

dren

growth. is
have

3.
too

One

taken,
were
me.

but
poor

th

left.
6.

4.
You

It

but

true.

bu
He

st.

come

but
are

mock

7.
wet

but

not

happy.

8.

There

but

were

by

th

er.

9.

So
But

the

loud
him

whirlwind
to

and
native

the

torrent's

roar

bind

his

mountains

more.

THAT
454. /

That

may

be:
as,

(1)

demonstrative
me

adjective;

Give

that

book.

(2) A
VThis

demonstrative
gives
me

pronoun;

as,

joy, that
as,

gives

me

sorrow.

(3)

Adverb

of degree;
walked
that

I have

far

myself.
as,

(4)

relative
is the

pronoun;
house that

This

Jack

built.

(5) J

conjunction;
that
so

as,

I know
It is

you

are

unhappy.
am

(Introductory.)
(Result.)

late
stay,

that
that

I
you

tired.
may

I will

go.

(Purpose.)

Exercise
1.

189.
that
I 4.

"

Parse
you may

each

that.
2.

Work that

use

bought?
Do
you

3.

succeed. It is true
that believe

Have
our

you

seen

th
came

that

sister Is

sterday.
told
me

know
Do
you you

child?
that

5.

that

tha

true? the
story

6.
that

story?

7.
Nay,

I be li

that

heard

is false.

8.

that'

ertain;
that It is

we

are

blest

that

Rome
10.
The
stay

you
so

may

live?
that

is rid boy

of
was

him. only

9.

Do

you

that

high.

1.

rainy

I must

indoors.

Miscellaneous
When
we

Sentences

for

Parsing
may

are

ontracting
Prop.

the

in writing, parsing longer grammatical

time
terms;

be

saved

by

thus,

Com. Case.
Abst.

ouns.

Subj. Obj.
Pred.
Appos.

tions. ConstrucN.

Coll.
Desc.
Dem. Pos.

djectives

(Adj.)

,'

Comp.

}Deg.

Def.

Indef

Sup. Indef.
Num. Pers.

.}**"

Rel.

ronouns

(Pron.)

Int.
Dem.

Ant.

(= antecedent.)

Indef.
Pres.
Trans. Act.
.

Ind.
Pass

erbs.

Int. Cop.
.

[Voice.

]
[Mood. J
** Ptc.

Fut.

Imp.

Tense
Perf.

Subj.

(Prog.) J

Reg Irregg.

"i )

P.P.(=Principal
Deg.

Parts).

^"^^
(= Participle).

dverbs

(Adv.)

Int.

Conj.
(Prep.)

repositions

Coor.l

onjunctions

(Conj.)
(Intj.)

Sub.

Corr.J

nterjections

MISCELLANEOUS

PARSING

233

Never Show

contract

a
a

word is

of

one

syllable.
by there

that in

word

contracted
as

putting
were no

period;
contractions.

uate"

other

respects

if

"

1.

England
no

expects
on

every

man

to

do

his
3.

duty.
His

2.

Time
was

tes

wrinkles
all

thine

azure

brow.
4.

house
coffin

to

the

vagrant

train.
some

No breast brought

useless
the
a

encl

his

breast.
The

6. mild

On

fond
breeze

parting shower
our

sou

es.

7.

southern live

from

hill.

8.

The

poor

pleasantly
up

without

help.

9.

Three 10.

wives The

sat

in

the

lighthouse
fathers

tower.

spirit
start

of

your

Shall
11. Two Within 12.
Here My
to

from

every

wave.

robin
a

redbreasts
hollow
tree.

built

their

nest

the

houseless still.

child

of

want

door
Down
A

is open

13.

in

green

and
grew.

shady

bed

modest

violet breeze
of

14..
.

The

freshening 15. Night

I

eve

that

banner's
and
mignty
some

sive

fold.
sea.

sank

upon

.unfurled dusky the dark friend

brow into flow

beach
of
my

purple

16.

climbed
years

the
ago,
a

the
care
a

vellyn.
gave.

17.
18.

Some
I
saw

els

little

streamlet

along that

peaceful

vale.

19;

For

the

rights

of

fair

England

broad

rd

he

draws.

20.

see

the

lights

of

the

village and head

palm-leaf
flew,
on

Gleam

through

the

rain

the

mist.

21.
'

The

turban

folded
wrought
across

about
of

his the

Was

daintily
A

braid.

22.

barge

Loch
the

Katrine

High

stood

henchman

the

prow.

23.

And
There

lo!

from
a

the shout,
came
our

assembled prolonged

crowd and
iron
the haste

rose

loud.

24.

The

stranger

with

hand land.

And

from

fathers

reft in

25.

And

at

the

sound
from heart with

it sunk
our

away

And
26.
Then

vanished
my

sight.

with
the

pleasure

fills

And 27. My
A

dances
father

daffodils. Tyne,

lived
lord thee;

beside
was

the
he.

wealthy
sorry

28.

I
To

am

for
a

thou

art

come

answer

stony
an

adversary. angel
may
as an

29. 30.

And
Though

by

came

who

had
hard,

bright

key

your not
an on

duty
it

be
ill;

Look If

it be Do
it

honest
an

task,

with pink

honest

will. bowed
his
to

31.

The

tall

foxglove

head;
bed.

The 32.

violets
the

curtsied ground
some

and is white crumbs

went

When
At

with

snow,

the
a

door

I'll throw.
a

33.

With
Through

merry

face
snow

and
he

merry

song

the
to

paddles

along.

34.

And
He

the

hilt

his

vengeful

sword

plunged
the the
woman

in

Gelert's
so

side. and their

gray,
way.
away

35.

Past

old
on

Hurry

children brightly
from

36.

Lightly
The

and
morning the

breaks
her

mantle
arching

gray.

37.

Beneath

crimson

dome,

MISCELLANEOUS

PAHSING

23

38.

Happy Whose The Than

must

be

the
heedeth
of of

state
more

ruler
murmurs

the

poor

flatteries

the
renown,

great.

39.

Sing
When

the
to

glorious
battle of

day's fierce

came

forth
crown.

All
The

the

might

Denmark's

40.

foolish

and

the

dead

alone

never

change

thei

ions.

41.

No
No

peace,
ease

no

comfort

could
or

I find,

within

doors
this

without.
hearse
verse.

42.

Underneath
Lies
the

sable of

subject
him

all
on

43.

And
His

by
little

sported

the

green,

grandchild, and
see

Wilhelmine.
mother

44.

Honor impersonal and that 45.

thy

father
pronoun;

thy
par.

that
be

it

[ca

an

215]
on

may

well

with

thou

mayest

live

long

the
the

earth.

"O!

haste

thee,

haste!"

lady
us

cries;

"Though

tempests

round
of the

gather,

I'll meet
But
not

the
an

raging
angry

skies,

father."

46.

Were
Were Given

half
half
to
were

the the

power

that

fills the
on

world
camps

with
and
error,

terror, courts

wealth
the

bestowed
human

redeem
no

mind
or

from

There

need

of arsenals

forts,

PART

III

ANALYSIS

OF

SENTENCES

ELEMENTS
455.
part
a

When
from

chemist
rest

takes

mixture
analyze
parts

ch

the

he

is said
its

to

separates and it; so when

we are

parate

sentence

into

different

said

alyze

that.

The

units

or

parts
are

that

make

up

sentences

are

calle
to

ements.

Elements word
elements,
elements
are

of

three

kinds and

according
clause

the

rm:

phrase
are

elements,
never

elements.
sentences

Since
the

clause
we

found
"

in simple shall

kind
elements

to

analyze

first

we

study

here

onl

rd

and

phrase

elements. parts

456.
may

Any

of the
a

eight

of speech,

except
are

tion, preposi-

be

word

element.

Conjunctions
not

called

con ne

elements.
to

Interjections,
words

being
are

connected

lated

the

other

in

the

sentence,

independent

lements.
457.

We

have

already

learned

about

two

important

nds

of phrases,
prepositional phrases

(see
par.

par.

infinitive

phrases

(see

163), and 327).

SIMPLE
The

SENTENCES
Subject Substantive

458.
when

We
we

have

already
of

learned

(see
of
a

pars.

30

and
we

14
mean

speak

the

subject
236

sentence,

THE

SUBJECT

SUBSTANTIVE

23

complete base
or

subject,
core

including

what

modifiers

there

may
we

of

the

subject,
a

which
or

is left when
a

pu

de

the

modifiers,

is usually

noun

pronoun,

but

no

ays.

Exercise
1.

190.

"

Analyze

the
2. long

following
is

sentences.

John 4.

is working.

He

working.

3.
fly.

To 6.

work They

s.

Working

too

tires. 8.

5.

Birds Reading

7.

To
me.

read
9.
11.

is
The

interesting.

good
10.

books

rests

blind
is

should

be

helped.

The

good

loved.

Here

where

I live.

459.

If the

sentences

given

in Exercise
may

190

be

examined,

will

be

seen

that

the

subject

be "Racing
is fun."

(1)

noun1;

as,

"John
as,

is working," is working."

(2) (3)

A
An

pronoun;

"He
as

"

adjective
infinitive;

used

noun;

as,

The

blind

should

helped."

(4) An
(5) A

as,

"To

wot

k tires."
too

gerund; adverb
place."

as,

"Working
as a

long
as,

tires." "Now is the

(6)

An

used

noun;

time

is the
460.
we
noun.

Since, need
For

therefore,
some

we

do

not

always

have
may

subje
We

word
we a

to indicate
use

whatever

do

the wor

this in

the
a

word

substantive.2
noun, or

may

always

have

sentence

subject
have
a

subje

noun,

but
term

we

must

always
any

subject
six

substantive,
of

this

will

include
459.

of

the

kinds

subje

ds
1

named
It will be
also

in par.
seen

when
of
a
noun

complex clause.

sentences

are

taken

that

the

subje

consist Latin

From

sub,

under,

and
or

stans,

stantis,

standing:

that

whic

ds

under,

that

is, the

base

foundation.

Compare

"substance,"

bstantial."

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

The

subject

substantive with

may

of

course

have

modifiers*
of

it, together

its modifiers,

forms

the

subject

th

tence.

Exercise
1. John

191-

"

Say
to

of what
Scotland;
is

the

subject substantive
he will
stay

consists.
a

is going

there
To

month.

Traveling think the

in
so

Europe
easy.

interesting. Blessed
are

3.
the

read

is

easy;

is not

4. Writing
aunt;

meek.

5.

Blessed

merciful.
our

6.

good
she

books is
coming

is useful.
from

7.

expecting
France To is wait
a

France.
a

large

country.

9.

Reading

maketh

full

man.

is tiresome.

The
461.

Predicate
may

Base

Many
"

intransitive Birds

verbs
So

by

themselves

form

dicate;
as,

as,

fly."
was

with

verbs Transitive

in the
verbs
complete

passive

ce;

"The

thief
however,

caught." require
an

in th

ive

voice,
or

object

to

thei

dication

assertion;
a

and

copulative substantive

verbs
or

(see

pars

1-307)

require their The

predicate

adjective

plete

predication.
predicate base
may
as,

462.

therefore
"We
were

be
talking." voice;
as,
**-*"

(1) An (2)
was

intransitive transitive
arrested"

verb; verb in

the

passive

"The

(3) A
hay."

transitive

active

verb

with

its

object;

as,

"Horses

(4)

copulative
as,

verb
are

and
animals"

the

predicate "Oaks
grow

substantive
tall"

jective;
463.

"Men

The A
noun

object substantive
l;
seen

may

be
bread"
are

(1)
1

as,

"Bakers
complex of
a

make
sentences
noun

It will

be
may

when

taken

that

the

obje

tantive

also

consist

clause.

THE

PREDICATE

BASE

239

(2) A
(3) An
poor."

pronoun;

as,

"We
as

love
a

Aim."
as,

adjective used
gerund;
as,

noun;

"You

should

pit

(4) A

"I
as,

like reading
"I

history."

(5) An
Exercise

infinitive; 192.
Pick

like Jo read." the

"

out

object and

say

of

what

it consis

1.

The

cook

made sowed lost

corn.

pie.

2.

Tom

broke
one

the
stole

window.
the

The

gardener
sailor
grow

seeds.
his ship.

4.

Some
6.

horse.

The
Farmers

Authors
nests.

write
9.
I

books.
heard
meet

8.
met

Birds
him. I

build
11.

10.
12.

We
We 15.
to

have

just
them.
are

Mr. myself.

Olds
14.

will

like
They read.

13.
dressing

hurt

She
The

cu

elf.

themselves.
to

16.

chil

learning
pass.

17.

He

tries

succeed. 20.
22.

18.
Tom

We

hope

19.

She
21.

enjoys
We had helps

making

candy.
to

prefers intend meek.

alone.

begun
the
poor.

dance.
24.

They the

write.

23.

She
the

We

love

Comfort

miserable.

464.

The

element
may

used be

to

complete
a

the

predication
or an

of

ulative

verb

either various
to

substantive
forms.

adjectiv
We
case

ment

and

may

take
term,

We
them
1

therefore all.

need

convenient
the
term

include
complement

shal

loy

predicate

or,

in

of

ulative
The

verbal,
predicate
noun

simply
complement

complement.

may
art
am

be
man"

(1) A

2;

"

as,

Thou
"I

the

(2)
1

A
a

pronoun;
Latin

as,

he."
to

From

word

meaning
etc.,

fillout

or

complete.
predication
predicate

The
of
a

predicate
copulative

predicate Another

adjective,
commonly

complete
term

the
for

used

complement

ibute.
2

Also,

in complex

sentences,

as

we

shall

see,

noun

clause.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAK

(3) An
(4) An

adjective;

as,

"It
as

is good."
a

adjective
gerund;
as,

used

noun;

as,

"These

are

rciful" (5) A
(6) An
triumph"

"His

weakness

is

his

believing

dily." infinitive

used

substantively;

as,

"To

die

(7)
(8)

An

infinitive

used

adjectively;
as,

as,

"The

house

be sold"
A

prepositional
seems

phrase;

"The

horse

is

for sale

gun

out
"

of order"
In Exercise
141

Exercise

193.
and

pick

out

each

predicate

plement

Also
1.

of what in the following.

say

it consists.

John's
money.

fault

seems

being
appear

too to

slow.
get
on

2.

His

purpose

was

make

3.
5.

We To

quickly. 6.
8.

4.

Henry

ame
to

of

age.

yield
hour
9.
to

is to is at They do
too

be

shamed.

The
was

bo

be

mended. of
no

7.
account.

The

hand.
are

Will

consid

the

elect.

10.

Ou

ficulty

has

been

trying

much.

Subject Read
465.

Containing
142,

Enlargements

again The may

pars.

145.

subject
be

substantive, by

when

it is

noun

or

noun,

modified
as,

(1) An

adjective1;
Timid
Those Twenty

birds birds
birds

built built

nest.

nests. nests.

built

(2) A

noun

or

pronoun

in the
is
a

possessive

case;

as,

My

father

farmer.
is
shall
a

William's
1

brother
as
we

captain.
by
an

Also

in complex

sentences,

see,

adjective clause*

SUBJECT

CONTAINING

ENLARGEMENTS

241

(3)
a

noun

in

"

apposition;

as,

George

the

gamekeeper

hare." A participle;
The
as,

(4)

king

being

defeated desired
phrase;
as,

peace.

(5)

prepositional

"The

Tower

of

London

ancient."

(6) An

infinitive

phrase;

as,

"A

wish

to

please

is the

root

politeness."
466.

Since
they

the
are

above either

modifiers

describe
or

or

limit
which

nouns

or

nouns,

adjectives
are

words

do

the

of

adjectives;

and

they

therefore

all called

adjective

ments. 467.
a

When
or a

the

subject
or

substantive

is

an

adjective
be modified

used

noun,

gerund
as,

an

infinitive,

it may

by

(1)

An

adverb;
The truly

Walking
To
eat

good briskly

are

the
a

happiest. exercise.

is

good

rapidly
or

is unwise.

(2) A

prepositional
The
Eating To
young to

other

phrase;
are

as,

in

the

faith
light

most

ardent.
to
eat.

live is better
a

than

living

read

in

bad

is foolish.

468.

When
it may

the

subject

substantive

is

an

infinitive

or

gerund,

have
as,

(1) An
To

object;
read
our

good

books

is instructive.
easy.

Loving To
try

friends is
to

(or trying)
as,

study

is bad

for

sick

man.

(2)

A
To

complement;
be
wise

is the
a

last
wit

thing

we

learn.
him.

Being

thought

flatters

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Since

we
we

cannot
use

call
term

such

an

object
to

or

complement

ifier,
and
469.
pars.

the

enlargement
or

include

both

modifiers

subordinate
The
465-468
or

objects

complements.
or

modifiers,
may

objects
turn

complements appropriate
For

mentioned

in their

have
own.

modifiers,
an

jects

complements
have action
an an was

of

their

example,
as,

a j

may

adverbial her
own

modifier; idea;"
etc.
a

"This

ingly exceed

kind
have
470.
or

noun

in apposition

adjective
participle
or

modifier;
an

infinitive
as

modifier

may

have
;

ject
The

complement
to

(as well
always
now

adverbial
with

modifiers)
to

hope
victor, the
as,
war.

be

friendly
brought

everybody
his enemies

is absurd.

The

having

submit,

ed

Just

in

the

first of

these

sentences,
an

"to

be

always

endly

with

everybody"
so,

constitutes

infinitive
now

phrase

ee par.

327),
to

in

the

second,
a

"having

brought
phrase.

mies
the

submit" but

constitutes its modifiers

are

participial

No

participle

and

its

object (ifany)
participle; speaking,

plement

(if any)
of
such phrase
a

included
is

in/ the
always
a

participial

phrase.

base

phrase is to

hence
as

participial element.
Exercise

be

regarded,

strictly

194.

"

Pick

out

the

modifiersj objects
and
2.
say

or are.

ments comple-

of
1.

the

subject substantive
old
man

what
name

they

The little
5.
was

is
on

tired.
sea.

My

is

NorvaL
makes Tom's

ship

was

the
the

4.

Peters sells

the

baker
6.

ad.

Robinson
Dick's
strong
son.

tailor

cloths. in

her

7.

Her

uncle

is

India. '9.
The house

8.
woman
on

The

being
in
is
great

withstood
was

the
weeping.

storm.

ng

trouble
worth's.

10. lady
"m

The

th

Mr.

Bos

11.

The

horseback

is Mrs.

worth.

12,

Teaching

lazy

children

is

hard

work.

MODIFIERS

OF

THE

VERB
"

24
"

Learning
returned. Every

to

row

is
The

pleasant.
path

14.

Fearing
is be

the
way to

storm,

15.

of
feet
are

duty shall
few.
To

the
a

glory

turf
The

beneath

their

soldier's

chre. sepul

17. his
To
one

really

good

18. be
good 21.

Seeming*
is to

learned

accomplishment.
play the 22.
piano
was

19.
his
thought

be
man

happy.
tc

delight.
original

The his

Robinson. Her

To

be

was

chief

aim

being
in

considered bed
is bad

beautiful
for
the
eyes.

has

been

her

pride

Reading

Predicate
471.

Containing base,
an

Enlargements

The

predicate
contain
,

since

it always
or
a

contains predicate

verb

since
may

it may have

object

ment, comple-

(1) Modifiers (2) (3)

Read
Enlargements

of the

verb.

of the
of the 143,
144,

object.
complement/. 146.

Enlargements

again

pars.

Modifiers

of

the

Verb

472.

Modifiers
adverb

of the
1;
as,

verb
"He

may

be

(1) An (2) A (3) An

writes
as,

badly."
"He writes
on

prepositional adverbial

phrase;

paper" space,

objective
"We
rode
ten

(nouns
miles."

of

time,

urement

2) ;
indirect favor?"

as,

(4) An
a

object (see
phrase;
as,

par.

166);

as,

"Will

you

r] me

(5) An
.

infinitive

"I

stepped

near,

to hear

ly."

(6)

participial "John
has

phrase;
gone

as,

"He

came

limping

into

th

;"

hunting

for

rabbits."

(See

par

6,)
1

Also,

in complex
par.

sentences,

as

we

shall

see,

an

adverbial

clause.

See

168.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR
"

(7)

phrase
the
at
"

with
swallows

nominative
returned;"

absolute
"The

l;

as,

"Winter

ng

over,

day

being

rainy,

stayed
Note.

home."
kind
It

This

of

phrase
states

is
a

called
reason

an
or

absolute
cause

parti cipia for

phrase.

generally
the

th

ion
use.

denoted
Observe
is
not

by

main the

verb,
noun

and
in
an

is therefore

adverbial participial

that

absolute
apart,

ase

the

subject,

but

stands

with

the

partic

Exercise

195.
'

"

Pick

out

the

modifiers of

the

verb

and

sa

t
1.

they
The
upon

are.

battle
the

being field. 3.

won,

the

victors
gate
at

rapidly

pitched been
ten

thei
open,

2.

The

having

left

cattle The

strayed.

We

lived
thirty

Hastings
in
some
one

months.
to

soldiers
5. The

marched
book

miles

day

reach

er.

is well have
"

written,
gone

parts

being

lent. excel

6.

The

boys

now

walking.

Additional
473.

sentences:

Exercise
of

93.

As which

the

modifiers
the work

the

verb

are

either
can

adverbs
be divided

ds

do
as

of
can,

adverbs,

they
are

classes

adverbs

and

they

called

adverbial

ments.
474.

The Time;

modifiers
as,

of the

verb

may

show

(1)

He
The

will

return
was

soon.

child

born

in

the

year

1880.

(2)

Place;

as,

The We

man

fell here. these

as,

bought

books

in

Paris*

(3) Degree

or

quantity;
it much.

I like I have

read
1

the

book
152.

several

times.

See 'par.

MODIFIERS

OF

THE

VERB

24

(4) Manner;
You

as,

acted boy lit the

ran

wisely. like
the with

The
He

wind.
a

candle
or

match.

(5)

Purpose,
I went The The
to

cause,

reason;
to
meet

as,

the

station
with

my

sister.

child
carriage

cried

fatigue.
broken down,

having

they

were

late

to

wedding.

(6) Condition,
I left You

or

circumstance;
on

as,

home
shall

the

supposition in
case

of your of

being

ill.

remain,
or

accident.

(7) Affirmation
Without
the

negation;
I have
seen

as,

doubt

and

perhaps

have

rea

book.

475.

In

analyzing
say,
as

sentence
as

which

contains
what

modifiers
they

the

verb

far

possible,

of

kind

ar

s,
Far

from
sober

the

madding
wishes
never

crowd's learned

ignoble
to

strife,
stray.

Their

0
Exercise
1. The

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GBAMMAR

196.

"

Classify the modifiers of

3.

the verb.
2.
We
were

swallows

fore

sunrise.

returned His mercy

afternoon
out.

this

week.

endureth last
month.

forever.

4.

him
over,

our we

dog

one

5.

The

storm

ng
6.

ventured
their here
at

They
for them
to

met

friends the

in

Edinburgh.
gate.

7.
We bought
acted like fold. 14.

We

shal

garden
This

8.
was

rowed

from

ngston 10. The

you

Oxford. boy
read
came

9.

umbrella

in Troy.
a

The

carefully.

11.
like
a

You
on

baby.

Assyrian
the

down
by
the
a

wolf

the

13.
The

We

letter

special

messenger.

ment regi

charged 15.
not

with
study
to
eat.

bayonet. learn. 16.

poor

We
live

to

We
man

eat

to

live.
not

17.
speak

We

18.

The

could
returned
.

y.
He

19.

His

father

being
to

dead,

he

to

England.

worked
21.

hard
All

win

the

prize.

day

long
the shone

through
tread
o'er

Frederick
of marching

street

Sounded
Bright the

feet.

lamps
the
the

fair
on sun.

women

and

brave panel

men.

23.

Through

window-panes red
the
autumn

floor

and

Streamed

24.

Under
At

walls
the

of

Monterey

daybreak
from

bugles and
a

began
lane,
a

to

play.

25.

Meanwhile,
Had

street

noisy

crowd

rolled
was

together,

like

summer

cloud.

476. only

As

said

in par.

471,

the
the

adverbial

modifiers
or

(to

verb)

predicate but
complement.

may

contain

also

ments enlarge-

of the

object
Object

of the
with

predicate

Enlargements
465-469.
an an

Read
477.

again

pars.

156
may

and

Whatever
may

be be

enlargement enlargement

of
of

the the

subjec

stantive

also

objec

stantive.

PREDICATE

WITH

ENLARGEMENTS

24

Exercise

197. and
have

"

Pick
what
the

out

the
are.

enlargements

of
twenty

the

obj

stantive
1.

say sold her

tolls

they

We

horse.
4.

2.

bought
found

sheep

The
The flail

girl

lost

gloves. the

Who
of

Thomas's

top
I

curfew
of

knell hail.
widen

parting
I

day.
fresh

6.

wiel

the

lashing 8.
I

7.
the

bring
rent

showers

rsty

flowers.

in

my

wind-built

9.
ward

We
the

met

our

cousin 11.
I

the

architect.
the

10.

We
brow

admire
of

'

Wake. 12.

hty

Helvellyn. reading
signal-sound interesting of
to

We
books.

climbed learn to
14. Have
a

dark

paint The
you

pictures.

13. brought
to
swear

midnight
a

strife.

15.

friend

16.

I wish

be

alone

for

while.
with

Pbedicate
478.

Complement

Enlargements

The
may

predicate
be

complement,

when

noun

(s

464),
be
the

modified of the is
phrase,

by

whatever

adjective
or

elements

modifiers
complement

subject substantive
an

of the
a

objec

n
a

adjective, an
have the

infinitive,

gerund,

prepositional place,
may

it may

adverbial

modifiers,
of the

e,

etc.

(see

par.

474), and
it may

object
an

tion preposi

have

adjective modifiers.
or
a

When
have

the

complement
or

an

infinitive

gerund

object

comple

Exercise
sentence,

198.
and
a

"

Say
pick
of view.
unusually
an

what
out
great

the

predicate

complement

is

and

describe
ability.

the enlargements
2.

of
to

1.

He

is by
seem

man

We

are

sure

ased
They

the

3.

They

are

American neighbors.

citizens 5.
He

pleasant industrious
fairly
man,

erally Mr.

thought

of good
as

some
a

property.

Williams
season

is considered is
you

judge.
tastes

Th

hroom 9.

at

hand. of

8.
age?
too

This 10.

fruit

ver

et.

Are

already
is
to
worse.

Did

he 12.

look

ill

e?

11.

His

fault

keep

quiet.

The

si

is

growing

much

13.

All

John

cares

for

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

ying n

those
the

pranks.
of
appear
grow

14.

One

of

my

greatest

pleasures
the
woman's

ha

reading is to

history.
so

15.
and

One feeble. 17.

of

uliarities
of
life

old

16.
A

One

of

th

is

to

is this

looking

gracefully. old 18. disagreeable.

Let
your

bad
would

habit
be

You
seem

wis

overcome

it.

19.

aim

be
an

to

pleasant.

479.
a

The

same

verb
complement

may

have

object
thus,

in

one

sentence

predicate

in another;

Object

Complement

coat

became

(^suited) flower.
303.
a.

The

wool

became

coat.

him.

lady

smells

the
par.
"

The

flower

smells

sweet.

Read

again

Exercise

199.

Say

whether

the words

printed

in

itali

objects or
I. The
man

predicate
felt

complements.
2. 4.
sermon.

hurt.

The

man

felt

his

head. old.

3.
5.

The

dener

grows

apples.

The

gardener
6. the 10. The

grows

The

acher

continued

his
host
make
man.

preacher

continued wine

ular.

7. 9.

The

tasted clothes.

wine.

8.

The

tasted

Tailors
the

It is sometimes

said

tha

thes

make

b. Say

whether

the

words

printed

in

italics

are

predicate

ectives or modifiers of
II.
the
warm.

the verb.
tired.
feel warmly
went

The door.

child
13. 15.

looked
We

12.
on

The
the

child
matter.

looked
14.

h b

We
went

The

dog
street.

mad. The lady

16.

The

dog

ly

down The
sun

the
appears

17.
the

appeared
19.

fain
cloak

in

morning.

The

was

costly

by

adding
was

much

embroidery.

20.

The

cloak,

my

opinion,

made

badly.

Read
480.

again

par.

307.
may

Verbs

that

be

copulative

when

in the

passive

PREDICATE

WITH

ENLARGEMENTS

249

ce

(as "He
in the
Passive

is

considered
voice;
verb

clever")

are

transitive

verbs

active
copulative

thus,
Transitive
active

verb

is

deeme"Pin"thfu\
was

by

us.

We
They

deem

him

truthful.

rles

made

angry.

made sentences

Charles

angry.

It

is

plain

that

in

these
angry

latter have and

the

predicate

jectives truthful
to

and

become
They

complements
are

onging
the

the

objects
the

him

Charles.
infinitive
the

joined

objects by
should be
in the

copulative

to be, understood,

ch
Thus

supplied
sentence

in analyzing

sentences.

We
alone

think the

him

[to be] honest,

of
think. We
cannot

is

not

object
of think

think "him

son.

The
honest.,,

object
Him

is the

infinitive of
the

phrase

be

is the
we

subject
may,

infinitive.
cases,

Instead

of

adjectives
Thus,

in

such

have

noun

plements.
Passive

copulative

verb

Transitive

active

verb

es
was

was

President. elected by me believed a thief.

They

elected
Tom

Hayes
a

President.
thief.

I believed

Here
the

the

nouns

President

and

tKiefare
Just
as cases,

made

complements

objects, Hayes
be

ai*d Tom.
In

before,
the

thW
nouns

infiflitiv
President

be should

supplied. called

such

and
the

thief are

Tom

objective case [to be] a thief

200.
"

objective complements. The (see pa^l69).

They
entire

are

phrase

"

is the the

object

of the
sentences

verb

believed.
"to

Exercise

In

following
is the

supply verb,

be"

re the
1.
not

necessary,

tell what

object of each

and

point

complements. objective
Many
people thought

Arthur, 3.
The

the

rightful
found

king. the

2.

think

him

clever.

jury

prisoner

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

lty. med

4.
him their

Her
an

beauty
impostor.

made
6. 7.
His

me

glad.
tenants

5.

Everybody

The wife

ney
They

landlord.

believed

Mr considered innocent. him

proclaimed

William

emperor.

481.

We
the

saw,

in par. by

295,

how

the the

object
verb

of

verb

may

made

subject,
Jack
The

putting

into

the

passive

ce.
Horner
pie
was

ate eaten

the by

pie.

Jack

Horner.

In

similar

way

the

indirect

object

is sometimes

made

subject;
My
/
was

thus,
mother
given
gave
a me

glass

of milk.
by
my

glass

of

milk

mother.

The

verb,

as

before, into
agent,

is put
the
or

into

the

passive
.

voice,
the

and

bject
to

is thrown
the

predicate,
person

with

preposition

indicate
But

acting.

482.

in in

such the It

case

the

object,
and
as

"glass

of

milk,"
called of
"was

ll retained

predicate,
cannot

it is therefore the

ained

object.
because The

be

parsed

object
be

en,"

verbs retained
modifier

in the

passive
must

voice

cannot

govern

ject.
an

(Jbject
of the

therefore
and
may

regarded

adverbial

verb,

be

explained

the

object

of

some

preposition
Compound

understood.
Elements

Read
483.

again When

pars.
a or

446-449.

subject, a
more

verb,
and

an

object, or
parts
to

complement
connected

sists

of two

equal

similar

rdinating Compound Compound

conjunctions,

it is said
and and
ran

be

compound;

subject,
verb, "I

"Henry
rose

I will go."
to
meet

him."

ANALYSIS

OF

SIMPLE

SENTENCES

25

Compound
Compound
484.

object,

"I

ate

apples "The

and

pears."
are

complement,
the

leaves

red

and

yellow."
to

When

verb

is compound

there

is said

be

pound

predicate.

485.

A
and

simple
one

sentence

is

sentence

containing
or or

but

bject
both,

predicate.

The and
or

subject
one

the both*

predicate,
may

may

be

compound,

hav

argements

consisting
Analysis
of

of word Simple

phrase

elements.

Sentences1
we

486.

In

analyzing
the

simple

sentence

should

name

in

ular First

order

several

elements.

the

Secondly
Then
to

subject (complete). the predicate (complete).

word
elements

the the

and

the

phrase

elements

ing belong

subject.
elements

The verb.
The

word

and

the

phrase

elements

modifying

elements

belonging

to

the

predicate

complement

f any).
And
487.
those

belonging modifiers
the

to

the

object (ifany).
noun or

The

of any

pronoun

are

adjecti

ments;

and
are

modifiers

of

any

verb,

verbal,

adjectiv

adverb
488.

adverbial

elements.

Model

for analysis.
attempted,
a

Something
Has

something
repose.

done,

earned
This
is
a

night's

Analysis:

simple

declarative attempted,
a

sentence,

with

pound
the

subject
predicate

"Something "Has
noun

something
repose."

done"

earned
something
for

night's is
p.

Subjec
the

first
#

subject
1

modified
325,

by
32.

parti

See

"Notes

Teachers,"

Note

LONGMANS1

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

ple

attempted,
noun

an

adjective
The
earned

word

element; modified

bject

something

is likewise predicate
is the

and by
is verb

the the
Has

second

ciple parti

done.

Predicate: which
noun.

base

earned

ose,

in

Has

transitive by
the the

and

repose

object
Exercise
1.

Repose
to

is is

modified
attached

adjective
a.

word

ment

night's,

which

article

201.

"

Analyze
the
way

the

following simple
2. of
the

sentences.

I trie'd to
ugLy 4.

find

out.

We

are
ocean near
one.

tired
is

of seein
very

sign.

3.
are

The

water

blu

day. That

There

three

ships
a

sailing good

the

island
see a

hammock
at

is
Capo

considered

6.

hthouse slowly.
This
He

May

distinctly.
wall
will

7.
topple

We
over

walked
some

mil

8.

That

day
person.

Invalid's

chair
them fair.
the

is
of

comfortable
low
was

for 11.
an

tired
None

has
deserve
for

exalted
the

degree.
allowed

but

th

ve

12.

hour people

(= retained
wished
too

ject)
His

finishing king.

lesson.

13.
was

The

Caesar

14.

John him
a

considered

proud.

enemies
16.

declared
The

traitor.
dashed

breaking
a

waves

high
coast.

On

stern

and

rock-bound

17.

An

unwonted
within
a

splendor
him
gem

brightened
him.
serene ocean

All
*

and
of

without
ray

18.

Full The

many

purest
caves

dark

unf

at homed

of
every

bear.

19.

The
The

modest
toil of

wants
every

of

day

day

supplied.

Simple
Read
32.

Interrogative 34 and
35, and

Sentences
work
again

again

pars.

Exercises

Exercise

202.

"

Analyze

the

following

interrogative

senten

1.

What's come?

an

egg

to

me

or

you?
then

2.
watch

What
it

way

does
no"

th

3.

Must

he

rise

more?

LONG

SIMPLE

SENTENCES

253

Why
Know me?
so

preach
ye

ye

here?
Agincourt?

5.

The

tear-drop
7.
Now

who
wherefore

can

blame?
stopp'st
are

not

ou

8.
many

Why

look'st
fair?
vile

thou

so? Whom
dare

9. do

Where
you

those

ights

and
these

10.

seek?

11.

Shall
Murmur

creatures

against

thee?
rest

12. 13. 14.

How
Whither

could
. .

they
.

within

their

graves?

dost
or

thou

pursue

thy

solitary

way?

Can
Back

storied
to

urn

animated
call the
provoke

bust
fleeting
the
silent

its mansion

breath?
dust?'

15.

Can

honor's

voice

Simple

Imperative
36 37,

Sentences
and

Read

again

par.
"

and

work

again

Exercise

33

Exercise
a.

203.

Analyze
my

the
side
4.

following
depart.
Provide 6.

imperative
2.
for

sentences.
me
own

1.

Never Neglect

from
him

Lend
thine thy

your

ars.

3.

not.

future

afety.

5.

Love
peace

thyself
to

last.

Still

in

right

hand Break
away.

arry

is

gentle bonds of
us

silence

sleep
a

asunder.

envious 8. Chase

tongues.

7.
fears

all

thy

Let

take

b.

10. 12.
o'er

Heaven Thy their

walk. defend will

grave.

the done.

ome.

be

right. 13. Soft

11. sigh

Thy

kingdom

the

winds

eaven

Long 489.

Simple

Sentences
may,

A of

simple
the

sentence
or

through

having

subject,
sentences

of

the

analyzing mention
1

long

it would

predicate, be tiresome
as

be

ments enlargeI long.

to

separately

all the

enlargements,1

and is done

useles

in th
more

In

diagramming,
to

however,

it is best precisely

(since it is scarcely
where they

any

trouble)

place

all elements

belong.

See

pars

547-551.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

el

given
structure

in par.
of

488.
the

^t is
sentence

sufficient
and
show

if

we

mark

out

the

relations

chief

modifiers,

objects
of

and

complements.

Analysis
Note.
In
must

Long
the

Simple

Sentences
elements,
the

"

analyzing,
be

following

bein

ential,

italicized: the predicate

subject

substantive,

verb

object
No

(if any),
more,

complement
an

(if any).
impartial

surveying
long

with
the

eye

The

line

of

coast,

Shall
Be

the
seen

gaunt

figure

of the
post.

old

Field-Marshal

upon

his

mple

declarative

sentence.

bject:
The
gaunt

figure

of

the

old

Field-

Marshal,

surveying
with
an

[participle
eye

modifying

"figure"]
phrase,

impartial

[adverbial
coast

manner].

The

long

line

of the

[object of surveying].

edicate:
.

Shall
upon
no

Be

seen

his
more

post

[place/

[time]
night, harness
man, unseen, a

[For] in
In Dreaded
The

the

single

warrior,

sombre
of
rampart

mailed,

and

surnamed
has

the

Destroyer,

wall
sentence.

scaled.

mple

declarative

bject:
a

single
mailed

warrior,
In

sombre of
man,

harness,

Dreaded

and
Destroyer after

surnamed
the verb

the

["Destroyer"
participle
of

being copulative

complement

"surnamed"].

LONG

SIMPLE

SENTENCES

255

icate:
has
unseen

scaled

The

rampart

wall
as

[object]
adverb,
modifying

[participle

used

"has

scaled"].
Slowly
From*

and
the

sadly

we

laid
fame

him

down

field

of

his

fresh

and

gory.

le

declarative
we

sentence.

ect:

icate:

laid

him fresh

and

gory

From
the

the

field

of

his

fame

[modifiers
Slowly

of

object]
and of sadly
the

[manner]

[manner]

down

[place] [modifiers
Exercise
1.

verb].
sentences.

204.

"

Analyze
to

the

following
eyes

[But]
Rich

knowledge
with shall
the
no

their
of

her

ample
ne'er

page,

spoils sunshine from

gun

time, from
the the

did
the

unroll.
of
azure,

2.

Him
No No

fields

drum-beat

wall,
fort's

morning's Awaken

from

black

embrasure,

with

its call. the

3.

Up
In

and

down

dreary
of

camp

great

boots
with
a

Spanish

leather,
tramp,

Striding
These

measured dull

Hidalgos,
the

and

damp,

Cursed 4.
.

Frenchmen.

Hearing

the

Imperial
with these half in

name

Coupled
Half
Forth

words shame,

of

malice,

in

anger,

the

great

campaigner

came

Slowly

from

his

canvas

palace. the

5.

From

the

alehouse
on

and
narrow

inn,
street,

Opening Came
the

the

loud and

convivial applause

din,
of feet.

Singing,

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

6.

In

study Descending
Alice

my

see

in the
broad
laughing

lamplight
hall-stair Allegra
hair.

the

Grave
And

and
with

Edith of the

golden
of the

7.

Out Out Over

bosom
the

air, of
her
garments

of
the

cloud-fold

shaken,

woodlands
the harvest and

brown

and
forsaken,

bare,

Over

fields
soft and

Silent

slow

Descends

the

snow.

Miscellaneous
[Analyze
1.
Evil

Simple
to

Sentences
the

for

Analysis
489.]
2. soothe

according

models

given

in par.
manners.

communications
little 4.

corrupt

good
May
never

Man

nts
a

but
sigh. thy

here My 6.
harvest

below.
day
or

3. night
earth their

pity

the

th

myself
to

I make.
her

5.

Prove

ou

words. the

The
to

thee

incense

yields

Oft

did 8.

sickle
we

yield.
press

Onward,
Through

onward,
the My

may

path

of

duty.
being
pains
a

9.
She
gave
me

story

done,

for
sat

my at

world

of sighs.

10.

fair

maid her glorious

her

bower-door

Wringing

lily

hands. launch

11.

Your
To

standard foe. her

again

match

another
from floods
up

12.

With

thunders
quells
the

native

oak

She
13.
Weigh

below.

the

vessel

Once

dreaded
she
charged
may

by

the

foes.
again

14.

[And]
Full

float
with

England's

thunder.

MISCELLANEOUS

SIMPLE

SENTENCES

257

15.

[And]
Shall

he

and
the

his eight
wave no

hundred
more.

plow
stores

16.

No

beneath
a

its humble
care.

thatch

Required

master's

17.

The

wicket,
the

opening

with

latch,

Received

harmless
the
care

pair. hermit

18.

His With

rising

cares

spied,

anpwering
win
me

oppressed.

19.

To

from

his

tender
came.

arms

Unnumbered 20.
Her

suitors
shall
the eagle

wing the seek

flap

O'er
21. To

false-hearted.
thee

did

I often

rove

Through

woods Vainly

and

on

the

green.
eye

22.

the

fowler's flight
sea

Might 23.
There
A
spot

mark is in

thy the

distant
wide
but of lone

to

do

thee

wrong.

unmarked oft
the sight

holy.
means

24.

How
Makes

to

do

ill deeds

ill deeds
his

done. guilty
own.

25.

He

finds

fellow
like his

of

skin

Not Silently Blossomed

angels.

colored
one

by
the

one

in the

infinite the

meadows

of

heaven

lovely

stars,

forget-me-nots

of

the

In

the

courtyard

of the

castle,

bound

with

many

an

iron

band,

Stands
hand.

the

mighty

linden

planted

by

Queen

Kunigunde's

28.

In
He

that

hour

of with

deep

contrition
vision,

beheld,

clearer

Through

all outward
the
avenger

show rise.

and

fashion

Justice

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

29.

The
The

blossom
dews
nought

opening
of
heaven
of

to

the

day,

refined,
display

Could
To

purity

emulate

his

mind.

Hence hand, Like

an

in

silence

and

in

sorrow,

toiling

still

with

bus

emigrant

he

wandered,

seeking

for

the

Bette

Land.

Additional

sentences:

"

Exercise

185,

a.

COMPLEX

SENTENCES
Clauses

'

490.

Compare
I desire

the anearly
to

sentences:

(1)

departure. early.
depart

(2) I desire (3) I desire

We
see

depart
we

that

early.
sentence

that

in the

second

the

work

of the

noun

parture

and

its modifiers
phrase
to

(the object of desire) is done

early;
same

infinitive
whose work

depart

and
as

that
that

in of
that

the the
we

thir

ntence,

meaning

is the
is done

othe

o,

the

of

noun
a

by
we,

the

words
a

depar

rly,

which
early"

contain would,

subject,
one

and
alone,

verb, be
a

depart.
complete

"We

part

if standing

sen

nce,

but

here

it is only

element

of the

whole the

sentence,

mely,

the

object, and

taken

altogether

does

work

of

n.

491.

Elements
a

(or members
predicate
may
are

of called
work,

sentence) containing
clauses.
not

ubject and
that

We of

shall
nouns,

ter

clauses
or

do

the

only

adjectives
492.

of adverbs.
sentence1

complex

is

one

which, being

besides
either

one

prin cipa

subject
1

and
much
of

predicate
confusion
forming
a

(both
if the
a

simple

It will obviate

term

"sentence"

be restricte "clause"

combination member

words
containing

complete
"

whole,

to

bordinate

finite verb.

Mason.

NOUN

CLAUSES

259

pound),
and
A
A

-contains
predicates
subordinate
subordinating relative

one

or

more own.

subordinate

clauses

with

bjects
498.

of their
clause

is introduced

by

(1) (2) (3)

conjunction.
adverb. adverb,

A A
An

pronoun.

conjunctive
interrogative

(4)

adjective,

or

pronoun.

Noun
494.

Clauses
a

In the

simple

sentence

noun

may

be the
of
a

subject,
in
a

th

ect,
an

predicate
to

complement,
some

the
noun.

object

preposition, complex

appositive
a noun

other
may

Similarly the

ence

clause

be

subject,
of
-a

the

predicate
or

lement,
to

the
a

object,
Simple

the

object
Sentences
The

preposition,

an

sitive

noun;

thus,

as

subject
predicate

truth
are

is clear.

as
as as

complement

These

facts.
James.

object object of
apposition
a

I believe

preposition with subject

I believe Tom,

in

exercise.
son,

in

the

piper's

stole

Pig.

in

apposition

with

They object
son.

caught

Tom,

the

piper's

Complex
clause
as

Sentences
That
you

subject
predicate
com-

have

been

deceived

clear. clause
as

The

fact

is he

is ignorant.

jrtement n clause
clause

as

object
as

I believe

James
wrong

is honest.

object

of

He

was

in

that

he

go

preposition
clause

angry.

in

apposition

The

fact
not
a

that

he

was

beaten

with

subject
clause

could

be
hope

denied.
that
you

in

apposition

We
be

had

might

with

object

safe.

LONGMANS'

KNGUSH

GRAMMAR

495.

Noun
clauses,

clauses

are

called,

according

to

their

uses

ubject

object
clauses
a

clauses,

predicate
to
a

clauses,

clauses

position,
496.

and
In

objective
complex

preposition.
first find
the
you

analyzing
Then

sentence
as

the

cip pri

predicate. Afterwards
by
497.

proceed
analyze

though

sentence

were

mple.

the

clauses:

will recognize

em

their A
noun

containing
clause
the

verbs. is most often

that;
you

joined
as,

to

the

rest

sentence

by

conjunction
That

Noun
in

clause
this. clause
are

as

subject.

have

wronged

me

dot

pear

Noun

as

object.
men.

He

hath

heard

that

men

of

rds

the
clause

best
as

Noun
am

predicate

complement.

The

truth

is

th

tired. Noun clause

in

apposition.

(See examples
that

in par.

494).
a noun

498.

The

conjunction
as

(when

it introduces

ause

used
as,

object

or

predicate

complement)

is

ofte

itted;
He

hath
truth

heard
is I

men am

of few

words

are

the

best.

The

tired.

499. whether

Other

and

conjunctions which if [ whether]; as,

=

introduce

noun

clause

I doubt
I wonder
S

whether

he
can

can
come.

come.

if he
at

500.
on

If you
page

look
221,
you

the
will

table
see

of subordinating
these
three

tions conjun

that

conjunction
introduced

that, whether,
In

and

if)

are

called

introductory
are

conjunction

questions

(direct or
adverbs,

indirect) clauses

terrogative
pronouns.

interrogative

adjectives, or

tive interroga-

NOUN

CLAUSES
,

26

Exercise
1.
That be
never

205.
the is

"

a.

Pick
was

out lost

the

noun

clauses
2.

used
That

as

subject
brother

ship
our

is certain.

our
was

saved

hope.
4.
groom

3. Why
was

Where
the the

the

money
went

hidden
was

found
5.
That
I out
can

out.

clerk thief

away

no

wn. Whether

the
come

is firmly

believed.

is doubtful.

b. Pick
7.
His
was

the

noun

clauses
that
father
go. you

used
might

as

predicate
die

complements.
battle.
The

wish
that

was
our

he might 10.

in

8.

Ou

ire

return.

9.
was

question the

ther
My

I ought

to

Her

hope

he

told

truth.

belief

is that

will

prosper.

c.

Pick

out

the

noun

clauses

used

as

objects,
know he
was
a can

or

as

objec

prepositions.
12.
I

asked
14.

what
The

you
man

said. believed
that
Mr.

13.

We
that

that
was

you

ar

ing.

right rich
say you
man.

Everybody
We
hear
that

thought
he

Robins

is much
Tell
me

liked.

17.

Who

where

garden
sum.

is? 19.

18.
I will he
22.

[indirect
how
you

object]
should
21.
were

how

work
20.

explain
was

do
He

it.

right
I

in

that

obeying

orders.
if you

asked

me

wanted. of

He
you

inquired
can

ill.

23.

It

question

whether
par.

afford

it.

Read
501.

again

216.

We

often

find

noun

clause

coining
expletive

after
or as,

the

cate, predi

and

used

in apposition

with the

the

preparatory

noun
we

it coming

before rain
soon"

predicate;

"It

is likel

shall

have
at

Looking
the

the

grammar

of

such

sentence

the

subjec
looking
noun

it, and

noun
or

clause logic of

is in the

apposition
the

with

it, but

the

sense

sentence

subject
the

is the

use;

it

is the

therefore
noun

sometimes the the

called

grammatical
par.

bject and
The

clause
to

logical subject (see

verb before
the
pars.

216).

it is used with

bring

logical

ompare

the

expletive

use

of there}

subject 407-409.]

LONGMANS1

ENGLISH

GBAMMAR

pletive

It

with
the

noun

clause

Noun

clause

as

grammatical
no

after
It

verb

subject (with
he
was

It)
is said.

is

said

that

That

he

was

guilty

guilty.
It is

prince
It you

reported is dead.
doubtful
be

that

the

That

the

prince

is dead

is r p

is

whether

Whether

you

will

be

in

time

will

in
"

time.

is doubtful.
out
as

Exercise

206.
or

Pick used

the

noun

clauses

in

apposition

ee par.
1.
It

494),

logical
he

subjects.
will
come.

is doubtful
of
Egypt
can

whether that
cope.

2.

It

was

tol

King

the 4.

people
It

fled.

3.
little

'Tis
to

said
him the

with
what
news.

ow

time

mattered
you

pened.
The fact
can on

5.

It

is strange
we

that

did
him

not

hear

that

believed
the
fact
you

in
that

made
sun

him spots?

work.

Who

explain this,
noun or

the

has
to

8.

ended
502.
a noun or

that
a

had

promised
may may

come.

phrase
a noun

element
clause
;

often

be

expanded

clause,
a

and

be

shortened

int

noun

phrase

element
element

thus,

Noun
The

or

phrase place

expanded
Where
not

into
Moses

noun

clause

burial is not

of Moses

was

buried

known.
for
peace
are

known. why
peace
was

The

reasons

It is uncertain

uncertain.
They

made.
the the
punishment They

demanded
of

demanded
should
prove

that be

th

thief. his cence. innoHe

thief
can

punished.
that
he

He

can

prove

innocent. The

result

was

the

covery The dis-

result

was

that

lead

was

of lead.
To

discovered.

study being

is

our

reason

for

That
reason

we

should
for

study
here.

is

our

here.
us

being that
we

He

desires

to

go.

He

desires
that

should

go

I trust

in his honesty,

I trust

he

is honest.

NOUN

CLAUSES

26

Noun
That

clawe
exercise be
man

shortened

into

noun

or

phrase

element
of

is healthful

The

healthfulness
be

exercise

cannot

denied.
returned
be

cannot

denied.
of the
to
man's

How

the
remains

The

manner

r t

to

learned.
was

remains We in,
to
saw
or,

be

learned.
of

We
to

saw

that

it

wise

the

wisdom
saw

giving

give

in.

We
in.

it to

be

wis

give

Everybody
wrote
a

knows "Robinson

who

Everybody
"

knows

the

author

soe. Cru-

of

Robinson

Crusoe."

We

believe

that work.

John

can

We
to

believe do
the

in

John's

abilit

do
The
you

the

work!
is
The
to
your

punishment

is

that

The

punishment
or,

mi di

be

dismissed.
is for
l

punishment
be

you

dismissed.

Exercise
in
He

207. italics.
remembers the

"

a.

Change

into

noun

clauses

the

words

nted
I.

our

coming
kind. Tell
me

into
3.
I

the
cannot
age.

town.

2.

Every*

thinks

man

very

understand 5.
the
me.

t
never

of

his

failure. fate
7.
there His

4.

your

They date

rned

the

of their
to-morrow.

friends.
was

6.

Decide
to

of

meeting.

success

owing He

8.
to

John's

is to 10.

be

9.
honesty.

wishes

you

call

upon

I believe

in
noun

his
or

b. Change
in
How

into

phrase

elements

the

noun

clause

nted
II.
We

italics.
the

prisoner
that

escaped
was

was

never

found
cannot
are.

out

believe
why
not

he

innocent.

13. old

I
you

he hear

failed.
what

14.
became

Tell

me
our

how

understand 15. We

ld

of
It
was

friends.
to
me

16.
that

Decide

when

shall That
1

meet

again.
we

17.

owing

he succeeded.

is why
in such
a

failed.
as

For,

sentence

this, is not
to

erely
an

introductory
expletive.

word

the

but as a preposition, used infinitive It is therefore phrase.

LONGMANS1

ENGLISH

GRAMTAR

503.

Models

for

analyzing

sentences

containing

noun

uses.1

(a)

Lives

of great
can

men
our

all remind lives

us

We
declarative
all Lives
:

make

sublime.

mplex

sentence.

bject:

of

great

men

edicate

remind

[to]
We
can

us

(indirect object)
make
our

lives

[to be]

sublime

(objec

clause)

(6) That

you

have

not

succeeded

is your

own

fault.

mplex

declarative

sentence.

bject

(clause)
:

That is your

you
own

have

not

succeeded
"m

dicate

fav}t
i

(c) It is

fact

that

he

saw

you.

plex

declarative

sentence.

bject

(clause):

that It is
a,

he

saw

you

(expletive")
fact.
the
was

dicate:

Exercise
1.

208.
the clerk

"

Analyze
groom
went

following
the

sentences.

That

thief
known.
Bacon

is

firmly

believed.
can

Why

the the

away

is not how
he
you

3.

Who

say

re

garden

is?
how

4.

Think
much

lage

all declared

knew. ask 9. what

He

6.

5. The shined. Dost know thou

the

thee? made it says What I

7.
don't

Do

birds
what

say?

know.
was

told

her

they

d.

10.

'Twas

true

he

monarch.
at spurn

11.

Then
'Twas

thou
not

wouldst

last
me

discover,
so.

well

to

12.

Our
To

merchants

will

employ
we

us

fetch

them
of complex

wealth,
sentences

know.
arc

Models

of diagrams,

given

in par.

550.

ADJECTIVE

CLAUSES

26

13.

That
not

you

have

wronged
the
say

me one

doth

appear

in this.
runs.

14,

doubt

through

ages

increasing

purpose

15,

They

the

tongues

Enforce

attention

men of dying like deep harmony.

Adjective
504. The
as,

Clauses
often

place

of

an

adjective may
Sentence

be taken

by

clause;

Sentence

with

with

adjective

clause

in

'place

of

adjective
That The is
a

1.

tall boy.

That

is

boy

who
was

is tall.
youngest

2.

youngest

girl

lost

her

The

doll.

girl who her doll.

child

lo

3.

The

best

child

will

be

re-

The

that

is best

will

J
/505.

warded.

rewarded.

The

clause
an

which

thus

takes

the

place

of

an

tive adje

is called Exercise elements

1.

adjective clause.
"
"

209.

a.

Change
in italics.
is

into

adjectiveclauses
better.
2.

the

tive adje
a

printed
sick

The

child

getting
people

That
to

is
get

fal

report.

3.

Hard-working

deserve 5.
His broad,

on

4.

Everybody

liked

their

offer.

clear

brow

sunlight

glowed.

b. Change
inted
6.
ig.

into

adjectiveword

elements

the

adjectiveclause

in italics.
Most

of the

novels which

which
you

Scott
have
to

wrote

are

very

interest-

7.

The

task
the
a

do

is easy.

8.

lbng

remember
that
are
wears

fright
crown.

which

I Let
too

had.
me

9.
have

Uneasy
men

shal lies th

head

10.
who

about accomplish

me

that

fat.
things. worth

11. 12.

Men

talk

much

seldom
can

great hardly
606.

Persons

whom

others

flatter easily
be

ar

flattering. clauses
cannot

Adjective

always

changed

int

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

jective

word

elements.
for
was

The

adjective
cannot

clauses

in

the

lo fo

sentences,

example,
yet

be.

There That There Which,

never

philosopher
patiently.
of
men
on

could is
a

endure

the toothache
the affairs

tide
at

in

taken

the

flood, leads
may

to

fortune.
recognized

507#

An
that

adjective

clause

be

easily
some noun

from

fact

it is always

used
the

with
person

(or pronoun)
named.
is
a

d
A

tells something
noun

about
in

or

thing

clause element,

apposition
it

(see
or

par.

494)

really

jective
508.

since

explains

modifies
to

noun.

As

relative

clause

relates

the

antecedent,
an

llows

that

every
or

relative

pronoun

introduce^ the

adjecti
carefully

ause

describing
"

determining
pronoun

antecedent.
what
pronoun
must

Note.

The
from
what.
as

relative the

be
what,

stinguished

interrogative

and

from

adjective
509.

(See

pars.

239

and

450.)
describe,
clauses
or

Just

adjectives may
describing,
and
so

either

point
are

ou

r limit)

without

adjective
For

of two

ts,

descriptive

determinative.

example,

/
He

Descriptive
is
a

Adjective Clauses
faithfully.
together.

boy
are

who

works

Birds

that

alike

flock

Determinative
j

Adjective Clauses
bought.

This

is the
books

ring

that

/Those

which

you

wanted sort sort,

have

been

sold.

Clauses

of
of

the

former
latter

do
the

the work

work
of

of

descriptive

jectives;
Exercise

the

demonstrative

jectives.
210.
"

In
say

Exercises
what each work

118

and

119

pick

out

jective clauses
Read
again

and
par.

clause
again

modifies.
Exercise
120.

234

and

ADJECTIVE

CLAUSES

26

Exercise
say

211.
what

"

Pick each

out

the

adjective clauses

in

Exercise

yand
510. the
1.

modifies.
may

Adjective
conjunctive
This is the

clauses

also

be
416,

introduced

by
as,

most

adverbs
factory

(see pars.
where
my

417);*
works

brother

(where
it.
whence

=in

ch).
2. 3. It shall
The
prosper
was

in

the
sent

thing back

whereto
to

I sent

prisoner

the

place

4. 5.

This
That

was
was

the
the

reason

why when
out

I
I

came.

day

first saw

you.

Exercise

212.

"

Pick

the

adjective clauses
born.
3.
The

and

say

what

modifies.
1. I remember
whereon
the
not

the

house
thyme

where

was

2.
reason

know

bank

wild
known.

blows.
The
to

why
you ye

did

it

is

4.

place

whither whence
are

are

veling

is far

away.

5.
cause

Look

the

rock
ye

ar

wn.

6. 511.
Know
Are

What

is the

wherefore

come?

Analysis
the

of sentences
land
of

containing
the that
are

adjective clauses.1
and

ye

where

cypress

myrtle
their

emblems

deeds

done

in

clime?

mplex

interrogative
ye

sentence.

bject:

edicate:
Know

the

land

(object noun)
modifying following
myrtle

where

(conj. adv.,
the

"Are"

and

ducin intro

clause)
Are of emblems of

the

cypress

and

deeds

(complex2
that
are

clause modifier in their done clime

land object noun (clause modifier

"deeds")
1
1

Models Complex

of diagrams

of complex

sentences

are

given

in par.

550.
own.

because

it has

subordinate

clause

(following) of its

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

(6) The
Whose

long-remembered
beard descending

beggar
swept

was

his
his

guest

aged

breast.

plex

declarative

sentence.

bject:
The

long-remembered
Whose beard

beggar descending
of
swept

his

aged

breast

(clause
was

modifier

"beggar") noun).
sentences.

dicate:

his

guest

(predicate
the
that

Exercise
1. He The

213.
is rich flame

"

Analyze
enough
that

following
wants

nothing. wreck

2.

lit the
o'er

battle's the

Shone 3.
He
The Doth

round

him

dead. the
truth

is the thirst ask

freeman
that
a

whom

makes

free.-

4.

from

the

soul

doth

rise

drink

divine.
that

5.
6.

Thrice
The
By
roses

is he

armed

hath
that

his
hung

quarrel
o'er

just.
the
wave.

soon

withered
action the

7.
8.

ceaseless

all that hollow

is subsists.
crown

Within
That

rounds death

the

mortal
court.
never

temples

of

king

Keeps

his

9.
The The
Is
"

Nature

did
her.
was

betray

heart
moon,

that
that

loved
once

10*

round

and

full,

now

silver hour

boat. when high from

note

11:

It

is the

the

boughs

The

nightingale's
spirits Turkey
I have
carpet

is heard.

12.

The A

raised
was

abandon
lawn
.

me.

13.

the

Whereon

he

loved

to

bound.

ADVERBIAL

CLAUSES

269

14. Where
Its

Bright
first the

be

the

flowery
glad

sod
loves

child's

spirit

country

and
The

its God.
old times
are
a

15.
When 16.

true

dead noble
chance.

every

morning the
a

brought whereon
cause

Infected

be

air

they

ride.

17.
Why

I had

mighty him
came

I should

wish
There

dead.

18.
Two

blighting half
a

seasons

when

the

fields

werei

left

With

harvest.

19.

[But
Of The

oh!1] of all delightful

evening
sweetest
or

sounds

of

morn

is the

voice

of love

That

welcomes
ever

his base

return.

20.

[And]
In

like

cowards
the

who rush

leave of

their

ranks

danger's
away,

hour

before

steel,

Drifted
From

disorderly,

the

planks

underneath

her,8

keel.

Adverbial
512.

Clauses
may

The thus,

work

of

an

adverb

be

done

by

an

adverbial

use;

Omit.

The

wrecked

ship

Birkenhead,

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Other

adverbial

clauses

express

ideas,
and

such

as

those
that

e,

purpose,

result,

condition

concession,

cannot

be
513.
an

expressed
An

by

mere

adverbs.
clause,

adverbial
an

like

an

adverb,

modifies

rb,
In

adjective, or
examples
the

adverb.
given

the

just
will

the the

adverbial adverbial
go;

clause clause

of of

time

difies
that
manner

verb

come;

place

of purpose

modify
the

the

verb
came;

the

adverbial

clause

modifies

verb

the

gree
so

modifies
tired
the

the I

adjective
can so.

stronger.

clause adverbial In the sentence

"

that

go

no

farther,"

the

adverbial

clause

difies

adverb
par.
"

Read

again

440.
Pick
out

Exercise

214.

the

adverbial

clauses

of time

an

what
1.

each

modifies.
called
3.
We
4.
saw

My

cousin

while
some

was

out.

2.

She

stayed
when he
was

came

back.
in

beautiful

pictures
since
you

London. 5.
We The
The

Jim be had

has

worked
to

hard
see

pro mot

shall
train little
hay
was

pleased
gone
was

whenever

you

rive.

6. 7.
8.
when
on

before tired
the
sun

the after
shines.
was

boy
she

reached had
9. the
He
corn

th

ation. mile.

girl
while

walked

Make

had
as

er

he
way.

in

Spain.

10.

Green

de

my

11.

Before In the

the

bright

sun

rises
Mary

over

the
seen.

hill

cornfield himself

poor

is

12.

The

king she

has walked
Life

followed
before.
has since
hung
o'er,

her

When

has

13.
With
me

passed
I
saw

but

roughly

thee

last.

14.

[And]
The

the

heavy

night
waters

dark

hills
a

and
of

When
On

band
wild

exiles

moored

their
shore.

bark

the

New

England

ADVERBIAL

CLAUSES

27

15.

Could
Till

you

make
eyes

it whole and
nose

by
are

crying

your
near

red?

16.

Daily

my
my

table

steal

While

I pick wives
sat

scanty

meal. lighthouse
the
sun

17.

Three

up

in

the
as

tower went

And

trimmed

the

lamps

down.

Exercise
what
I.
The

215.

"

Pick

out

the adverbial

clauses

of

place

and

each
man

modifies.
has
you. go

returned

whence

he waits

came.

2. 4.
runs

ther

I sent
must

3.
wherever

Go

where

glory

thee.

The

ant

he is

is

told.
6.

5.
Fools

Smooth
rush

th
where

where
fear
to

the

brook

deep.

in will

els

tread.
carcass

7.

Where

thou will

dwellest
the eagles 'tis folly
Tray.

I be

dwell.

Where

the

is, there ignorance

was

gathered

ether.

9.

Where

is bliss
poor

to

be

wise

Wherever
II. There,
The

I went
where
a

my torn

dog

few

shrubs
modest

the

place

disclose,
rose.

village

preacher's

mansion

Exercise
say

216.

"

Pick

out

the

adverbial

clauses

of

manner

what
As

each

modifies.
so

1.

heroes after

think,
the honest

thought

the
so
as

Bruce. panteth he

2.
my

As

the

har

teth

waterbrooks,
man

soul
4. As

afte

e.

3.

An
so

speaks

thinks.

th

falls,

must

it lie.
sun

5.

As

the

breaks
peereth

through
in

the
meanest

darkest

clouds,

So

honor

the
go

habit.

6.

Let Not They,

the
as

world
the the

how

it will.
comes

7.

conqueror

true-hearted, doth
not

came.

8.

My
Me My As

muse as

delight

she

did
pen

before;
are

hand
they

and
have

not

in

plight

been

of

yore.

2.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

514.

All but
last

one

of the
are

the

Exercise

adverbial introduced

clauses
by
the

of

manner
as.

give

rd use

also

introduces
so

adverbial
as

clauses

word of degree;

Thi

as,

"The

is not
"as

big
I

I expected"
is
an

Here,

expected"
so.

adverbial

clause

of

degree

difying

the

adverb

515.

Adverbial

clauses than

of degree
the

are

also

introduced
the

conjunction
416, 417,
Half
The

and

conjunctive
as,

adverb

(s

rs.

and
a

footnote);
loaf is better
you

than
the

no

bread.
you

higher

aim

higher is
an

will reach. clause of

"Than

no

bread
better.

[is good]"
"

adverbial
you

gr de

modifying
of

The

higher
the

aim"
the.

is
It

an means,

ause

degree higher

modifying
as

second
you

adverbial "You

ll

reach

(or while)
clauses thus,

aim

higher."1

516.

Adverbial
"understood";
"

of degree

generally

have

severa

rds

tence

with

words

understood"

Sentence

in

full
the

The

boy
girl.

is

as

old

as

the

The

boy

is

as

old

as

gi

is old.

Wisdom

is better

thanriches.

Wisdom
are

is better
good.
more we

than

riche

The

more

the

merrier.

The

are

the

merrier

(we
Exercise

shall

be).
clauses

217.

"

Pick

out

tte adverbial what each

of
and

degree,

following

sentences,

say

modifies,

fillin

rds

understood.
that
or

[Remember

adverbial

clauses

of

degree

always

dify
1

adjectives
more

adverbs.]
"You higher."

Or,

accurately,
you

will reach

higher

in

the

proportion

ree

in which

aim

ADVERBIAL

CLAUSES

273

1.

The

child's
than the
a

hands
lion?

are

as

cold
is
than

as

ice.

2.
than
on

What
honey?
a

nger

3.
goes

What
faster

sweeter
a man

A I

man am a

on man as

bicycle
more

horse.
6.
The
you

sinned
as

against
was

than

sinning.

ral

was

lucky
you
more

he

clever.

7.

The

harder
is lazier

the 9.

more

will
some

learn.
men

8. have

The the

fellow
more

than

The

they

want.

Exercise
what
1.

218.

"

Pick

out

the adverbial

clauses

of

cause

and

each
came
me.

modifies.
because
you
as

called
you

me.

2.

came,

for
I will

you

ted
you
was

3.
wish
too

came,

sent

for
not
was

me.

4.

stay,

it. small.

5.

The

6.

could Corruption
were

dog

enter,

because
to

the

necessary

the

ors,
not
you

for
go
may

their
to
sea,

Parliaments for the ship

feeble.
rotten.

7.
8. he

The As

sailors
you

ld

was

are

ed,

rest. my
we

9.
country

We

love
calls

him
me,

because I
obey.

first loved
11.

10.
serve,

Since because

Freely

freely

love.

Exercise
say

219.

"

Pick

out

the

adverbial

clauses

of

purpose

what

each

modifies.
man

1.

A that
on

temperate

eats

that

he

may

live.
you

2.

glutton 4.

es

he

may

eat.

3.

Beware wake

lest
the

fall. 5.

She

tiptoe,
ye

lest
not

that
may
me. more

be
the

should 6. judged.
she
"

baby.
is studying
go,

Judge
so

The
my

boy
people
in
may

that
may

win

prize.
I
went to

7.

Let

that that

they I

8.

the

window,
so

order
hear.

might
Have

clearly.
to

9. honor,
you

Be

silent,
that

you may

10.
11.

pect

mine that

you

believe.

Awake

senses,

may

the

better

judge.
clauses

Exercise what
1.

220.

"

Pick

out

the adverbial

of

result

and

each

modifies.
is
is
so
so

The

mountain
That
man

high

that

you

cannot
no

see

the

top

it.

2.

dishonest

that

one

trusts

him.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

The

king
4.

was

such
was

tyrant
a

that

his

subjects
that

at

la

belled.

Tom

such

kind

fellow
were so

all his
of

compani

loved
that that that they I

him.

5.

The

people

tired
6.
My

James's

le

would
do
not

not

fight the

for

him.

coat

is

ick

fear

cold.

7.

Your

letter

is such

rawl

I cannot

read

it.

Exercise

221.

"

Pick

out

the adverbial and

say wish 3.

clauses what
it.

of condition

of
1.

concession
I

{see par.
with
you you

440)

each
2.
ye
me,

modifies.
You

will

come

if you better. 4. Though

will

nished

unless

do

Except

repent yet

all

all likewise
him.
him. them.

perish. Had
your

he

slay

will

ust

5. 6.

brother
obey the

been laws

here
however whoever

should
you

have

ld

You

must

may

li di

7.
had
you.

Help
known

will
you

be
were

welcome
in
took
town,

brings

If

we
on

we

should him
shall
to

have
as

lled

9.
Though

Though

you

his

life, bury
the

ince.

10.

hand
11.

join
you

in

hand

wicked
prepare

no

unpunished.
now.

If

have
eye

tears,

she
it

em

12.

If

thy

right

offend
he

thee,
may

pluck

out

However

full

of

book-knowledge

be,

he

is

no

se.

14.

Had
She

she had

lived

twelvemonth

more,

would

have]
the

not

died

to-day,

15.

Above

crowd
I but

On

upward

wings

could
yon

fly,

I'd 16.
Sharks

bathe

in

bright

cloud.

though
hovered

the

coast

seemed
that

near,

thick

along

white

sea-brink.

517.

Analysis

of sentences
I
^

containing
am

adverbial

clauses

(a)
Stepp'd
Returning in
so

in should

blood
I wade
as
no

far

that,
as

more,

were

tedious

go

o'er.

ADVERBIAL

CLAUSES

275

lex

declarative
7

sentence.

ject:

icate:
am

Stepp'd

in

blood

so

far

{that
Returning showing
'

(connective)
were

as

tedious

(adverbial
of

clause

result,
as

modifier

adverb

so)

(conj. adverb) [is tedious] [to] go o'er

showing
as

(adverbial
modifier

clause of

degree,

ve ad

preceding

tedious)

[though]
I

(connective
wade
showing verb
no

should
clause of

understood) more (adverbial

concession,
fier modi-

were)

(b) Teach
That

me

half
thy

the

gladness
must

brain

know,

Such
From

harmonious
my

madness
would
as

lips

flow,
I
am

The

world

should

listen

then

listening

now.

lex

declarative

sentence.1

ject:
Such harmonious
madness

[that] (connective
the
world should result,

understood)
listen
then

(adverbial
of

clause

showing
as

modifier

adj. such)

(conj. adv.)
am

listening
manner,

now

(clause
should

modifier,

showing

of
of this

verb

listen.)
551.

1J3ee the

diagram

sentence

in par.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

edicate:

would

flow From

my

lips

[if](connective

[thou]

Teach

understood) half [to] me (object) [of] the

clause
would

ness glad

(adverbial
modifier
That

showing

condition,

of

verb

flow)
thy

(pronoun,
must
noun

know

of know) object (adjective clause,

brai

modifier

gladness)
the

Exercise

222.

"

Analyze

following
as

sentences.

1.

They

trimmed
is stronger

the
than sinning.

lamps
the lion? 4.

the 3.
more serve,

sun

went
a man men

down.
more

What

am some

nned
more

against
they

than
want.
my

The
we me

have

5.
country

Freely
calls

because

we

freel

ve.

6.
not
ye

Since
go not to

I obey.
rotten.
senses,

7.
8.

The

sailor

uld

sea,

for

the 9.
The

ship Awake

was

Judge
you

not
may

at

be

judged.
10.
11.

your
was

that
a so

better

judge.
rebelled.
soon

king

such

tyrant

that

bjects
Except slay he

Laziness

travels
12. I will
come

slowly if you
14.
man

tha

verty

overtakes
ye

him.
ye

wish Though

repent,
yet

shall

likewise
him. 15.

perish.

me,

will

I trust

As

lives,

st

die.
16.

Could

you

make
eyes

it whole
nose are

by

crying
red?

Till your

and

17.

There,
The

where village

few

torn

shrubs modest the

meanest

the

place

disclose,
rose.

preacher's

mansion darkest

18.

As

the honor

sun

breaks
peereth

through
in the

clouds,

So

habit.

19.

The

teardrop

wh^
the

can

blame,

Though

it dim

warrior's

aim?

ADVERBIAL

CLAUSES

27

20.

One
May

impulse
teach evil

from
you

a more

vernal
of

wood
man,

Of

moral Than

and

of

good,
can.

all the

sages

21.

Next I found

morning
her

as

passed.

lying

dead.
for

22.

Shut
And

your

eyes,

now

the
away.

day

the

light

are

gone

23.

Could

I but

see

traitor, fight.

How

bravely
I
am,

I should

24.

So
No

faint
more

these

tottering
frame
can

feet bear.

my

palsied

25.

In

the Hung

blue
over

air

no

smoky and

cloud
lea,
the

wood church

When
Had

the
a

old
hamlet

with

fretted

tower
.

round drifting
sleeping

its knee.

26.

As The

through

the
was

snow on

she her

babe

pressed, breast.

27.

We Up

walked
rose

along, the
a

while
sun.

bright

and

red

morning phantom
she

28.

She When

was

of

delight,
upon my

first

gleamed

sight.

518.
your

Examine mind work

what

subordinate to call it.

"

clause
The

well
same

before
clause

making
may

ferent

in different
I know
I know I
was

sentences; he hour when

thus,

when the
out

arrived.
when

he

arrived.

he

arrived. first

"When

he

arrived"
a

is in
noun

the

sentence

the

object
sentence

w,

and

therefore

clause;

in

the

second

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

modifies
the

the

noun

hour,

and

is therefore
the verb

an was,

adjective

clause

third

sentence

it modifies

antf is therefore

adverbial

clause.

Exercise
1.
Do

223.

"

Say

of what
he

kind
lives?
he

each
2.

subordinate
I live where

clause
he

you

know

where

lives

I live 4.

in

the

I cannot

where village he tell how

lives.
write.

can

5.

He

writes

how

6.

As

the
as

bell tinkleth
bells
were

so

the

fool

thinketh.

7.
bells

I reached
were

door
the

the

ringing.
not

8.

As

the

ing, ring

children
the
saw

could day
you.

sleep.
I first
saw

7.

I bless
I

when
11.

you.
was

10.

I remember when

en rst

first
you.

My

sister

abroad

saw

12.

I
you

see are

whom

"you

are

expecting.

13.

see

the

person

om

expecting.

14.

We
he

asked
came.

whence 16. He

he
must

came.

15.

Oxford
he

is the
came.

cit

ence

return

whence

17.

This
when

is the

hour

when

all

are

asleep.
you

18.
when

The

thie
all

ajl

are

asleep.

19.

Do

know

ar

leep? 20. I
roses

know
grow,

where

roses

grow.

21.

This
roses

is

the

garden

ere

22.

Bees

hum

where

grow.

Classification
We begun

op

Elements

519.

are

able
in par.

now

to

complete

the

classification

ements

455.

I.

Word

elements
the the the the

may

be

/{a)

subject.

J$)
Ac)
/

object.
predicate

complement.
as a

(d)
/

verb

(always regarded
or

word
of

element).
a

(e) the

subject, object,

complement

verbal.

CLASSIFICATION

OF

ELEMENTS

279

(/)an adjective modifier,

adjectives,
participles,
nouns nouns
or or

including

pronouns

pronouns

in apposition, in the possessive

case.

(g) an (h) a (i) an

adverbial

modifier.

(conjunctions), element connective independent (expletives and element

be

tions). interjec-

Phrase

elements

may

(a) subject (an infinitive). (6) object (an infinitive). (c) object of (d) predicate (e) object or (/)
an a

preposition

complement

(an infinitive). (an infinitive or a prepositional

verbal. ) (an infinitive
of
a

phrase).
complement

adjective
adverbial
may

modifier

or

prepo-

an ("/)

modifier

sitional

phrase).

Clause

elements

be

(a) subject. (6) object. (c) predicate (d) object (e) object
a a
a or

complement. complement
a

of

verbal.

of

preposition.

(/) adjective modifier,

relative
clause clause clause,

being

either

introduced

by

conjunctive adverb,
by

in apposition.

(g) adverbial

modifier by or adverb
an

(introduced
a

subordinating
of this table,

conjunctive conjunction).
it is
seen

520.

From

examination

that

the predicate an complement, object subject, the object, an of a verbal, complement adjective modifier, and an

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

verbial

modifier
element,
or

may
a

each

be

either

word

element,

rase

clause

element. in original
in
sentences

Exercise

224.

"

Bring elements

illustratin

ch

of the kinds
Miscellaneous
1. He

of

mentioned

the table in par.

519

Complex
loseth
'

Sentences
has

for

Analysis
left

that

his

conscience

nothing

that

rth
2.

keeping.
My

advice

is that

you

endeavor

to

be

honestly

ric

contentedly

poor.

3.

The
your

most

convenient
sit loose
sort

habit
upon

you
you.

can

acquire

is that

tting
4.

habits is

Satire

of

glass

wherein
their the
own.

beholders

generally

scover 5.
6.
He

everybody's

face

but

that

is giddy
is he

thinks

world
nothing,

turns

round.
he

Blessed

that

expecteth

for

shall

never

disappointed.

7.

This

is the

cat

that that

caught Jack

the built.
like
man a

rat

that

ate

the

malt

at

lay

in the 8.

house

It
In

is not bulk

growing doth
make
to

tree

better

be.

9.

When
times.

the

infant

begins

walk,

it thinks

it

lives

range

10.

This
That

morning,
means

like
to

the of
reasons

spirit
note,

of

youth

be

begins why

betimes.
other folks

11.

It's

easy

finding

should

tient.

12.

I knew

'twas

I, for speak speak

many

do

call

me

fool.
gentleness,

13.

The

truth time

you

doth it in.

lack

some

And

to

ANALYSIS

OF

COMPLEX

SENTENCES

281

14.

Soon
The

as
moon

the

evening
takes
up

shades
the

prevail tale. ladder

turns

wondrous

15.

Lowliness

is young
the

ambition's
upwards flower
often

Whereto
To
.

climber

his

face.

16.

me

tjhe meanest
that

that

blows deep

can

give
tears.

Thoughts

do

lie too
to

for

17.

Truth
as

is

as

impossible

be

soiled

by

any

outward

the

sunbeam.

18.

Laziness

travels

so

slowly

that

Poverty

soon

overtakes

. 19. I stood
As The Whence A
the

on

the

bridge
were

at

midnight,
the

clocks
stood

striking
the

hour.

20.

boy

on

burning had
fle.d.

deck

all but
there
every
was,

him

21.

time

ere

England's
ground

griefs

began,
its
man.

When
That
for

rood
is
a

of

maintained
for
one

22.

which
another.

competency

man

is

no

ugh
23.
24.

They He The who

that

govern
to

most

make

least

noise. shall

ascends
peaks

mountain-tops
most

find and
snow.

loftiest
I but

wrapped

in clouds

25.

Had
I had

died
a

an

hour

before

this

chance

lived 26.

blessed
my

time.
pretty

I. love
My

home,
gay,

little

garden

Where
This

all things

look first
so

so

bright May.
a man

gladsome
nothing and

of

27.

In
As

peace

there's

becomes

modest
to
one

stillness

humility.
spot
was

28.

I feared Where

view
who

my

native
it
now

loved

not.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

29.

Clouds
Ere

that
the

love
storm

through
its fury

air

to

hasten,

stills, will
fasten

Helmet-like

themselves

On

the
strange

heads
the

of

towering should
he
we
can

hills.

30.

'Tis
To

miser riches

his
ne'er

cares

employ

gain

those Half
By

enjoy.

31.

the Mr.

ill

do

was

done

Nobody.

32.

Regions
Thy

Caesar

never

knew
sway.

posterity

shall patience
can

33.
A loss
as

With
I
ne'er

can

bear

know.
star,

34.

They
Not

set,

sets

the the

morning

which

goes

down

behind

darkened

west.

35.

Now
To

'tis little
know
when I'm I

joy
further
was a

off from

heaven

Than

boy.
to

36.

Go
Of

search
rich and

it there
poor

where
make

be

born

and

die

all the
thou
no men

history.

37.
In

Hadst
deserts
must

sprung

where

abide

Thou

have
you

uncommended
have
earnest to

died.
do
will.

38.

Do

whate'er
a

With

true

and

COMPOUND
521.

SENTENCES
up

Sentences

made

of two

or

more

simple

or

complex

sentences

connected
sentences.

by

coordinating

conjunctions

lled
522.

compound
The
one

members
another

of

compound

sentence

sometimes

llow

without
was

expressed
the
infirm

conjunctions;
was

The The

way

long,
was

wind
and

cold,

minstrel

old.

COMPOUND

SENTENCES

283

In

the
:

preceding

sentence

we

have

three

coordinate

uses

1. 2.

The
The

way

was was

long. cold.
was

wind

3.

The

minstrel

infirm

and

old.
are

523.

The

clauses

of

compound
as,

sentence

usually

ned

by

expressed
They But

conjunctions;
had been
tongues

friends
can

in

youth, truth,

whispering
constancy

poison

And And Here

we

lives and

in realms
youth

above,
is vain.

life is thorny have five

cofirdinate

clauses

joined

by

tions. conjunc-

A
a

subordinate
complex

clause
sentence;

is dependent
coordinate

upon

some are

other quite

part

clauses

pende inde-

of

each

other.

524.

In

analyzing
as

compound it stood
a
nor,

sentences

treat

each

nate coordi-

clause
525.
or

though

alone.
sentence

In

analyzing and

compound
it
may

which
to

contains
put

neither

be

necessary

in

erb
.The good"

of

negation.
sentence

compound
may

"The
into
was

boy

was

not

clever,

nor

was

be

separated
1. 2.
The

boy
was

not

clever.

He

[not] good.
the

Exercise
1. 2.

225.
shall
stream

"

Analyze
eat

following
shall
the
away

sentences.
ye

Ye

not

of
riot

it, neither flow and

touch
not

it.
rise
eyes.

The And

will colors

hill will
from oak,

the

have

all passed
a

her

3.

We

lay

beneath
a

spreading
seat,
a our

Beside And
And
from

mossy

the

turf
at

fountain
feet.

broke

gurgled

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

4.

The

waves

beside
the

them

danced,
waves

but glee.
goes,

they
.

Outdid
5.

sparkling
rainbow

in

The

comes

and
rose,

And 6.
The But

lovely

is the

good
no

south
sweet

wind bird

still blew

behind

did
or

follow, play

Nor

any

day
to

for the

food

Came

mariner's

hollo.

526.

compound simple
"I

sentence

may

be
of

made
coordinate he
a

up

not

onl

coordinate
as,

clauses,
my

but

complex

auses;

love

brother
is clever;" what

because
or

is kind, and
a

and

mire

him clause;

because
as,

he
speak

of
know,

simple and
may
we

complex

"I

I do

I lie not."
be

627.

Note
as,

that

subordinate
saw

clauses
sister when

also
were

compoun

"We

your

going

an

en We

we

were

coming
here
two

back." subordinate
may

have

clauses
as
a

which

ate

coordina

together clause.

they
The

be

regarded
sentence
we

compound

ord sub
sentence

whole

is

complex

ving

but

one

principal

assertion,

saw.

Exercise
1.

226.

"

Analyze

the

following
of
the

sentences.

Charity
not

creates

much

misery

it

relieves,

bu

es

relieve

all the he

misery

it creates.
he

2.

He

says

what

means

and

means

what

he

says.

3.

You

cannot

have

what

you

like,

but

you

can

like

what

have.

4.

The

laugher
for
those

will

be

for
have

those
most

that
reason.

have

most

wit,

an

serious

that

5.

He

that

observeth
the

the

wind
not

shall
reap.

not

sow,

and

at

regardeth

clouds

shall

REVIEW

OF

ANALYSIS

285

6.

If

thou

be

wise,
thou
as

thou

shalt
shalt

be

thou

scornest,

alone
we

bear his

wise it.
narrow

for

thyself;

but

7.

We

thought

hollowed
down
the

bed

And
How

smoothed
the

his

lonely would

pillow,

foe

and

stranger

tread
you
are

o'er

his head.

8.

I do

not

know
you

how
can

old

Or

whether
reigns

speak.

9.

When
Let

the

rose

and

locks lines

with
of

ointment

shine

rigid

Cato

read

these

mine.

Review
,

op

Analysis
again

Learn

528.

Separating
analyzing Every predicate.

sentence sentence.

into

its unit-parts

or

elements

called
529.

the

sentence

must

have

two

parts,

the

subjec

the The

ng
The

or subject is the word (or spoken spoken about

words

denoting

the

person

to).
about
or

predicate

is what
the

is said

to

the

person

ng

denoted
The

by

subject.
substantive
may

530.

subject
(1) A (2) A (3) An
noun.

be

pronoun.

adjective
infinitive gerund.
noun

used

as as

a
a

noun.1

(4) (5) (6)

531. The

An A A

used

noun.

clause.

object (1) (2)

A A
noun.

substantive

may

be

pronoun,
adverb used

etc.
as a

[like the
noun

subject (par. 530)

par.

Sometimes

an

(see

459)

may

be

bject

substantive.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

532.

The

predicate
A
noun,

complement
etc.

base

may

be

(1-6)

[like the

subject (par. 530)].

Also,

(7) An (8) An
(9)
533.
A A

adjective.
infinitive

phrase

used

adjectively.

prepositional

phrase.

noun

or

pronoun,

whether the of
a

used

as

the

subjec
ment complemay

stantive,

the

object
or

substantive,

predicate

substantive, by dified

the

object

preposition,

(1) An
(2)
A A

adjective.
noun noun or or

pronoun

in the

possessive

case.

(3)

pronoun
or

in apposition.

(4) A (5) A

participle prepositional

participial
phrase.

phrase.

(6)

An

infinitive

phrase. clause.

(7) An
An the the

adjective
or a

534.
or or

infinitive

gerund,

whether the

used

as

the

sub jec

object

substantive,

predicate
may

complement

se,

object
(1) (2) (3)
An A An

of

preposition,

be

enlarged

by

object.
complement.

adverbial

element

(word,

phrase,

clause).
535.

The

predicate

base

consists
verb. verb active in

of

(1) (2) (3) (4)

An A A A

intransitive transitive

the

passive
with
the

voice.

transitive
copulative

verb with

its

object.

verb

predicate

complem

REVIEW

OF

ANALYSIS

287

536.

The

predicate

base
of
or

may

have

(1) Modifiers
phrase,

the clause

verb

(adverbial

word,

elements).

(2)

Enlargements
pars.

of the and of
pars.

object

substantive

(s

533

534).
the

(3) Enlargements
base

predicate
When

complement
the

(see

532-534).
is gerund, be
an

cate predi

complement

adjective,
a

infinitive,
phrase, elements

or

prepositional
by

it may

modified
or

adverbial

(word,
or

phrase,

clause).
modifier,
expressing

537.
as a

An

adjective
verb,
may

modifier
have

an

adverbial
modifiers,
result,

adverbial
cause,

e,

place,
or

degree,

manner,

purpose,

condi tion,

concession. Any

538.

modifier

of

noun or

or

pronoun

is

an

tive adje

element

(word,

phrase,

clause).
complex,
or

539.

Sentences

are

simple, is either

compound.
one

540.
one

simple

sentence

one

which

has

only
or

subje

predicate;
may

but compound.

the

subject

the

predicate,

both,

be

541.

complex

sentence

is

one

which,
or

besides

only

one

ncipal
one

subject
or more

and

predicate

(simple
clauses

compound),
with

contai

subordinate
own.

subjects

an

dicates
542.

of their Subordinate

clauses

are

divided

into

(1)

Noun

clauses.

(2) Adjective clauses. (3) Adverbial clauses.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

543.

noun

clause

may

be

in

complex

sentence

(1) (2) (3)

The The The The The In

subject.
predicate
complement.

object. object object

apposition. always
are

(4)
(5) (6)
544.

of
or

preposition.

complement

of

verbal.

An

noun.

adjective clause Adjective clauses (see par. 509).

adverbial element, mentioned
clause
or
an

modifies
either

some

noun or

descriptive

te de

545.

An

may

modify

verb,

or

verbal,
may

adjective
of the
546.
more

adverbial
537.

element,

and

sorts

in par.
sentence

compound

is

one

which

consists

of two

sentences,

simple

or

complex,

joined

by

coordinating

njunctions.

SUPPLEMENT

TO

PART

HI

I. Analysis
547,
to

by

Diagrams1

To

diagram
the

sentence

is to

write

it in such

way

show "I

grammatical the letter

relations

of its parts.
may

Thus

th

tence

wrote

to-day"

be

diagrammed:

wrote

I letter
the

to-day

548.

In making
above base, this

diagram,
write
the

always

draw

first

horizontal
and

e,

and

subject
by
a

substantive vertical

th

dicate

separating
line. The
an a

them

line

crossing

horizontal
may

predicate
intransitive

base verb; and

(read
or,

again
as

par

5)

be above
or

merely given, copulative

in

th

mple

transitive

verb the

its

object
complement

sub sta

verb

and

predicate

e. The

object
verb A by
a

substantive light

is to

be

separated
crossing

from
the

the

tran siti

vertical

line, not

horizontal from

e.

predicate
verb

complement

base
thus,
American
is
flag

is separated

th

ulative

by

dash;
is the
That

That

flag.

"

American
the
1

See

"Notes

for Teachers,"
289

p.

325,

Note

33.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

549.

(a) Modifiers
and
either
two

are

always
the

to 'be
or

placed

below

what

ey

modify,

to

right given.

the

left, at

pleasure,

in the

diagrams supplied
must

already
are

(6)

Words

to

be

put

in brackets.
their position

(c) Connectives
what
they

show,

by

in the

gr di

join.
are

(d)

Since

phrases the
never

simple
of
an

elements,

the
or

two

or

more

rds

forming
must

base be

infinitive
in
a

prepositional

ase

separated
the

diagram.

Exercise
they
1.

227.
show.

"

Examine

following diagrams

and

Slowly
From
we

and
the

sadly
field of

we

laid
fame

him

down
and
gory.

his

fresh

laid

him

down

|
and

fresh sadly

gory

Slowly

From
the

field

of fame
his

2.

My from

sister Ohio.

and

received

box

yesterday,

sent

ress

sister
My

3.

am

sorry

to

find

you

here.

am

"

sorry

to

find

1 you
here

DIAGRAMS

OF

COMPLEX

SENTENCES

291

4.

The

cool

breath

of

morning

was

in

our

nostrils.

breath
cool The of

was

in morning

nostrils
our

5.

To

seek

thiee did
woods

I often

rove

Through

and

on

the

green.

did
often

rove

|To
Through

seek

|thee
woods
,

on

green

the

Exercise

228.

"

Diagram

the

sentences

found

on

pages

-258.

550.

In
element

the

diagrams

of complex
we

sentences,

we
or

place
phrase

use

just
the

where
same

should
use
or

place office

word
the

ment

having

in

sentence.1

s,

1.

Subject
you

clause. have

That

not

succeeded

is your

own

fault.

That*
you

have

succeeded
not

is

"

fault
own

your

Note

that

in the
separate sentence

diagrams
the

of

complex
verb

sentences

we

use

doubl

tical
1

line to in

principal
1,

from

its

subject substantive. conjunction.

That,

No.

is

an

introductory

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAK

2.

Object
tell

clause.
me

They

you

have

been

somewhat

ill to-day.

[that]

3.

Object
you

clause.
who
you

Do

know

he
Do

is?
know

Ihe

is

"

who

4.

Subject
a

clause. that
he
It* that
he
saw

It is

fact

saw

you.

you

is

"

fact
a

5.

Predicate
main

clause.

The

question

is whether
whether

such

plan

is wise,

question
mam

1 18-

'
"

plan
a

is

"

wise

The

such

6.

Clause
had
a

in

apposition.2 that
had you

We

hope
We

would

come

in time.

| hope
that
you

would
in

come

time
or

It, in such

sentence

as

No.

4, is

an

expletive

attendant

element.

Such

is

an

element.

(See

par.

507).

DIAGRAMS

OF

COMPLEX

SENTENCES

293

7. Adjective clause.
The
man

that

hath

no

music

in himself

is fit for

treasons,

tagems,
man

and
is
"

spoils.

fit

he
that in

for hath

treasons
r

land]

"

stratagems
2

spoils

and

| music

himself

no

8.

Adjective
is the

clause.1

Here

ink

which

prefer.
ink
is

the
prefer

Here

| which

9.

Adjective
what

clause.
you

Is this

want?
this Is"

[that]

you

want

I what

10.

Adjective
was

clause. position
position

Such

the

in
was

which
"

I found

myself.

Such

the found

| myself

in which2
1

Note

that
yet

which,
like
next

in this
all relative
the

diagram,
pronouns,
stem

must

be
it
serves

placed
as

as
a

the

object

fer, and
be
2

connective

an

placed
that

joining
in

from

ink.

Note

the

phrase

which that the

is

an

adverbial
clause
In

modifier modifies
the
same an

of
the

foun
noun

found

myself

whereT),
these
page,

and
facts

whole

tion.

Both
11,
next

the

diagram

shows.

way

ence

the
a

conjunctive

adverb

while

is

adverbial

ifier

of

was,

and

also

connective.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

11.

Adverbial
cousin Jot^

clause.

My

called while

was

out.

out

12.

Adverbial

clause.
can

I
walk

can

walk

as

far

as

you.

far
as

you

[can walk]
as

Exercise
268,
551.

229.
269,

"

Diagram
277,

the

sentences

found

on

page

4,

276,
the

and

280-282.

Study
and

following

diagrams
sentence.

of

(a)

long

complex

tence,

(6)

compound
me

(a) Teach
That

half
thy

the

brain

gladness know, must

madness

Such
From

harmonious
my

lips
then

would
as

flow,
am

The

world madness

should

listen

listening

now.

would

flow
From

harmonious

lips
my

Such

[if]

See

pars.

419

and

514.

SENTENCES

FOR

ANALYSIS

295

(6) Thrice
And he

is he

armed
naked

that though

hath

his

quarrel
up

just,
steel

but

locked

in

Whose he
is armed

conscience
he

with

injustice is corrupted.
naked

[is]
"

but Thrice though

[he]

[be] locked
up

in

steel

conscience

is corrupted

Whose

with that

injustice

hath

| quarrel
his

[to be]

"

just

Miscellaneous

Simple,
for

Complex,
and

and

Compound

Sentences
1.
2.

Analysis
is but
to

Diagramming
in
the

Opinion
Give
me

in

good

men

knowledge
to

making.
to
argue

the
to

liberty conscience, is and

the

know, above

utter,

and

ely
3.

according

all liberties.

good

book

precious
up

life-blood
on

of

master-

rit,

ond

embalmed life.
4. Absence

treasured

purpose

to

li

makes think

the

heart

grow

fonder. themselves.

5. 6.

All

men

all
the

men

mortal
the

but king

Soothed

with

sound long

grew

vain.

7.

Through
May

the
Thine

night

watches

angels

spread
above
my
a
me,

Their

white

wings

Watching

round
a

bed.

8. Our

birth

is but

sleep

and

forgetting.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAB

9.

E'en

from

the

tomb

the

voice
that

of

nature

cries.
that
not

10.

I knew

very

wise

man

believed he need

if
care

man

permitted make 11.

the

to

make laws
of

all the
a

ballads

who

ould

nation.
the

"

I know
Where

bank

whereon

wild

thyme

blows,
grows.

ox-lips

and

the

nodding

violet
those

12.

Learning have

hath
lost.

gained

most

by

books

by

which

printers
13.
The

street

was

wet

with feet
were

the

falling
weary

snow,

And

the The

woman's

and high
coast,

slow.

14.

breaking On
a

waves

dashed

stern

and

rock-bound
a

And

the

woods
giant
the

against

stormy

sky

Their

branches

tossed.

Many
none,

flocks

were

on

hill, but

thou

wert

owned

And

thy

mother

from thelow

thy

side
of
may

for

evermore

was

gone.

16.

He

was

loved

all, yet
weep.

none

O'er

his

bed

17.

The
The For To

well-springs
streams
are

that,

supply
spent,

seldom
come

clouds
pay
was

of

rain

by
they

them

what
to

lent.

18.

She
Lest Far

afraid

speak,
one

she

might

waken than

she

loved

better

her he

life. from
him.

19.

Tell

father

when

comes

work

I said

"Good

night"
was was a

to

20.

They

say

it

shocking
won.

sight

After

the

field

21.

What
How

peaceful
sweet1

hours
their
left
can an

once

enjoyed!
still!

memory

But
No

they

have

aching
fill.

void

world

ever

22.

Stay Or
fly

then

at

home
to

and
seek

do
for

not
woe.

go

abroad
the

23.

If thou

dislik'st
that,
of

piece
that
I

thou have

light'st

on

first,
worst*

Think The

all

writ,
prove

the

24.

more

I look still
one
more

the
cause

more

I why
care

There's

should
we

love*

25.

When
Thus

is past
succeeds
you

another
a

have;
a

woe

woe

as

wave

wave.

26.

Think Of
That

mid forever
of

all the

mighty

sum

things

speaking,
itself

nothing
we

will

come

But

must

Still be
school
to

seeking?
I
run

27.

When
He And

in

from

toddles
screams

the

door,

and

shouts
on

with

fun

Till
He
For

he

tumbles
by his the

the

floor.

stood

alone

window
was

within,
stained him
sob with

he
his

felt

that

soul

sin,
cry

And
Because

mother

could told
that she

hear

and lie.

he

had

her died

that
was

wicked
little

29.

The
In

first

Jane;

bed God

moaning
her
went

lay

Till And

relieved
then

of

her

pain,

she
him
his
the
come

away.
=

The
And

spider
went

turned
into knew

[
den,

himself]

round

about,

For

well

he
soon

silly

fly

Would

back

again.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

31.

And

parted
Beneath

thus
the

they
same

rest
green
as

who
tree,

played

Whose
Around
Books
potency progeny

voices
one

mingled
parent

they

prayed

knee.

32.
a

are

not

absolutely them
to

dead

things,
active
as

but
the

do
soul

contai

of

life in
are.

be

as

was

ose

they kills he who

our

33.

Who but We

man

kills
a

reasonable

creature,

God's

age;

destroys
light,
us

good
if
we

book
look

kills

reason

itsel

34.

boast it smites The

A

but

not

wisely

on

th

itself,

into

darkness.

35.

sun

above

the lustre long

mountain's
mellow
green

head,

freshening

Through
His
first

all the
sweet

fields

has

spread,

evening from
you
more

yellow.

36.

One
May

impulse
teach

vernal of
man,

wood

Of
Than

moral

evil

and
sages

of
can.

good

all the
live,

37.

Live
And

while
seize

you

the

epicure
of

would
present

say,

the

pleasures

the

day.

38.

He

lives but

long

that

lives

well,

and

the

time

misspent

lived

lost.

39.
And Thou
it must

To

thine
as

own

self be
night
to any

true,

follow
then

the

the
man.

day

canst

not
the

be

false

40.

Sound Jehovah

loud
has

timbrel

o'er

Egypt's

dark
are

triumphed,

His

people

sea! free.

41.
He

The is to

best the

notion creation

we

can

conceive
the
soul

of
is to

God
body.

may

what

the

RULES

OF

SYNTAX

29

42.

Waking
Thou

or

of
more

asleep, death must

true

deem

Things Than

we

mortals

deep and dream. be of

43.
no

Whether
matter

measure

of government
a

right

or
on

wrong

of
as

fact,

but

mere

affair and
wrangle be
true

opinion
without

which

may,

they

do,

dispute
they show

end.
treat

44.

Trust

men

and
will

will

to

you;

them

atly

and
To

they
speak
to

themselves
to

great.

45.

than

agreeably in good speak

The
common

him
or

with

whom order.
move,

we

deal

words, Lord

in good

46.

of all that being

From

whom
of
His

thy

flowed,
love

portion On
that

boundless
worm

poor

bestowed. traitors
we

47.
And
By

Our
make fearing
"

doubts
lose

are

us

the

good

oft

might

win

to

attempt.
a

48.

Glory

is like
never

circle

in
to

the

water

Which
Till,

ceaseth

enlarge

itself
to

by

broad
do

spreading,
all that
may

it disperse

naught.

49.

I dare

become

man;

Who

dares

do

more

is

none.

50.

Providence riches
upon

seems

impartial
one

in the
a

dispensation
of

which
upon

tows

and

contempt

riches

ther.

Rules
552.

of

Syntax
treats

and

Exercises
the rules,

for

Correction.1
of
the
sentences
use

Syntax
to

of

construction

ording

grammatical careful writers

based
speakers.
p.

upon

of

the

guage

by
1

and

See

"Notes

for Teachers,"

325,

Note

34.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

553.

The

rules

of syntax
the

relate
of

to

(l)the
the

case

of
of
use

nouns

pronouns;

(2)
in the

agreement

certain

kinds

words of

th

others

sentence;

and

(3)

correct

cer ta

kinds

of words.1

554.
1.

Rules

governing
noun

case
or

(of
pronoun

nouns

and is in

pronouns).
the

subject (par. 141).

The

The

nominative

2.

subject
complement

of

an

infinitive

is in

the

objective

case

324, 325).
3.

The
same

of
as

copulative of it
verb

verb

(pr infinitiv
306).
is in

in the
4.

case

the

subject
transitive
326, 330,

(148,
or

169,

object of a (154, 160, jective case

5.

The

verbal

th

342).
is in
the

The

object
indirect

of

preposition

objective

case

61, 162).
6. The
a

object

of

verb

is in the

objective
are
or

case

thout
7.

preposition of
time,

expressed.
space, any

Nouns

and

measurement

used

objective case (168). pressed

8. A
noun
or

without

governing

verb

preposition

(Adverbial
a

objective.)
in apposition
with another
150,
a

pronoun
same

noun

pronoun

is in
noun
or a

the

case

with

it

(149,

167,
noun

179
or

9.

pronoun

directly
person
or

limiting

rund

denoting

different

thing

is in the

possessive

(171).
10.

Nouns

or

pronouns

used

exclamatorily

are

in

th

minative
1

of exclamation.2
grammarians
sentences

(153).
also rules
the

Some in

include

of

order

or

arrangement

ds

(as, for
of
to

example,

caution

given

in this
to

par.

43

pecting rather
as

the
to

placing belong
mere

correlative
composition

conjunctions),
and
rhetoric See

but
than

subjec

grammar,

ept
2

regards

correctness

of order.

"order"
is thus

in the

Index.

Sometimes
"What,

the
him!"

objective

case

of pronouns

used;

as,

"Ah

"

RULES

OF

SYNTAX

30

11.
the
12.

Nouns
nominative

or

pronouns

used

in addressing

person

are

of address
or

(151).
used
with
the
a

Nouns

pronouns

participle,
rules,
are

but
in

no

erned

according
absolute

to
case

any

of

above

th

inative
555. 13.

(152).

Rules The

of Agreement.

form in

of
respect

verb
to

should
person

agree

with

stantive
or

and

number

subjec (364, 385)

take
a

its

wo
the
or

more

singular

subjects
or more

connected
singular

by

and

verb

plural; take
a

and verb

two

in the

singular

subjects (387, 389)].

and
not

connected

14.

Verbs
as or

in subordinate
tense
or

clauses,

verbals,
conflicting

must

be

form,

respects

mood,

with

th

se

the
A

mood

of the
agrees

principal
with
219,

verb.
its

15.

pronoun

antecedent

in

gender,

son,

and
The

number

(218,
this

245).
that
agree

16.

number
556. 17.

adjectives (253).
of Use.

and

with'

their

nouns

Rules

An

infinitive possessive infinitive

may
case

be

used

as

noun,
^

except

as

in the
18.
an

(321).
be used
as an

An

may

adjective
as

modifier

adverbial

modifier
elements

(323).
may

19.

Adjective
or
as

be
nouns,

used

predicate
or

complem

modifiers

of

pronouns,

gerunds

4,

142,

302).
elements
or

20.

Adverbial
phrases,
A

modify
statements may

verbs,

verbals,

adjective
a

erbs,
21.

whole

(414).
be
used
or
as
as

prepositional
as
an

phrase

predicate

plement,

ifier
22.

(464,

465,

adjective 472).

modifier,

an

adverbial

Coordinating

conjunctions

join

similar

elements

36).

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

23.

Subordinating
words
they

conjunctions join
modify

subordinate

clause

the
24.

(87,

437,

440).
as nouns,

Subordinate

clauses may

be used

adjective

adverbs

(542).
*

Exercises

on

the

Rules
in

op

Syntax

and

on

Correctness
Exercise 230.

Inflections

"

Correct

the

case-forms
to Rules

of the
1 to 12
2.

pronouns

following
1.
Who
was

sentences,

according
buy that did
5.
you

(par. 554).
you

did
me?

you

from? take
me

Did be?
for
as

think Whom,
and who
person

hn

3.
to

Who be? 6. We
for I
you

to

4.
you

uld

you at

like
once.

This depend

is

matter

decide able
me,

upon

father,
suppose

he

one

to

provide should do

us.

7.
done?
he

Now

that

what

have think

8.
was?

Who
10.
was

do With
proper

you

think

saw?

9. and
he,

Whom
I think
like

respect

Mr.
to

Flint's
who
was

behavior is
at

enough.
or

should
Dr.
you

know he who

the
our

taller,
neighbor's

you

me.

Call
Let

Jacobs, and is I

last

week.
report

go

before
for
near

the

others.*

14. 15.

will
I

msoever
persons person
never

responsible

this
Mr.
was

delay.
Patterson,

spoke
not
came.

eral
A

standing
whom I

but

he

think

Mr.

Thompson
as

I
me

saw

such

another
to

untidy blame
You for

girl it.
never

her. I

18.
believe

It

who

you

ought
as me.

19. be

my

sin

is

as

tall who

20.

could
21.
22.

thought

him
meet

anyone

knows
came

him.
from. book? 24.

should Whom
do

like
you

to

ever the

this
author
to

letter of that

suppose

23.
John
me

proved
me were

it to

be

she

who

ought
the
sure

blame. 25.
I should
pony
"

and

given
was.
me

tickets 26.

show.

He
ask
ever was

asked
for.
seen
"

whom To

it

am

who

27.

give

the

pony,

th

t
a

beautiful
thing

I who

had

never

thought
They who

that

my

uncle's

plan. 29.

28.
There

are

ustrious between

time

will
poor

duly

reward.

is small

ness like

the

Chinaman

in

laundry

and

Prince

EXERCISES

IN

SYNTAX

30

ng,

he

who
to

rules"

whole

province.

30.

Who

are

you

ermined

send?

Exercise
case

231. in

"

Correct
the

the

writing
sentences.

of the

nouns

in

ssessive

following
172,
173

[Read
1. We

again
have
house 4.

pars.

and
and
Is

177.]
Martin's this
hats.
Brown

one

of afire.

HalFs

safes.
or

2. Murray's

Mr

kins'

is
These

3.

mmar?
or

are

girl's
6. Mr.

5.

I
store

want

either

William's

book.
Twist

Williams'
one

is the

bes

town.

7.

Oliver

is

of
law

Dickens' office.

works.

Where
find

is Harrington's
Mr.
at at

and and
Mr.
cottage.

White's Rugg's
11.
summer.

9. 10.

I wish

Stafford
the the

houses. Mrs. 12.

Moss'

We daughter
they

ar

iting living

Jones's Davises's 13. 14.

this I I

Here
or

se

ldren's'

clothing.
would

said called
we

either
at

Coffin Boardman's
the

Wood's
on

riage
home.

do. 15.
It

the

th

is time

heard

from

Robinsons's

tor.

Exercise

232.

"

In and

the

following

sentences

use

possessives

fore the gerunds,

given
are

tell from

the meaning

why

the sentences

incorrect. again
par. of left in
you
on

[Read
1. I

324,

and

compare
met

par.

342.]
accident.
there. 2.

heard
they

having
account

with
him

an

ieve

of

coming
is necessary.

3. 4.

confidence
of
the

them

doing
so

all that

cau Be-

wind

blowing
at

hard
two

we

could sisters
having

not not

go

sailing.

We

were

disappointed
I

your

having
as

been

re.

6.

do
not

not

like afraid
the
not
sea

Miss of

Carter
me

spoken

sh

. On

7.

Do

be
of

saying
rough
more

anything
we

about

account

being
been They Mrs.

postponed
prompt
was
so

our

rting.

9. all the is

You

having

what

sed

trouble.
reason

10.
for

having

been

cordially
so

eived

the

Weatherby

being

good-

pered.

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

Exercise
given

233.
in

"

In

the

following
and

sentences

select
reason

from
for

ds

parentheses,

give

the

your

ection.

[Read
a.

again

pars.

348

and

373.]
have
to
go
now.

(Assertions.)
as

1.
I

(will, shall)
about
about it.

2.
He

ill, shall) do he (should,

see

please
see

this

matter.

3.

tol

would)
it." 5.
another.

4.

He

said,
not

"I
one

(shal

ll)
it

about
upon

There 6. few

(shall, will)
William minutes."
soon.

be

stone

left
to

said,
7.

"I

(shall, wil
said
me

dinner

in
come

William
He

ould,

should)
would) would)
I
hope

to

dinner
the

8.

asked and

if

hould,

do
not
you

him
be

favor

he

mentioned,
you

I said

hould,

able.

9.

If win

(would,
the prize.
upon
as

should)
10. They

re,

(shall, will)
say,

ill, shall) do as I b. (Questions.)

church

you

may

depend

it.
wish,
go

1.

(Shall,
2.

tonight?

will) you, (Shall, will)

this be
as
on

you

be

you

with I

me?

(Will,

shall)

ever

see

place

again,
for
or

wonder?

(Shall, will) John and (Shall, will) he come

to

you
now,

hand

the

ball-game?

you

desire,
you

(shall, will)
I
go

bring

him? now?

6.

ing-water
as

7.
them
you

(Shall, will) (Will, shall)

to

and
Helen he
you

for

th

not

and

Maud

you

asked

do? do it?

8.

Since 9.
Do

wishes

it, why that

ould,

should)
pay

not

insist

hall, will)

the

money?

Exercise in

234.

"

In

the
their

following

sentences

make

the

verb

ee

number again

with
pars.

[Read
1. Each
one
or

subjects. 385-390.]
this is no
finer

of them
of

say

time

for

it.
3.

ich

the

girls
were

do

this

work.

I wonder Whether th
are

2.

the
4. the
you

cat

domesticated
of these
stores
son

by

this
have
a

people
any

no

own.
Both Either

Neither
man
or

hammocks.
by
not

and
I
are

his
to

earns

living

fishing
know

go.

7.

Mr.

Marvin

does

EXERCISES

IN

SYNTAX

30

ether

you

or

he
one

have
to

been
make

chosen.

8.

Do

you
one

think of
the

Mary

I is the covered
while

best
with

it?

9.

Every

rocks
everybody,

sea-weed. that
are a

10.
book,

It is said
are

that

almost
to

reading
There

unable

keep

from

ing.
are

11.

kind

of

purple
12.
Each

shell of

found
these

here

ch
are

considered made by
the of
sea

beautiful.
cherry
are

boxes 13.

wood
all
men.
we

contain
want.

rose-leaves.
I
am

days

14.

informed

that

jury is all married

Exercise
235.

"

In

the
and
his 3.

following
the past
brother.
The
man

sentences

correct

the

form

for
1.
to

the past
has

tense

participle.
2.

Jack
learn

beat

The broke

children his leg.

5.
The

had
4.

be

French.

had

My

her
its

has

just

came

back
The

from

France.
on

dog
Mary

ha

dinner. and 9.

6.
was

dog

laid down.

the

mat.

7.
has

had

headache
songs.

laying
rung

8.
10.

She
The
my

already
has

sang

Who
11.

the

bell? and
13.
14.
some

child
leg.

drank

medicine. begun
the
at

had
o'clock.

fell

hurt

12.
set

The

ht

nine
come

had

scarcely

down
across

ore

rector

in. drunk When

They

have

swam

river.
the

15. milk.

They

lemonade
saw

after I
run

they
as

had

nk
I

16. They

him

away

fas

could.
lion

17.
has

said

he

had
corner

stole

it

and

eat

The

laid

down

in the

of his cage.

Exercise
sentences.

236.

"

Correct

the

tense-forms used

in

the

ing follo

[Note
to

(1) that
denote between
hope
to

have

forms

perfect

tense,

lps

completed
"I hope read

action.
to

There
the book

is

therefore and difference

morning"

aning "I

read

this

have

the

book

this

morning."

(Pa

7).

(2) Statements
"He told
me

of permanent
where

facts

are

put

in the
is."

present,

the

Yosemite

Valley

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

(3)

The

tenses
to

in subordinate
tenses
to

clauses

must

bear

reasonable

relation
1.
He

the
me

of the
have
gone

principal
with

verbs.]
her.
2.

wished
seen

not

his have

brother

for

years.

3.
4.
were

The'
Mr.

h said invalid ha wished

to
went

He

eared
to

to

improved
with
I I time,
wrote

in him,

health. but I
we

Davis

have

dined 5.
When 6.
one

obliged
that he

have

clined. before.
at

got

there

found
that
now

th
to

with that only

ink
was

supposed yellowish.

ck

but

7.

urneyed
sold
was

all that the

a

distance before. 9.

to

have

found
professor that

that

the

horse

week

8.
We

The

ium

metal.
tree.

learned argued 11.

as

the

proved fir-tree

tha
was

e-bearing
superior
the
the the

10.

He

that I have

Shakspere's
always

works

to
was

Milton's.

supposed
the
to

horizon
sky
seem

defined
meet.
was

the I
was a

line

in

which

earth
seen

to

12.
so

surprised
river. 13. is
were

have

Connecticut Reginald hill

me

large that the he

On
gone.

reaching

villa
the

found
see

Hartleigh herds

14.

end
He

and
a

that
ago

moving
same

south.

told

year

that

is of the

opinion

sti

Exercise
the

237.

"

In

the

following
313,

sentences

use

the indicative intended.

subjunctive mood, [Read again pars.

1.
If

according 312,

to the

meanings

317.]
I

it
what

(rain,
higher

And

to-night rains) if I (was, were) to do the

(shall,
3.
4.

will)
He

not

it?
break.
same

If the

water

(ri

ses) much
I

dam

may

wondered
to-morrow.

ther

be of the (shall, should) Supposing the (was, were) wind

sail
man.

opinion
change,
he
we

to

might

have

to-day.

6. If
I

I do

not

doubt
you,

that
I

(be, is) the would)

very

7.
go

(was,

were)
8.
If
now.

(should,

no

to not

there

again.
the

(was,
9.

were)
If that
a

ever
man

there,

remember

place

(be, i

Edmunds
Though

he

has

certainly

he
he

(be,

is) ill,
me,

he
yet

changed is in

great

deal

no

great

danger.
trust

Though

(slay, slays)

(will, shall) I

him

EXERCISES

IN

SYNTAX

30

Lest

you

(are, be) captured,

13. 14. I doubt If
this

you

had
I

better

remain

wit

soldiers. patient.

whether rock
to

(was, should
were,

have

been

(was,
make

had

been)
and
axes.

softer

could

not

have

been

used

hammers
t

Exercise
agree

238.
with
person

"

Make

the

pronouns

in

the

following

sen ten

their antecedents.
should
us

1.
Each

No
one men

leave
their
much

their
at
own

money ten

in
o'clock.

their 3.
4.
want
now.

room.

of

takes
too

exercise

Both

those these
of

think

of

his

interest.

Either

tables
these has

will
trunks,

do
you

by

themselves.

5.
take

If them
may

you

any

had

better

6.

one

lost
of
to

their

handkerchief

they

find
the and

it

her

the

close

the

meeting.
off their

7.
shoes,

Whichever
wade
the

drew ashore,
members

longest
tow

int

had
to

take

th

the

bridge.
must

8.

Each
pay

of their
her

still
or

owing

their
No
one

materials

bills

to-day
so

to-morrow.

should
houses 11. Any
may

lose

his

or

temper

easily.1

10.
for

Any

those

will

be

large

enough of
our

of themselves

all

our

ds.

purchaser
return

goods
a

who
week.

are

not

satisfied

th

them

them

within
*

Exercise

239.

"

Correct
as

the

following
425.]
2.
The
very

sentences

so

as

to

us

and jectives.

adverbs
pars.

they

should

be used..

[Read
1.
Don't

again

303,

424,

night.
very
cane.

strike so 3. He did
nicely. 6.
the

hardly.
that

moon

looks
4.
very
on

beautifully
This

trick Booth

good.

dinner leaning

tes

5. The

Mr.

walked
highly

slow,

his At

waves

dash
a

that

rocky

coast.

length

flags,

at

sudden

signal,

all fluttered

wild

In

this

sentence
no

the

antecedent
pronoun

no

one common

is of

common

gender,
third
to say

bu

English

has

personal
hisf

of the

gender,
necessary

person,
or

masculine

he,
usage.

him,

is used.

It is not

he

is it good

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

breeze. 9.
was

8. I
never

She

is

considered
saw

handsomely
the
sun

by
so

her

m a

before

shining
boat

mild,

that

day.

10.

See

how

swift

that

is sailing.

Exercise
the improper

240.

"

In

the

following
or

sentences

correct

the choic

omission
pars.

insertion 276,

[Read
1/

again

275,

of 279.]

the articles.

Bulgaria and
4.
barn

is

an

European
together.

country.

2.
is
a

There
gentleman

were

se

close
come

3.

He

an

olar.

Here

the

President
water
are

and
bad.

Secretary 6.
He

te.
or

5.

Both

the

milk
of
any
a

and
of

is th
At

al

superior
they
us a

his

companions.

7. 8.
The

th

ht-house

have

fog-bell
croquet

and

fog-horn.
set.

Father

ght
are

hammock

and The

9.

table gliding
and

ar

air

new.
are

10.

movement

of
you

waves

and
the

kes
rug

very

similar. 12*
The

11.

Do

like

red
troops

better? side.

French

and

English

fought

de

by

Exercise

241.

"

Correct
to what

the

following
or

sentences

so

as

to make

e arrangement
or

show

nouns

pronouns

the participles

unds,

[Read
1.

adjectives refer or 335, 341.] pars. again

returning
gone.

belong.

On
had
was we

to

the Turning

city,

it

was
corner

found

that

the
a

whole
strange

ily

2.
us.

the of

suddenly
it
was

before
return

3.

Tired 4. This When

an

the

country,

decided

home.

pronoun

is used
to

when
go
an

ing speak-

of

more

than
that

one.

5.
us

all ready hour. 6. be

accident

curred in

delayed
the

After
set
on

washing fire.

anythi

flamine
the

article in
hot

cannot water

7.

After

thing

foot

the
we

pain
to

diminished.
send
the

Blotted

and
waiting horse

smeared
to
was

with

ink, 9.
once,

had

lette

thout

copy

it.
at

Approving

of resumed

this
the

idea

th

unded

killed

and

we

march.

EXERCISES

IN

SYNTAX

309

Exercise

242.

"

Correct

the

use

lo of conjunctions in the fo

sentences.

[(a) Read (6)

452. par. again According 22, to Rule

pronoun

par.

556,

the

use

of and
two

before

relative clauses

is incorrect
the
same

unless

it connects

tive rela

having
a

antecedent.
so

(c) Alter
1. Do

negative
I do. 2.
man

prefer
He

to

as.]
he

like
He

talks
some

like

knew

how
who

to

sail

t.

3.

is in

of
country.

veral he e thinks
No

offices

this

and ability 4. He spoke

5.
the
who He

has
his
as

held

of

oration
well
as

had he

studied
is.

it thoroughly.

is not

6.
to

He

can

do

work
cannot

just

so

well

man

unable be

read
to

and

ght well

to
as

allowed 9. usual.

vote.
a

8.

The

child
of solid

his name write is not sleeping

I bought
on

chair

mahogany

and

ich

had

inlaid

work

it.

APPENDIX
FOR SPELLING,
AND

ULES

CAPITALIZATION,

PUNCTUATION

Read
557.
a

again

paragraphs A word
on

118,

285,

and

329.
or

(a)
the

of

word

accented final
a

(such as bid, syllable its last syllable (as begin',

one

run)

compel'

bles

consonant
as,

before
put,

an

added

syllable befit',

ning begin-

with

vowel;

putt-ing;

befitt-ing;

fer',

conferr-ing.
the
last

But
contains syllable is accented word
two
on some

(6) If
or

vowels
other
consonant

(as
than

eat

tain'),

if the

th

st

syllable

(as trav'el,
boat'ed,

differ), the
complain'ing,

final

is no
wor'-

ubled.

Thus, rap'idest.
e a

conceal'ing,

iper,

(c) Final
when

(not sounded,
syllable
write, in ge
or

as

in

slice, with
a

plate) is usually
vowel is added;
contrivance.

ropped
change,

beginning
writing; keep

changing;

contrive,
e

But words
with

ending
a, o,

or

ce

the

if the

added

syllable

egins

u;

as

chargeable,

advantageous,

serviceable.)

(d) If
e

the

added
is

syllable

begins retained;

with
as,

consonant,

th

inal

silent

generally

rude,

rudeness;

are,

careful.

(Exceptions
word
a

are
a

(e) If

ends

in

judgment, acknowledgment.) double (as, call) consonant

change;
as

sually

adds

syllable
will,

without

tall,

tallnfcss

bb,

ebbing;

willful.

(Exceptions:
311

welfare,

fulfil

ltogether,

almost.)

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

(/) The
a

added

syllable
consonant;

may
as

precede
in

the

word

that

th

double

re-tell,

fare-well, ending

end downfall.

(Exceptions:
care-ful.) (g) Final
i

until,

and

adjectives
a

in

-fu

y,

if preceded

by

consonant,

usually beginning

changes

before
as,

added
rely,

syllables reliable;

(except
comply,

-ing)

wit

vowel;

compliance;

pretty,

ettiest.

(h) Final
is kept;

y,
as

if preceded
donkey,

by

vowel, volley,

or

followed

ng,

donkeys;

volleying;

cr

ying.

558.

capital

should

begin
sentence.

(a) The (6) The

first word
first word
proper

of every in every
noun

line of
or

verse.

(c)
(d)
the

Every

proper

adjective
week

(as

English

Latin).
The
year.
names

of the

days

of the

and

the

months

(e)

Titles

of honor
or

(as His
in
the

Excellency,

the

Governor).
the

(/)
(g)

Names
The

titles of God words

Man
a

(as Providence,
heading,
Iron
or

Lord).
title
of

main

in

ok

(as, "The
(h) Words
the
The

with
to

Mask").
as

meant

be

regarded

important

(a

uring

Civil

War,"

etc.).
of
a

(i)

first word

formal

quotation is

(as, Pope

says

he

proper

study
pronoun

of mankind

(k) The
559.

I, and
used

the
to

man"). interjection 0.
the

The

points

mark

end

of the
the

sentence

the

period

(.),the

question

mark

(?) and

exclamation

(!).

(a) The

exclamation
and

mark
after

is

used

after

exclamatory
names

tences,
as

frequently

interjections, or

oken

exclamations.

APPENDIX.

313

(b) The
or

question
after direct

mark

is

used

after

interrogative

ences,

questions. at
the
a

(c)

The

period
sentences.

is used But
mark

end

of

declarative
emphatic

and

erative
the

after
may

short

command

exclamation

be
to

used mark

(as, "Go

away!").

(d)

The

period
J. E.

is used

also

abbreviations;

as

Mr.

Brown,

D.D.

560. the

The

marks

used

within
colon

sentence

are

the

comma

),

semicolon

(;), the
"

(:), the

quotation

marks

"),

the

dash
The

(
comma
a

), and

the

parentheses,

( ).

561.

is used
nominative

(a) After

of
"

address;
'

as,

"John,

come

re."

(6) Just before (c)

To
separate
as,

quotation;

He

said,
or

I wish
pairs

to speak.'

words bought rich and

in
pen,

series,

of words

series;

"I

ink,

paper^and
ana

blotters;"
well, all

oung

and
gladly."

old,

poor,

sick

heard

(d)

To

separate

explanatory
rest

or

thrown-in
as,

words

or

expr

from

the

of the
in

sentence;
apposition

Word

""

The

old

blacksmith,
Inserted

Perkins,

has

moved.
statements

phrases
were

and

I think, The I
saw,

in fact, you
man, now

mistaken.
to poverty,
was

old

when

the

reduced battle was

-*

ready
advantage

to die.

over,

that

no

had

een

won.

Mr.
562.

Fish,
The
or

who

painted

this picture, is
parts

is here

to-day.

semicolon

used
of

to

separate

coordinate

embers,

the

main

sentences

when

each

part

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAE

commas; ntains gins be to green;

as,

"After
under
the

the

spring

rains
of
swell the

the
sun,

grass

warmth
buds

now-

and
other

more

noticeable,

the

and

open."

Find

illustrations

in this

book.)
to

563.

The

colon

is used

chiefly
an

indicate

that

list
is

statement
as,

(sometimes
"I bought
of have

emphatic

quotation)
articles:
a

llow;
a

the

following
etc.

pound

a,

quantity

sugar,"
gone

Or,
' "

"He

then

spoke

thes

rds:
564.

'You

far enough. marks

to
are

The

quotation

otations,

and and

sometimes

used indicate

to

inclose

direc

nicknames,

slan

pressions, If
a

titles of books.
occurs

quotation
are

within
well
as

quotation,

single
ones;
as

quotation

marks

used

as

the

double

"John

id,

'I heard

father
dash
"As

cry,

"Don't
to

enter

this house breaking

Pearl

again.,,,,
off

565.

The
as,

ntence;
ever

is used I was
If, after another

mark

in
"

th
were

going such
an

along

Street
the

there?"

interruption,

sentence

resumed
566.

again,

dash

must

be

used.

The
and

parentheses still leave

a

inclose complete

words

that

itted

sentence;

might "When as,

reached tired

home

(it had

been

raining

all

the

evening)

and

miserable."

567.

Other The
as

marks

used

in writing
to

are

as

follows.
the

(a)

apostrophe in
can't,

(') is used
ne'er, case

mark and

omission
a

letter,

o'clock;

it is

part

of

ns

in the

possessive hyphen
at

(see paragraphs
to separate
a

172,
the
part

173).
syllables

(6) The
word,
go

(-) is used
the
next

chiefly
on

end

of

line when
as,

of the

word

st

the

line;

sepa-rate,

pronun-ciation,

APPENDIX

315

tter-ing.
a

The

hyphen
as, a

is also used
piece

to

separate

the

parts

compound

word;
marks

of rose-quartz,
etc.,
are

capitol-dome. used
to

(c) Such
(d)
The

as*tt"abl2,
at the

ca

ention

to notes
caret

foot
calls

of the

page,
to

or a

elsewhere. word
or

(a )

attention
or

words

tted,

and

supplied
a

above
word read

in the
means

margin.
that

(e) Underscoring
in italics
or

once

it should twice,
three

inted

with

emphasis;
letters;

that

ould

be

printed
be

in

small in

capital
large

times,

at

it is to title of
a

printed
or

capitals,

as

in

heading

chapter

of

book.

EDITOR'S
I.
1.

NOTES

FOR

TEACHERS
Grammar
are

On
may
noun

Some
be is the will
say

Points
found
name

op

Teachers
that
a

who
of
a

careful

to not
a

tell the

thei

ils

thing

and

thing

elf, and
very

who

yet

that show

verb

tells what
a

noun

does.

little

thought
tells

will
the
some

that
of
some

verb
person

(if it speaks
or

of

doing)
the

of of

action
noun.

thing,

and

of
2.

action
the

Only
11;

third first

person

of the

verb

be is given will

in given

pars.

the

and

second

persons

be

afte

nouns.

3.

The do,

other and did,

auxiliary
will

verbs, dealt with

can,

could, Part
the II.
common

may,

might,

t,

be

in

4.

Young
that the

teachers

should
be tells what

avoid
a

error

ing

verb

thing
not

is.
say

In

the

sentence

ugar logic,

is

sweet,"

is

certainly

does and

what

sugar

sweet

is the

predicate
use

is the

copula. is dealt

5.

The

emphatic

of these

words

with

in

pars

3,

224.

6.

The
a

definition logician,
would
not

of
but

a
a

pronoun

given

in par.

43

would
satisfy

no

tisfy gician

definition
a

which
of
young

would

satisfy
to

teacher

children,

be unintelligible would 7. The article word

them. the

is

from

Latin

articulus,

small

int.
Dr.
name

Abbott

["How

to

Parse,"

p.

xix.] defines
to

article

(a) Correctly
because

given it

by

the
as

Greeks
a

their

article

served

joint

uniting

several

words

together.
317

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

(6)

Then

loosely
they

applied
had
no

by

the

Latins
to
or

(as
any pronoun.

was

natural,

seeing whether

article)
into
a."

short

word,

verb,

conjunction,
and

(c)
8.
"The
to

Foolishly
to

introduced
the
yes,

English

and

once

use

denote

words
an

yea,

ay,

no,

are
as

called
Mr.

adverbs C.
P.

an
Mason

have they

adverbial
never

force,
used
to

but,

arks,

are

qualify
appear
to
as

verbs,
scarcely

adjectives

other
the

adverbs,
appellation.
too,
seems

and He

therefore
proposes

entitled

call
they

them
are

interjections
not

this,
emotion,
a
or

objectionable^
Alas! of
to

outbursts

like
species

Hurrah!

and which
statement, to

the

like.
a

They

ar

her

relative
a

words

express
not
as

speaker's

ent

denial

particular

by

repeating

statement,

but
Many

by

referring

it
may

just
be

having

been in

unced.
way

[other
the
sentence

adverbs]
that The

detached
for

th

from
surely,

they

qualify;
then

example,

tainly,
an

indeed,

etc.
"

adverb
A Higher

obvious

ellipsis.,,

Bain:

alone stands English Grammar,

73. 9.
Mr. Mason

defines
a

a or

preposition
pronoun

as

"a

word
some

which

placed which
to
a

before thing,
something
than

noun

denotes
or

relation of
a

or

some

action As
a

attribute

thing,

nds

else."
the
one

logical in
the

definition
text,

this
I do

haps

better
that

given
understand their

but

no
must

nk

children themselves defines

of
a

could
what
a

it.

Teachers
learn.

ide
Dr.

for

pupils
as

should
"a

Morell

preposition
pronoun

word
other

which word

shows in

relation

noun

or

to

some

th

tence,*'

and

many

other

writers is and
on

give
open

substantially
to very

th

definition.

That,

however,
names

serious
sentence

jection;
see

it confounds

things.

In

the

the the

book
noun

on

the table

table,"
and the

does
noun

not

show but

the

relation

ween

book,

between

th

ngs. 10. The

common,

classification

of

nouns

given
abstract,

in

the
is
a

text,

int

per,

collective,

and

practical

EDITOR'S

NOTES

FOR

TEACHERS

31

her

than
proper

logical
common,
nouns,

division.
and collective,

All
the

nouns

are

to

be

divided
therefore

and

latter

should

lude

class
noun

and
noun,

abstract because
when

nouns.

lective
of
the

is

sort

of

common

it is t
we

all groups plurals

nouns

of

its kind.
nouns,
as

This
as

is plain
armies,

consid

of collective
are

flocks.
arts,
nouns.

When

tract
assume,

pluralized,
extent,

fears,
nature

pleasures,

etc

to

some

the

of

class

complete
nouns,

classification viz.,
as, are

would
nouns
"

add
the

another
names

class

on

material
iron,
metal,
as

of

kinds When

material;
nouns

gold,

liquid,

dirt,

glass.

pluralized,
become class

oils, calicoes,

clays,

soils,

etc

obviously
11. The

nouns.

Report
of

of
the

the

Committee Educational

on

Grammatical Association

enclature,

National

uly,

1913),

recommended and and

substituting
possessive
the Two

for
terms

the

familiar
accusative

names

objective

accusative-dative) the (1) that ered:

(2) that
pass
more

genitive.
case

arguments not

ar

possessive

does

always
are

show

session, will

if

the

Latin from would show

case-names

used,
to
case-name

il

easily
reason

English apply genesis;

or

grammar
to
any

Latin

mmar.

The

first
not
case
reason,

genitive
always the
ever

does
the

always
of the the

the

nominative
etc.

name-word
proportion small;

subject;
American
for
and those

second study

of and,

children
who

Latin from

is very
the

transition
Latin
of

English

possessive

objective
ablative,
is

genitive,
very

dative,

accusative,

and

ter

slight

difficulty.

12.

The

Report

mentioned
of

in

Note

11
my,

recommends
mine,
our,

ally

different According

handling
to

words
my, pronouns

like
our,

ours,

this

Report
'

etc., at

should

be
mine,
'

calle

ssessive

adjectives/
be
as

not

all;

and

ours,

.,

should

called

"possessive
pronouns.

pronouns/
There
are

and
very

no

ssified

personal

sound

ons

for

rejecting
are,

these

views.
seen

In

the

first

place,
pronouns;

se

words

as

is clearly

in

pars.

38-40,

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

thermore,
par.

they
There

are

personal
no more an

pronouns
reason

for the
for

reason

stated
an

206. for

is

calling
when

her
we

tive adjec

than ship's Latin/ modify

a noun

calling
or

ship's
than
noun

adjective
the
pronoun
are

speak

keel;"
Both
a

for

calling

cujus and
in

ejus adjectives
the

the
noun,

and
be
sure,

possessive
elements,

to
put

and

adjective
case

may
a

be
noun,

in the
so

possessive

without
pronoun.

ceasing

be
As

called
for

and
mine,

may

its equivalent hers,

etc.,

calling

ours,

not
to

personal be

bu
for and

ssessive"
that
we

pronouns,

there
a

is

nothing of

said

ept

it

adds

refinement
to

classification; than
to

eral

need

rather

simplify

extend
are

grammatica

classifications.
for
the

These
reason

words,
given

besides,

personal

nouns

plain
in
the

in par. given in
or

206.
.

13.

Should,
of its
see
a

sentences

par.

316,

has

ce

primary
me,"
mere

meaning
means

of
merely

duty "If But

oughtness.
were were

"I
me";

should
expresses

he

to

see

supposition.
more mean me"
me"

if could

used,
seeing

th

would
sentence

contain would
see see

than

supposition
were

of his
to
see

me;

"If
"

he

able
were

me."

Also
see

If he

would

means
"

If he If he he
me."

willing

to to

me";
me"
"

If he
"If

might

means
"

were

allowed
see me"

see

it
now

were

possible"; for

If
see

may

means

be

possible is
the only

him

to
or

Thus

it is clear
of
of

tha

ould

pure

colorless
express expresses

auxiliary
shades
a

the

sub jun

mood.
to

The

others

meanings

longing
the
act

themselves; by
the the

should
main

mere

supposition

indicated used in

verb.

When
other

indicative
retains its

mood,
primary

however,

should,

li

auxiliaries,

signification.

(S

s.

317,
14.

373.)
a

As and

matter

of

grammar

the

study

of

the

ten sub

of the
a

forms
to

of the

verb

is not it is very

specially useful,

important,
because
may

with

view

composition
the shades

lls

attention by

to

of

meaning

which

nveyed

auxiliaries.

Teachers

who

look

upon

the

sub-tenses

as

needless

EDITOR'S

NOTES

FOR

TEACHERS

32

inement
that

or

one

beyond
perfect

their

pupils

must

take
not

pains

the The

present

is present
for the
are

and

past.
present
as,

15. and

(a)
the

forms

given

subjunctive
of
"

other
have
me."

conjugations
less
But than

course

used;
go
now,

"He

s,

lest he
as

he

his

due;"
be

I will

for forms
as
a

fea

call

it should
past
are

noted

that

the also

pu

subjunctive
present;
as,

frequently I the wings

used
of
my
a

".Had
"

dove"

sub jun [meaning

here

had

wings

now])
So
par.

wish
past
"

had

microscope made
read

eaning

iliaries

now}. (see
read,"

with

subjunctives
she
these mother he
past

wit

316),

wished

could

it

"

ght

or

"would

read
"

");
If
my

also

may

be
but it

used

sent

as, subjunctives; If he would t" [now]; (6) Further, not only

"

could
take

know

have
may

this,
any

might

now."

subjunctive
any

form

b
as

as

present

subjunctive;
of
a

but
may

form
as a

used
future

sent

subjunctive
as,

verb,
we

be
good
"

used
weather
I
you
"

sub jun

"I

hope
you

have

to-morrow;'

I doubt

whether
me

may

succeed;"
'

am

afraid
would

she
bring

might

find

here
we

to-morrow;'

"

If

your

njo
up

to-night
the
"

could unless

have
you

singing;"
could
year

We
to

shall
get
a

have

plan, the

manage

away

next

k;"

If, at

end

of

from

now,

I had

thousand

lars,

I should

travel."

(c) It might
form
may

similarly be used

be
as

shown
a

that

past

perfect

sub jun

present

perfect

subjunctive;

If I had I wish

finished this
I could
a

work
my

[now]
boat

I could here

go

with time.

you.

have

had

by

this form

(d) that
a

present

perfect

subjunctive
as,

may

be

used

future
I doubt

perfect whether

subjunctive;
I could have

had it.

the

work

done

by

next

rsday,

if I had
the

undertaken
forms

Since

subjunctive
the

are

thus

largely
cannot

interchangeable be

(though

distinctly

present

forms

used

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

tense), the
of of

conjugations
Older
by

are

given
may

as

in the
taught
meaning

text
to

for
find

th

simplicity.
any

pupils

be
the

th

se

verb
of

thinking
writer in
or

of

of

it

"

th

thought 16.
It
must

by be

the borne

speaker. that

mind

ee

pars.

416,

417)
limit.

and
or

relative modifying
do

conjunctive (see pronouns

statements
to

adverbs
par.

230

join subordinate
modify
or

the of

word

They

the

work,
are

therefore,

ord sub

conjunctions,
because of
may

but
seem

they
to

called
rather

adverbs
under

and

nouns1

they

belong

those

ts

speech

than
statement

under
to

conjunctions.
a
noun or

Conjunctive
a

erbs

join* a
A

to
or

verb;

relative

nouns

always

join

statements pronoun,

to

nouns

pronouns,

thei

ecedents.
an

relative
clause,
or
"

therefore,
a

always

introduces
may

adjective
an
"

while
an

conjunctive
clause

adverb

roduce 17.

adjective
used,
in

adverbial
is
a

(see

par.

510)

Indirect

object
but

perfectly

legitimate

term

legitimately words
some

it is often in
the

strangely

misapplied.
sentences

printed
grammarians
The

italics
called

following

ar

indirect

objects:
king.

people
saw

made
ship
to

Edward
sink in

We
I
am

the

the

waves.

ready
to
see

start.

is difficult
any

how
it has
some

the
no cases

last

sentence

can

have

an

objec

kind
But

when

transitive
a

verb.

18.

is in
as

very

difficult
not agree
some

h,

especially
Some,
for
an

good

writers
"

do

dea to word in the use

"

example,

say
"

but

I,"

and
all

but had

me."

such
must

expression regarded
"

as
as an

Whence adversative fled,

but

he

fled,

be being,

conjunction;
but
the he
use

th

ning

Whence
rather

all had

had

not

fled.
as

s,

however,

is

absurd,

and

of

but

position

is to

be

preferred.

EDITOR'S

NOTES

FOR

TEACHERS

32

II.
19.
Nothing

On

the

Teaching
here
or

of

Grammar
to

is said
are

elsewhere orally
or

indicate
writing;
Now

whether the and

exercises

to
every

be

worked
case

in

sion deci

is

left
an

in

to
so

the

teacher.

then,

ever, expected

exercise
to

is
the
are

long of

that
it in

children

could

hardly

work
nouns

whole
taken

writing.
young

20.

Proper

first, because

children,

wing
for
that 21.
are

nothing
example, boy

of
is
a

grammar,
a name,

will while

recognize
they

instantly
fail to
see

tha

k,

might

is also

name.

The used

teacher

will,

of

course,

note
may

that guided
of

several

kinds

in

this

book,
or

and

be

by

the

ing follow-

explanation.

Terms

statements

great
type,

importance
the
as

printed
is used essentials
contain

in

black-face
such

type.

Of

the

plain

larger contain

ze

for

of

the

numbered Paragraphs
or

paragraphs

of

grammar.

printed
matter
as are

in of

smaller

explanations

other

secondary

portance.

Such

of

these
at

paragraphs

preceded
teacher,

asterisk

(*)

may,

the

discretion

of

the

itted. 22. Exercise

similar should
the

22
sentences

should
occur

be

worked
in
out

again

and
lesson

again, the

an

en

the

reading
verbs.

dre chi

be
will

asked

to

pick
in

the

Some

sentences

kind
These

be

found

Exercise
prove

60.
rather clear
one

23.

sentences

may

cpnfusing
teacher Mr.

ildren,
two

but

they

will

become
out

quite

if the

wi

ke

pupils other
Mr.

stand
Brown. of

and

let

personate

Wells

the

24.
taken

The

method
a

elementary

parsing
from "How
as

shown
to

in

the

tex

(with

slight

alteration)
strongly

tell the

Part

Speech.,,
that and

Dr.
a

Abbott child

(and,
be
it is.
grammar
answer

I think,
to
see

rightly
what
to

intains
does

should infer
what

first

taught The is
is

rd

thence

keynote

an

ofitable
"

system

of
reasons

teaching

therefore,
not

no

cause.

Giving
as

ntal

process

giving

after the first the facts

the

same

and

then

deducing

th

LONGMANS'

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

er

from
generally
reason.

the

facts.
little
if you has
to

boy

that

has in

given
supporting

bad
it
on

answer

find But

difficulty
fix

with

his

attention

first
to

what
error,

th

does,

before he
is open
an

committed

himself
the truth,
way;

an

and

le
reason

his

mind in

receive

he

is

more

likel

unbiased
to

and
that
not

honest

and,

besides,
important

l
mean

attach
the
to
"

importance

which
the
name

is really of

function
How
to

and
tell the

the

word."

eface
25.
for

Parts

of
of
text

Speech."
to

Children

es

not should determining what

be
part

taught

trust
a

to

mechanical
is, but

speech
are

word

th

uliarities
26.
If

mentioned the
par.

in
are

the

worth

noting.

children

studying
are

foreign it should Latin that

languages, be
or

they

take

127;

if they
are

not,

omitted. German
is
now

27.

If

the

children

studying show them

nch, of

teachers
grammatical

should

English

oid

gender.
of
was

28.

The
in

method
the Parts
text

dealing
suggested

with by

relative
Dr.

pronouns
"

pted
tell the

Abbott's

How

of

Speech."
are

29.

If the
come

pupils
to

young,

they analysis

need
of

not

study

gerunds

l they

the

minute those from

be

sentences.

30.

This

list

and

following
Dr.

it

have

been
are

taken,

very

little change, they

that
may

Morris.
to

They

given It for

er

that

referred
should

when

necessary.

intended
being

they

be
know

learned the
past

by

rote,

th

ils

English-speaking
common

and
begin
on

the
to

ples particistudy

of

most

verbs should
to

before ask

they

mmar.

Teachers
set

questions

the

lists

and

those
quite

verbs familiar.

be

learned

with

which

the

children

not

31.
rote.

Children
They

should
know
grammar.

not

be
to

set
use

to
a

learn

the

conjugations
they have
tenses,

how

verb

before
they

have

un

to

study

When, meaning they of ought

therefore, voices,
to

oughl thor-

mastered and
to

the

moods, able,

sons per-

numbers,

be

with

littl

dance,

make

up

conjugation.

They

would

thus

EDITOR'S

NOTES

FOR

TEACHERS

328

aged rning

in
by

an

interesting
rote

exercise
be only
a

of the
tedious

intelligence,
exercise

while
of

would

the

ory.

32.

Analysis and
for

is

valuable

nking

much
pars.

exercise, in the practice

may

since
use

it calls for of English.

more
or

clear

gramm Dia-

(see
as
a

547-551)
for
oral
of
a

be

employed

or

substitute
a

(as
33.
The

drawing)
system

written analysis, difficult sentence.

here A of

or

for

tratio illus-

of

diagramming
and of the clearness. relations

given

has

the is

antages

of

accuracy

diagram
parts

phic

representation and
it should

the
the

of

sentence use

show

unmistakably
graphic

nature

and

every

element.

Such and
means

representation pupils

is economical it is, if not

overdone,

time
an

and

space,

for

advanced
of

excellent
a

showing
to
use,

complete the better

grammatical ing, understandEnglish.

on

sp

of

sentence.

It
to

conduces better

and 34.

therefore
"

the

of written
a

The

author

is utterly

at

loss

to

conceive for

what

nciple be

the

introduction

of

faulty

sentences

Specimens for of bad spelling objected to. in English, is not injurious, because, spelling
rules,

.correction correction

reducible of the the

simple look
correct
a

fixed

but

is for

the

most gets

part

matter

ollection, words,

and
it

if the is
them.

eye

-spelt
of

often

to accustomed difficult to recollect

errors
are

of

spelling kind.

Syntactical admit learner

of

of

totally

ferent

They
as

being

corrected
sure

on

fixed with

nciples;

and examples

the

is pretty
sentences,

to

meet

rous

of faulty
seems

both

in

ctice

reading, in the
frequent

it

desirable
of

that

he

conversation have some should which

to
are

in

correction
occurrence.

those

mistakes who

of

Those
to

object
exclude
for

exercises books

this
logic

kind
all

should,

be

consistent, given studied

more

from
the
purpose

rrection.
aware

specimens Yet those

few

of
who

fallacies have
are

of

and

taught
"

logic

that

exercises

beneficial."

Mason:

glish

Grammar,

ed.

1861,

p,

173,

INDEX

The

numbers

refer to the

pages.

and lute

an,

uses

of, 36,

130, 86,

131
244

misuse modifying modifying modifying

uses

of, 217

nominative,
nouns, case,

adjectives,
phrases,
statements,

46

ract

4, 68-70

211

sative

91,

319

46,

211

ve

voice,

138

of, 44-48 rules of, 202-204,

23,

ective

clauses,
elements,
pronouns,

265-268
241 122

Agreement, Analysis
230-299

30

ective

of

sentences,

88

ective

ectives,

comparison
40

of, 132-135

by

diagrams,

289-295,
sentences,
sentences,

325 258-278

efinition,

of complex
of compound
38

inds,

126-128
pronouns,

282-284
236-258

imiting

of simple review

sentences,

arsing

of, 136
43, 126,
132

of, 285-288 of
a

articipial,

164

Antecedent
agreement

pronoun,

107,
119,

US 307

osition

of, 36, of,

with,
85
nouns

108,

eview

135

Apposition, 135
case

me

not
as

compared,
nouns,

of

in, 85,

93,

97

sed

129

pronouns

in, 107
36,

sed

fdr

adverbs,

217,

307

Articles, origin

127,
name,

130-132

es

of, 32-40
"

of

317
308

uncts,

see

Modifiers
269-275
244, 93

"

repetition

of, 131,

rbial

clauses,

As,
269-275

as

relative
uses,

pronoun, 214,

118
272

rbial

elements,

other
Assertion,

229,

rbial

objective,
comparison

adverbs
239

of, 211

rbs,

of, 216,
267,

217 322

Attribute, Auxiliary be and

onjunctive,
48

212-215,

verbs,
have,

14 10-14

efinition,

istinguished

from
143,

predicate
307

in

the
153,

subjunctive
187

mood,

152

adjectives,

217,
212

nterrogative,

48,

shall

and

wiU,
158,

15,

173, 197

199,

304

inds

of, 209-215 327

others,

186,

INDEX

cases

after, 84, 93
of, 188-191

Complete
Complete Complete

object, 88, 246

predicate,
83. 83,

conjugation
of 9, 32
of, 9-14,
as

243-249

parts
uses

subject,
sentences,

23^240\

19,

144,

174-176
119
*-

Complex
analysis

258

t,

relative
uses,

pronoun,

of, 258-278 of, 291-295

elements,
sentences,

other

230,

322

diagramming Compound

226,

250,

28

lj

conjugation
conjugation
rules
128 fee, 84,
81

of, 191-197

Compound diagramming Conditions,

with
or

282-284

n,

and

use

of, 200

of, 295 150

pitals,

for, 312

rdinals,
after

without

if, 154
185-201

se,

93

Conjugation
Conjunctions,
definition,
86

of verbs,

definition,
nominative,

correlative,
56
.

57,

81-86

nominative nominative nominative

absolute, of address,
of

introducing 85,
86
214,

adverbial

clauses

272
of, 220,

exclamation,
160

86

kinds

221 221

objective, 87-93,
of appositives,
possessive, rules
85,

position

of, 58,

93,

97,

107

uses

of, 55, 220,

309

94-97

Conjunctive
267, 322

adverbs,

212-215,

of, 300

use,

adverbs
258

of, 210

Coordinate Coordinating Copulative

cases

clauses,

283

auses,

conjunctions,
verbs,
142-145 144

220

adjective, 265-268
adverbial,
26^-275 283 coordinate, in apposition, 261, 259-264 how 267 67 203

after,

participles 266
passive,

of, 165,
145,

242

249

noun,

subordinate,
259,
260,
nouns,

introduced,

Dare,
Dative

200
case,

91,

319 24

lective
number
314

Declarative
Defective Definite
Degree, 126

sentence,

of, 74,

verbs,
article,

198-200
130

lon,

mma,

313

adverbs

of, 210
132

mmon

adjectives,
gender,
nouns,

of comparison, Demonstrative Demonstrative

mmon

77 67

adjectives,
pronouns,

127

mmon

122 126

mparative

degree, of

132,

216

Descriptive Descriptive Determinative

266

adjectives,
adjective

mparison

adjectives, 132-135
216,

clauses,*

mparison

of adverbs,

217

adjective

clauses

mplement,

239,

241

INDEX

32

ramming
295,

of
325
91

sentences,

289-

Imperative
Imperative Indefinite

mood,

148,

178
26,
128

sentences,

253

ct
uses

object,

adjectives,
article,
pronouns,

of, 200,

201

Indefinite Indefinite

130 123

ents

of sentences,

236

Independent Indicative

elements,
mood,
147, 91,

236
153 322 127,

lassification

of, 278
226, 250,
284
"

compound,
"

Indirect Indirect
260

object,

92,
121,

psis,

see

Words

understood
110

questions,

212

atic

pronoun,

rgements,

242
sentences,

Infinitive
26 261,

phrase,
17,

160
156-160

amatory

Infinitives,
263

etives,
a

107,

209,

modifiers
omission

of, 160
of to, 18,
of, 160

syntax,

correction

of,

302-

subjects
160
tense
uses

in

objective

case,

309,325

nine

gender,

77

of, 172
of, 157,
159

ormation
person, perfect
tense,

of, 78-81
103
tense,

Inflection,
175

of verbs,
pronouns,

202 104, 302

re

of personal -Ing,

re

172,

173

words

ending

in, 170
61

Interjections, definition,
76-81 77
77 77
77
case,

der,

uses

of, 60

ommon,

Interrogative ^interrogative Interrogative Interrogative

319 Intransitive

adjectives, 127
adverbs,
pronouns, sentences,

eminine,

48,

212

asculine,

120-122 24, 252

euter,

tive

verbs,
98

140

nds,

167-170
241

Inversion, Irregular from

nouns

subject,
from

comparison,
134

of

tive adje

istinguished

and
169

participles,

168,

of adverbs, 169,

216 179-183 261

receded
303

by

possessives,

Irregular
It,
uses

verbs, of, 107,

ense

of, 172
Like,
uses

of, 230

e,

conjugation
of, 11, of, 11-14,
32

of, 185-188

Limiting

adjectives, 127,

128

arts

Logical

subject,
adverbs
gender,

107,

261

ses

174-176
Manner, of, 210 77

omission of, 221,

of, 154 260

se

Masculine

INDEX

y,

conjugation
nouns

and

use

of, 199
case

case

of, 90
88,

asurement,

time,

etc.,

of

complete, how

246
89

denoting,
48,

93

found,
91,

87, 92,

difiers,
243

82, 83,

88,

122,

217,

indirect,
position

322

of, 91
229

ods

of verbs,

147-155,

306

retained, substantive, One,

as

st,

200

238 inflection
16, 36, 58,

pronoun,

of, 1
98,

uter

gender,
case,

77 81-86

Order

of words, 225

21

minative absolute,
after

86

Ordinals,
Ought,
200

128

be, 84

by

apposition,
86

85

Ourself,

111

of address,

of exclamation,

86
v

/Parsing, 84,
207, 217,

101,
220,

108,
232,

125,
323

un

clauses, 1-6 of, 81-97

5

259-264

"'

uns,
case

of

adjectives,
200
84,
nouns,

136

of adverbs, of

definition,
gender
kinds, number
person

101

of, 76-81

of personal 319

pronouns,

108

66-70,

318,

of prepositions,

220

of, 71-76 of, 104

as

of

relative
pronouns,

and
125

interrogative

used review

adjectives, 38
of, 99-101 71-76

of verbs,

207,

208

Participial
164

adjectives,
nouns,

43,

12

mber,
of
a

verb,

184,

202-204

Participial Participial
Participles,
are

169 242,

plural, singular,

72-76
72

phrases,
42,

244

161-167

meral

adjectives, 128
case,

may

42 verbals, be used as

adjectives,
adverbs,
166

jective
after

87-93
may

126,

164

be, 93
an

be

used

as

before by

infinitive,
93

160

modifiers

of, 166 the

apposition,

modifying
time,

subject,
verbs,
or

166

of measurement, complement,
a

etc,,,Q3
249

of

copulative
nouns

take

ica pre

jective
of

adjectiv
167

ject
case

preposition,

52, 91, 219

165,

242
.

of, 91
of, 91
a

of intransitive

verbs,

modifiers
of

i
87,

of transitive
past,

verbs,

163,

166

ject

verb,

138,

144

163

INDEX

331

resent,
of,

161
172

Prepositions,
verbs,
40

composition
140,
52,
219

of, with

ime

of speech,

definition, 61-63
distinguished
list of, 218

318 from

everally

defined,
9, 202

adverbs,

14

of verbs,
207

rincipal,

object
verbs,
14,

of, 52, of, 220

of,

91

ive

copulative voice, and

past

145,
177

249

parsing
position

ive

13,

138,

219

perfect

tenses,

172,

repetition
uses

of, 131
140,

176

of, 50,

218
156, 161,

infinitive,
participle,
tenses,

156

Present Present Present Present

infinitive, participle,
perfect
tense,

172
172

163 175

fect

tense,

175

on,
a

103

172,

174 207 175

122

of

verb,

184,

202

Principal
102-111

parts

of verbs,

sonal

pronouns,

27-32,
29, 109

Progressive
Pronouns,

tense-forms,

used

reflexively,
elements,

adjective,
of,

ase

236

antecedents
307

107,

113,

119

ases,

infinitive, 242 91

160

participial,

classification

of, 125 30

prepositional,

definition,

ce,

adverbs
number degree,
case, a

of, 209
of
nouns,

demonstrative
72-76

and

indefinite

ral

J22, 123
emphatic
or

itive

132

intensive,
120-122 125

110

sessive

94-97 97,
103

interrogative,
parsing
personal, of, 108,

after

preposition,
97
pronouns,

by

apposition,

27-32,
109

102-111,

319

of personal

95,
116 303

319

reflexive,
relative, repetition review

of

relative

pronouns,

112-119
of, 131

writing

of, 94r-97,
22

dicate,
238

of, 124

base,

usefulness
or

of, 27-29

complete

containing
243-249

ments, enlarge-

Proper Proper

adjectives,
nouns,

127

83,

1, 66

dicate

adjective,
clause, 260 complement, nominative,
noun,

143,

160,

165

Punctuation,

rules

of, 313-315

dicate

dicate

239,

247

dicate

84
144,

Questioning
160,

sentences,

24, 121,

252

dicate

143,

165

Questions,
260

indirect,

127,

212

dicate

pronoun,

143

positional

phrases,

91

Quotation

marks,

314

INDEX

lexive

pronouns,

109

Spelling, Strong
128
322

rules of, 311,

verbs,
22,

312

ular

verbs,

178

179
83

ative

adjective which,
pronouns,

Subject,
case

ative

112-119,

of, 81

antecedents
of, 114,

of, 113

modifiers
119 of
an

of, 82-84 160

cases

117,

infinitive,
of, 98

compound,

118

position

omission

of,

115 125

substantive,

237

parsing

of, 119,

Subjunctive
auxiliaries
tenses

mood,
of, 152, 321

149-154,

306

used

indefinitely,

118

1^3, 187
259,

ained

object,
61,
99,

250
124,

in, 177,

iews,

135,

204,

285

Subordinate
283, 306,

clauses, 322

27

es
for

of syntax,

300-302 312

capitals,

Subordinating
300

conjunctions,
237^238^
degree,
133 134

221

governing
of agreement,

case,

Substantive,

301

Superlative
of

of punctuation,

313-315
312

adjectives, 133,
216 of, 135
299

of spelling,
of
use,

311,

of adverbs,
uses

301
"

Syntax, 84,
false,
325

cond

person,

103

correction

of,

302-309,

micolon,

313

ntence,
complex,

analysis
258-278,

of, 23,

251-257

rules

of, 300-302

291 Tenses,
178

compound, declarative, defined,

diagramming
exclamatory, imperative,
22

282-284
24

in the

imperative

mood,

in the
of, 289-295
26 26,

passive

voice,

177

in

the 321

subjunctive
and
can,

mood,

17

253
252

of may

199,

200

interrogative,
parts

24,

of verbals, of verbs,

172

of, 22 236-258, 289

171-178,
272
of, 116, 132

305

simple,
as

Than, 173,

222,
uses as

all,

auxiliary,

15,

199,

That,

122,

231,

260

304

The, of, 198

auxiliary
as

adverb,
36

conjugation
as

article,

ould,

chief

of

the
320

as

conjunctive
as

adverb,
209

213,

subjunctive
sentences,

mood,

153,

There,

expletive,

mple

236-258

They, Third

used
person,
uses

indefinitely,
103

106

diagrams

of, 289-291

ngular

number,

72

Thou,

of, 29,

105,

186

INDEX

333

e,

measurement,

etc.,

adverbs

regular,
required

178
in predicate, of, 204r-206 of, 171-178 139

of, 209

23

case

of

nouns

denoting,
18,
158 139

93

review
tenses

omitted,

nsitive

verbs, be
made
140,

transitive,
use

may

by
219

sitions, of prepo-

voices

of, 138

Voice
166

of verbs,

138

participles

of, 163, of this

-scheme

book,

323

Weak
What,

verbs,
as

182 128
124

adjective, 127,
pronoun,

Understood
"

"

words,
"

see

as as

indefinite

Words

understood
of, 301

interjection,
interrogative relative

124
pronoun,

rules

as as

120

pronoun,

116-118

bals,

42,

156-170
of, 165,
167-170 17, 241,

summary

of
as

uses,

227
221,

complements

242

Whether,
as

conjunction,
pronoun,

260
122

gerunds,

interrogative
as

infinitives,

156-160
242

Which,
as

adjective,
of, 116

127

objects

of, 241, of, 207

interrogative

pronoun,

120

parsing

inflection

participles

of, 42,

161-167

Who,

as

interrogative

pronoun,

tenses

of, 172 7, 138-208

120

bs,

inflection
138 Will,
as

of, 116 15, 173,

active,

7, 19,

auxiliary,

199,

30

agreement

of,

with

subjects,

conjugation
Word
elements, ending
"

of, 198

202-204

236
in
-ing,

conjugation
8

of, 185-201

Words

170
25,

copulative,

142-145

Words

understood,"
128,
154, 201,

95,

11

definition,

223,
as

260,

272

in questions,

17
140

Words

used verbs,

both
21

nouns

and

intransitive,
179

irregular,

as as

adjectives and adjectives and

adverbs
53-55

nouns,

38
39

moods

of, 146-155

verbs,

parsing

of, 207
of, 9, 202

as

and

prepositions,
"

parts

person

and

number

of,

184, Yes,
no,

202-204
parts

etc., ye,

48,
uses

318

principal

of, 207

You

and

of, 29,

106

Longmans'
By GEORGE Board

English
J.
SMITH,

Lessons
Ph.D.
of Education

H.A., Department
City,
40

Member

of the

of Examiners,

New 225
A

York

pages
for

cents

preparatory
entire work

book

Longmans'
from the 4th

English
to

Grammar.
7th

It

covers

in English

attractive and glish instruction

ned,

from study

the

method refreshing in the elementary beginning, the work the

sentence.

grades, and offer the of solving problem The has comschool. author

the

of

composition

with

pro

ssive

of

Practical
On
the

Exercises

in
the The

Sentence
plunge
for

Work.
is made
at
once

ctical of making unt and ing short

sentence

side of sentence work, exercises, comprehensible

int
in

rases

and

ifications lead up
on
use

an affords unusual Various building. sentence variety of ways of com* fundamental are the sentences studied, conception o is insisted in due a as time unit clauses and upon, into view, come the sentence participles and various to the necessary of clearness effective* command and to the Incidental to all this, there close of the book.

good

sentences.

young book

children,

th

ried

gulars

a continual study language, as of such and plurals, choice

certain use proper

of

essentials of correctness of the parts of verbs and

of prepositions,

marks

of punctuation,

sessives,

synonyms,

etc.

Concerning
side composition exposition. and in are taken up
of
some

Composition.
narrative Various
a

On the cription
forms

is
useful order.
as

first and The

as

introduced,
usual
use

then
types

se

natural

and

proper1

struction

paragraphs notion
to
are

ntually

is studied careful of the

soon

planning
matters to related

practicable, of entire
of grammar the correct
the
terms

and

composit

is reached.
note most

It is important roduced which

use

that only inseparably

In
the

those

are
or

the

lligent
down

of language.
a

this

work,

therefore, technical

author

has

to

minimum

number

of

employed.

New

and

Revised

Edition

ngmans'

English

Lessons,
Lessons,

Fifth Sixth

Year. Year.

124

pp.
pp.

$0.30

ngmans'

English

126

$0.30

ALEXANDER'S
By
Supervising

SPELLING
ALEXANDER
Schools,
and

BOOK
Indiana

GEORGIA
of Public

Principal

Indianapolis,

Two

Editions:

Syllabicated
Completx.
Part Part I. For For For

Not
1 to 1 to 5 to

Syllabicated
.

years yean

8
4

II.

years

This speller teaches There interest. is constant spelling through variet in the presentation insure est, inte in drill, and to further of new words and lesson been the lessons have the words purposely and short and made Tne deadening the spellin very effect of approaching carefully graded. lesson each introducing day by sometimes in the same is avoided t way be learned from to in connection the quotations words standard with letters from men women; sometimes authors and and model celebrated from in connection elliptical exercises classic fables and proverbs with an through the study of a picture. not infrequently

VOCABULARY
The
common

AND

ARRANGEMENT

These taught. are ar usage of everyday alone invites fresh to that purposely each word attack and individual. in t They as an are therefore not remembered arranged lace fashion. brought Homonyms mace, are together gin, ace, sin, win, learned Column lists, or after they have been separately. review words brought together an that the are so present associated words arranged lends itself to the formation or of eas which readily relation meaning

words distributed

so

original sentences. incentive Daily in the by exercises

analysis,

and

is also given the child to increase of the dictionary, study, word etymology.
use

his word

own

vocabulary building, wor

CONTENT
is There is developed in a word
a

BEFORE

FORM

basis for each lesson, so that the meaning thought of a word before After inte est to learn the child is required the letters. is concentrated has been the child's mind t upon aroused, its spelling to through avenues-*of appealed peculiarity and all possible image is thus formed The the ear, the hand. the eye, tha so strong and individual, it becomes As a final test, the child is required even personal. his spelling words in original work. to use

METHOD
in this book The method used illustrated lessons) (with model and the text.
is carefully and in the Suggestions

described completely to Teachers accompanyin

MEASURING

SCALE

IN

SPELLING

feature in this Speller is a Measuring A valuable Scale for Ability P. Ayres by Spelling Dr. Leonard Division of the of t of Education Sage Foundation. Russell This the per cen consists of lists of words with to be expected the children among of different grades of correct spellings The thus locate a child's spelling ability in terms can teacher of grades.

LONGMANS,
FOUBTH

GREEN
AVENUE
AND

"
30th

CO.,
STREET,

PUBLISHERS
NEW YORK

oodburn
Professor

" Moran American History Seri

By

JAMES

ALBERT
History
and
AND

WOODBURN
Politics, Indiana University

of American

THOMAS Professor of History

FRANCIS
and Economics,

MORAN
Purdue University

INTRODUCTION
For
There
List in
at
are

TO
the

AMERICAN
Sixth Tear

HISTORY
Pronouncing
4
maps

the

color;
numerous

and

Questions, chapters; Chapter; of each close in black 20 and white; in black others and
26

Suggestions, Suggestions
6

and
to

full-page
315

Teachers. illustrations
pp.

in

color

white.

72

cents.

This

ht

follows Committee the text-book out of the recommendations Historical Association. The first seventeen American chapters of the far back how history have bee the roots of our" and extend what New Ancient World. to The la the the World of contributions down to the cover t chapters of discovery and exploration period

lement of Jamestown. in the main been has The treatment any chronological, without attempt, history The ver, to a am any of nation. principal connected give history to in suc been the to adapt the of sixth-grade material child he may sense the historical so that that ay and perspective, acquire history interest have the feel something an may and of spirit of
progress

and

development.

ELEMENTARY

AMERICAN
For
the Seventh

BISTORT
and Eighth

AND
Tears

GOVERNMENT

Old World 33 chapters New; dealing with and arranged Appendices: Declaration ence, of Independof history: periods Proclamation Constitution, Topical U. 8. of Emancipation, Table for the Blackboard, Important Dates, Outline by Chapters of Sets Tables; Full Statistical Various Questions, references of and 9 in color; for at of chapter. close eaoh maps reading additional illustrations. half-tone New in black 42 numerous and white;
Introduction
9
great

in

Edition.

535

pp.

$1.00.
"

its of To-day civilisatio through the pupil various to history States an and understanding appreciation As a result the pupil gets an con uninterrupted and tin problems. ent-day in which history developing the significant of American narrative balance treated, are proper adequately of each period ts characters and to each. g given history is in every United a While this book respect complete of the in addition the national or it provides es, necessary all civics advisable by inserting is done This a certain not merely amount grammar grades. from b two the their or apart connection, combining subjects civics history both In this way the two. are more government and correlating better impressed, taught more cibly remembered. and easily The
"

authors institutions, of United hs

America to the seek explain leading by its traditions the

LONGMANS,
FOURTH AVENUE

GREEN
AND

"
30th

CO.,
STREET,

PUBLISHERS
NEW

YORE

FEATUEES

OF

HE
The

HORACE
Horace

MANN
Readers
into
are

READERS
highly
yet
to

Mann

organized
mutually other the

"

words

ing

developed
different
of
one

independent
being being
the

relate

ts;

stories lesson

related related lessons

yet

stories;

th

cabulary
lessons

to

vocabulary
a

preceding

and

following;

system

nics

complete
matter.

in itself and

organically

related

to

th

ading

The

principle
action
to

of self-activity
rhymes
reading

is carefully
the since

developed.
children
reading

The

given

impress
But

and
isn't

giv

riety

the

lesson.

ar of teaching phases methods of sound all other is called to Especial the system attention ployed. It is rational developed. nics wonderfully effective and

try,

The

Theory
avenue

of Multiple of

Sense
has

Appeal been
to

is carefully
taken
"

applied
eye,

ery

approach
all
are

the

th

nd,
more

the

ear

"

used
No

make

the

appeal

broader

interesting.

sound

psychological

precept

ha

en
The

omitted.
Horace
Mann

Readers

have

successfully
reading.

combined

approved

methods
new

of teaching

The

is material images, vivid

to

and

varied.
situations

The
and afford

books
self

contain
activity, teacher
to

cle

whole

which

eals

the

child.

They

also

the

every

ssible
Daily

suggestion
Lesson
years'

and

convenience the
teacher's minute

in respect
manual

method.

Plans,

for the for

first an

ond

work,

gives

directions

each

day'

son.

LONGMANS,
FOURTH AVENUE

GREEN
AND

AND
THIRTIETH

CO.,
ST.,

Ptjbushebs
NEW

YORK

Walter
of Examiners,

L.

Hervey,

Ph.D.,

Member
formerly
Hex,

of

Board

New
College;
80,

York

City;
Melvin Island

President
B.S., York
Principal

of Teachers

and

of P. S. No.
A
new

Long

City,
by

New
these

City.

series personal
of

of basal

readers
on

shaped
part

controlling

eas:

interest their
own

the
age;

of children

in the
for

doings

children

personal

hunger variety;

stories the

ving

continuity,
of
a

development
personal stories,
power

and of

and
the

ve de

satisfying and

literary

petite.
are

The almost material

interest
mere
"

dialogues,
of
new

poems,

other

tions, selec-

entirely is varied, action,

material.
was

This

and

selected

because
The but

of

it

trinsic
not

appeal

to self-activity.

lessons
have

collections
thought.

of

words pictures children

and

sentences,

ntinuity

of
are

The
teaching

being
to

adapted

to tlr\e text

distinct

aids

in

read.
The

The

helps

achers

varied,

time-saving,

practical.

method

mple, Each

effective, book

original.

is fully

illustrated

with

black

and

white

tur pic

and

several

colored
.

illustrations.
$
36
40

mer
Reader
Reader

Teacher's

Manual,
Manual,

Teacher's

First Tear Second Year

$.8

.8

ond

ADDITIONAL
Practice
Primer

BOOKS
Reader Reader Reader

*%*?*? Reader th
Reader Reader

52
56 65

IntroductorySecond
Inttfoductory Third

...

.4

...

th

65

Introductory
the
Readers,

Fourth

.5

...

.5

The

teacher's with lesson

The

manual Horace

covers

first and

second
step

years'

rk

Mann

Every

of

each

y's

is planned

and

explained.

LONGMANS,
FOURTH

GREEN
AVENUE
AND

AND
THIRTIETH

CQ",
STt,

Publishers
NEW
YORK

-4

lb. If

ipso!

fl

QkRDS

IN

PASTEBOARD

CASE

LONGMANS,
FOURTH AVENUE

GREEN
AND

AND
THIRTIETH

CO.,
ST.,

Pubushebs
NEW TORE